DIA6ED2061001EN US 438553 Catalog

2014-05-16

: Pdf 438553-Catalog 438553-Catalog 785901 Batch3 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 218 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

Contents
- Modicon® hardware and Unity™ software
Chapter 1 _ Processors, power supplies & racks
Chapter 2 _ Input/output modules
Chapter 3 _ Communication
Chapter 4 _ Unity™ software
Chapter 5 _ Connection interfaces
Chapter 6 - Services

Automation & Control

Modicon® M340™ PLC

Automation Platform

Unity™ Software

Catalog

June

This international site (www.us.telemecanique.

com) allows you to access all the Telemecanique

products in just 2 clicks via comprehensive range

data-sheets, with direct links to:

■ Complete library: technical documents, catalogs,

certiﬁ cates, FAQs, brochures...

■ Selection guides from the e-catalog.

■ Product discovery sites and their Flash

animations.

You will also ﬁ nd illustrated overviews, news to

which you can subscribe, a discussion forum, the

list of country contacts...

To live automation solutions every day!

Flexibility

■ Interchangeable

modular functions,

to better meet the

requirements for

extensions

■ Software and

accessories common to

multiple product families

Compactness

■ High functionality in a

minimum of space

■ Freedom in

implementation

Ingenuity

■ Auto-adapts to its

environment, “plug &

play”

■ Application functions,

control, communication

and diagnostics

embedded in the

products

■ User-friendly

operation either directly

on the product or

remotely

Openness

■ Compliance with ﬁ eld

bus, connection, and

software standards

■ Enabling

decentralized or remote

surveillance via the web

with Transparent Ready

products

Simplicity

■ Cost effective

“optimum” offers that

make selection easy for

most typical applications

■ Products that are easy

to understand for users,

electricians and

automation specialists

■ User-friendly intuitive

programming

Contents Modicon® M340™ PLC

Automation Platform

Modicon M340 hardware and Unity™ software, a

naturally productive pair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Chapter 1

Modicon M340 processors, racks & power supplies

bProcessor modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/4

bPower supply modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/10

bSingle rack configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/14

Chapter 2

Input/output modules

bDiscrete I/O modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/6

bAnalog I/O modules and programmable process control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/24

bIP 67 and IP 20 distributed I/O modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/34

bCounter modules and Motion Function Blocks

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/36

Chapter 3

Communication

bEthernet TCP/IP network - Transparent Ready® Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/4

bCANopen machine and installation bus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/38

bModbus® communication system and character mode serial link . . . . . . . . . . 3/42

Chapter 4

Unity™ software

bUnity™ software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/4

Chapter 5

Connection interfaces

bAdvantys™ Telefast® ABE7 pre-wired I/O system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/8

bPhaseo Universal range of regulated switch mode power supplies . . . . . . . . 5/22

bHMI Operator dialog terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/34

Chapter 6

Services

bTechnical information

vStandards, certifications and environment conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/2

vAutomation product certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/6

vPower consumption table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/8

bIndex

vProduct reference index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/9

Advantys™, Altivar®, Atrium™, Concept™, ConneXium™, FactoryCast™, Fipio®, Fip-

way®, Lexium®, Magelis®, Modbus®, Modbus Plus™, Modicon®, M340™, Modsoft®,

Momentum™, Monitor Pro™ OsiTrack™, Phaseo®, PL7™, PowerSuite™, Premium™,

Preventa™, ProWORX™, Quantum™, Tego®, Telefast®, Telemecanique®, TeSys®,

Transparent Ready®, Twido®, TwidoSuite™, Unity™, Unity Pro™, and Vijeo™, are

trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric.

Other trademarks used herein are the property of their respective owners.

Simply Smart! (*)

Modicon® hardware platforms and

Unity™ software 0

A naturally productive pair

The family of Modicon PLC platforms associated with Unity software offers you

ingenuity, flexibility and openness to ever-increasing productivity.

Modicon® M340™ PLC concentrates power and innovation, offering the optimum

response to the needs of machine manufacturers. It is also the ideal companion for

Modicon®Premium™ PLC and Modicon® Quantum™ PLC to satisfy the need for

automation of industrial processes and infrastructures.

Modicon® M340™ PLC, the ideal solution for machine

specialists

Robust, powerful and compact, the new Modicon M340 PLC is the ideal solution for

machine manufacturers in applications such as secondary packaging, materials

handling, textiles, printing, food processing, woodworking machines, ceramics, etc.

The integration of Altivar® and Lexium® adjustable speed drives, Magelis® display

units and Preventa™ safety modules has been enhanced to simplify the setup and

use of Telemecanique® solutions.

Modicon M340 PLC is also the ideal companion for Modicon Premium PLC and

Modicon Quantum PLC to meet the demand for automation of industrial processes

and infrastructures, at the heart of Transparent Ready® architectures.

Modicon® Premium™ PLC, the optimum solution for the

manufacturing industry and infrastructures

Modicon Premium PLC stands out as the specialist in complex machines and

manufacturing processes. Its level of performance when processing Boolean,

numeric instructions and instructions on tables make it the market preference.

Thanks to its ability to integrate distributed architectures, Modicon Premium PLC

provides ideal solutions for infrastructure projects, particularly in the water and

transport sectors.

In addition, Modicon® Atrium™ PLC, the version of Modicon Premium PLC in PCI

format, offers a “PC Based” alternative.

Modicon® Quantum™ PLC, the specialist in critical systems in

the process industries and infrastructures

Capable of sophisticated distributed architectures, with an extensive catalog of

modules complemented by several technological partnerships in the context of the

Collaborative Automation program ♦, Modicon Quantum PLC offers a perfect

response to the needs of continuous or semi-continuous industrial processes, and

control of large infrastructure sites.

Capitalizing on more than 25 years' experience in the field of redundancy,

Modicon Quantum PLC is the ideal solution for applications requiring very high levels

of availability. The offer is therefore suitable for critical applications such as

petrochemicals, metallurgy, cement, energy, tunnels and airports.

Programming software

Automation platforms

Modicon® automation platforms

( * ) Smarter and more intelligent, yet even easier to use.

♦ A globally run program, to develop and offer solutions to our

customers

Simply Smart! Modicon® hardware platforms and

Unity™ software 0

An organizer environment for Modicon® platforms

Unity Pro™ software is the common programming, debugging and run-time software

for Modicon M340, Premium and Quantum PLCs, and Atrium™ slot PLCs.

Meeting the requirements of an IEC 61131-3 program, Unity Pro software is based

on the acknowledged standards of PL7™ and Concept™ software. It opens the doors

of a complete set of new functions for increased productivity:

bState-of-the-art functionality

bOptimum standardization enabling re-use of developments

bNumerous tools for testing the program and improving system operation

bNew integrated diagnostic services

Migration of existing applications is provided for. This maximizes your software

investment, reduces training costs, and offers unrivaled potential for development

and compatibility.

The Unity software catalog includes specialist software for even better productivity:

bOpenness to developments in C language or in VBA (Visual Basic for Applications)

bDesign and generation of batch/process applications with PLC/HMI integration

Naturally communicative

Based on Ethernet TCP/IP and Web technologies, the Modicon Transparent Ready

automation platforms offer solutions to optimizing performances in electrical

distribution, automation and control.

Modicon controllers offers you the best of Ethernet: Web servers, sending e-mail,

direct database access, device synchronization, and I/O distribution.

The new world of automation

bRather than opting for proprietary systems, Telemecanique has adopted market

standards such as IEC languages, Ethernet TCP/IP, Modbus IDA, XML, OPC, and

IT standards.

bPartnerships with recognized leading hardware and software specialists have

been developed within the scope of the Collaborative Automation Partner Program,

in an effort to share technology more effectively.

bOffers you the ability to design the best solution without compromising on ease of

integration.

Unity™ software

Transparent Ready® Services

Collaborative Automation

Introduction Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Hardware base

Equipped with enhanced memory and functionality, this midrange PLC will give your

applications new capabilities. Designed to operate in total synergy with other

Telemecanique® devices, the Modicon M340 PLC represents pure concentrated

power.

Performance

b7 K instructions/ms

b4 Mb of program memory

b256 Kb of data

Compact design

b3 communication ports integrated in the processor

bH x W x D = 100 x 32 x 93 mm.

bHigh-density discrete I/O modules with 64 channels in a 32 mm wide format.

Communication ports are integrated

bCANopen machine and installation bus

bEthernet TCP/IP network - Transparent Ready® services

bModbus® serial link or character mode

bRemote access via STN, GSM/GPRS, Radio or ADSL

Expert

bCounter modules with ready-to-use functions

bFunction block library dedicated to motion control. MFB (Motion Function Blocks)

to the PLCopen standard

bAdvanced library of process control blocks oriented towards control of machinery

Innovative

bUSB port as standard

bEmbedded Web server

bRecipe file management via FTP protocol

b“Plug and Load” SD memory card

bNo batteries

Ruggedness

bRack architecture enabling hot swapping of modules during operation (Hot-Swap)

bExceeds the standards in terms of shock, vibration, temperature, altitude and

withstand to electrical interference.

As standard, Modicon® M340™ PLC has exclusive services normally reserved for

PLCs in a higher category.

New Modicon® M340™ platform

Modicon M340 platform

Introduction (continued) Modicon® M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Unity Pro™ software

All-in-one, easy-to-use software

Unity Pro software fully exploits the advantages of the graphic and contextual

interfaces of Windows® XP and Windows® 2000 :

bDirect access to tools and information

b100% graphics-based configuration

bCustomizable toolbar and icons

bAdvanced drag & drop and zoom functions

bIntegrated diagnostic window

All the advantages of standardization

Unity Pro software provides a complete set of functions and tools for applying the

application structure to the structure of the process or machine. The program is

divided into hierarchically-organized function modules containing:

bProgram sections

bAnimation tables

bOperator screens

bHyperlinks

Basic functions that are used repeatedly can be encapsulated in user function blocks

(DFBs) in an IEC 61131-3 language.

Time savings from re-use of modules

Once they have been tested and qualified, your standardized application code

reduce development and installation times on site, thereby optimizing quality and

reducing lead times:

bFunction modules that can be reused in the application or between projects by

XML import/export.

bFunction blocks instantiated by dragging and dropping them from the library.

bInstances can be updated automatically to reflect modifications made in the library

(if this option is selected by the user)

Maximum quality assured

The integrated PLC simulator faithfully reproduces the behavior of the target program

on a PC. All the debugging tools can be used during simulation, to enhance quality

before installation:

bStep-by-step program execution

bBreakpoint and watchpoint

bReal-time animations for displaying the state of the variables and the logic during

operation

Reduced downtime

Unity Pro software features a DFB library for application diagnostics. Integrated into

the program, these DFBs can be used (depending on their function) to monitor

permanent conditions relating to security and the development of a process over

time. A display window provides a clear display of all system and application faults

in chronological order (date-stamped at source). From this window, you can simply

click to access the editor for the program in which the error occurred (search for

missing conditions at source).

Online modifications can be grouped consistently in local mode on a PC and

transferred directly to the PLC in a single operation in order to take effect in the same

scan cycle. A complete range of functions provide the basis for precision control of

your operations, to minimize downtime:

bLog of operator actions on Unity Pro software in a protected file

bUser profile and password protection

bIntegrated graphic runtime screens

Unity™ software productivity

01/0

1/1

Contents 1 - Processors, power supplies and

racks

Modicon® M340™ processors

bProcessor modules

vPresentation, description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/4

vMemory structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/6

vCharacteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/8

vReferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/9

bPower supply modules

vPresentation, description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/10

vFunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/11

vCharacteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/12

vReferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/13

bSingle-rack configuration

vPresentation, description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/14

vFunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/14

vReferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/15

vDimensions, mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/15

1/2

Selection guide Modicon® M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Modicon® M340™ processors

Modicon M340 platform for Unity Pro™ software offer BMX 34 10 Standard processor

Racks Number of racks 1 (4, 6, 8 or 12 slots)

Max. number of slots

(excluding power supply module)

Inputs/Outputs In-rack discrete I/O (1) 512 channels (modules with 8, 16, 32 or 64 channels)

In-rack analog I/O (1) 128/66 channels (2) (modules with 2, 4, 6 or 8 channels)

Distributed I/O Limited depending on the type of medium: Over Ethernet TCP/IP network via network module

(63 devices with I/O Scanning function), over Modbus® serial link (32 devices)

In-rack

application-specific

channels

Max. number of channels (counter

and serial link)

Counter (1) 2-channel (60 kHz) or 8-channel (10 kHz) modules

Motion control –

Process control, programmable

loops

Process control EFB library

Integrated

communication ports

Ethernet TCP/IP network –

CANopen Master machine and

installation bus

–

Serial link 1 in RTU/ASCII Modbus® communication master/slave mode or in character mode

(non-isolated RS232/RS485, 0.3...19.2 Kbps)

USB port 1 programming port (PC terminal)

Communication

modules

Max. number of networks (1) 1 (BMX NOE 0110/0110 network module)

Ethernet TCP/IP network 1 x 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX (Modbus TCP/IP, BOOTP/DHCP, FDR, Global Data,

I/O Scanning, web server (standard, class B30 or configurable, class C30)

Internal memory

capacity

Internal user RAM 2,048 Kb

Program, constants and symbols 1,792 Kb

Located/unlocated data 128 Kb

Memory card capacity

(on processor)

Backup of program, constants and

symbols

8 Mb as standard

Hosting and display of user web

pages

– (3)

File storage –

Application structure Master task 1

Fast task 1

Event tasks 32

No. of instructions

executed per ms

100% Boolean 5.4 K instructions/ms

65% Boolean + 35% fixed arithmetic 4.2 K instructions/ms

Rack power supply 24 V c isolated, 24…48 V c isolated or 100…240 V a depending on power supply module

Modicon M340 processor BMX P34 1000

Page 1/9

(1) The maximum values for the number of discrete I/O, analog I/O and counter channels and the number of networks are not cumulative (they are limited by the

number of slots in the single-rack configuration, i.e. 11 maximum).

(2) The first value is applied to a multi-rack configuration (not available). The second value corresponds to the physical limit with a single-rack configuration.

(3) User web pages with FactoryCast™ web server module BMX NOE 0110 (16 Mb available).

1/3

BMX 34 20 Performance processors

1 (4, 6, 8 or 12 slots)

1,024/704 channels (2) (modules with 8, 16, 32 or 64 channels)

256/66 channels (2) (modules with 2, 4, 6 or 8 channels)

Limited depending on the type of medium: on CANopen bus (63 devices), on Ethernet TCP/IP network via network module (63 devices with I/O Scanning function),

on a Modbus® serial link (32 devices)

2-channel (60 kHz) or 8-channel (10 kHz) modules

MFB (Motion Function Blocks) library (control of

drives or servo drives on the CANopen bus)

–MFB (Motion Function Blocks) library (control of

drives or servo drives on the CANopen bus)

Process control EFB library

–1 x 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX (Modbus TCP/IP, BOOTP/DHCP, FDR, class B10 standard web server)

1 (63 slaves, 50…1,000 Kbps, class M20) –1 (63 slaves, 50…1,000 Kbps, class M20)

1 in RTU/ASCII Modbus master/slave mode or in character mode (non-isolated RS232/RS485,

0.3...19.2 Kbps)

–

1 programming port (PC terminal)

1 (BMX NOE 0100/0110 network module)

1 x 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX [Modbus TCP/IP, BOOTP/DHCP, FDR, Global Data, I/O Scanning, web server (standard, class B30 or configurable, class C30)]

4,096 Kb

3,584 Kb

256 Kb

8 Mb as standard

– (3)

16 Mb (with optional card BMX RMS 008MPF)

8.1 K instructions/ms

6.4 K instructions/ms

24 V c isolated, 24…48 V c isolated or 100…240 V a power supply module

BMX P34 2010 BMX P34 2020 BMX P34 2030

1/9

1/4

Presentation Modicon® M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Processor modules

Standard and Performance processors from the Modicon M340 automation platform

manage an entire PLC single-rack station on which a maximum of 11 slots can be

equipped with:

v Discrete I/O modules

v Analog I/O modules

v Application-specific modules (counter, Ethernet TCP/IP communication)

The four processors offered have different memory capacities, processing speeds,

number of I/O and number and type of communication ports.

In addition, depending on the model, they offer a maximum (non-cumulative) of:

v 512 to 1024 discrete I/O

v 128 to 256 analog I/O

v 20 to 36 counter channels

v 0 to 2 Ethernet TCP/IP networks (with or without integrated port and network

module)

Depending on the model, Modicon M340 processors include:

v A 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX Ethernet TCP/IP port

v A CANopen machine and installation bus

v A Modbus® serial link

v A USB type TER port (for a programming terminal)

Each processor is supplied with a memory card used for:

v Backing up the application (program, symbols and constants)

v Activating a standard web server for Transparent Ready® service — B10 class

integrated Ethernet port (depending on the model)

This memory card can be replaced by another type of memory card, to be ordered

separately, that supports:

v Backing up the application and activating the standard web server (same as other

card)

v A 16 Mb storage area for additional data organized in a file system (directories

and sub-directories)

To set up processors from the Modicon M340 automation platform, you need either:

bUnity Pro™ Small programming software

bUnity Pro™ Medium, Large or Extra Large programming software identical to that

used to set up Modicon® Premium™ and Modicon® Quantum™ automation platforms

bWith possibly, depending on requirements:

v Unity™ EFB toolkit software for developing EF and EFB libraries in C language

v Unity™ SFC View software for viewing and diagnostics of applications written in

Sequential Function Chart language (SFC) or Grafcet

The function block software libraries provide Modicon M340 processors with the

processing capability required to meet the needs of specialist applications in the

following areas:

bProcess control via programmable control loops (EF and EFB libraries)

bMotion control with multiple independent axis functions (MFB Motion Function

Blocks) library. The axes are controlled by Altivar® 31/71 adjustable speed drives or

Lexium® 05/15 servo drives connected over the CANopen machine and installation

bus.

Presentation

I/O and application-specific

modules

BMX P34 processor

c or a power supply

Modicon M340 automation platform

Programming Modicon® M340™ applications

1/5

Description Modicon® M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Processor modules

BMX P34 1000/2010 Standard and Performance single-format processors have the

following on the front panel:

1Securing screw for locking the module in its slot (marked 0) in the rack

2A display block comprising 5 or 7 LEDs, depending on the model:

v RUN LED (green): Processor running (program executing)

v ERR LED (red): Processor or system fault

v I/O LED (red): I/O module fault

v SER COM LED (yellow): Activity on the Modbus® serial link

v CARD ERR LED (red): Memory card missing or faulty

With, in addition, for model BMX P34 2010:

v CAN RUN LED (green): Integrated machine/installation bus operational

v CAN ERR LED (red): Integrated machine/installation bus fault

3A mini B USB connector for a programming terminal (or Magelis® XBT GT

operator interface)

4A slot equipped with Flash memory card for backing up the application (an LED,

located above this slot, indicates recognition of or access to the memory card)

5An RJ45 connector for the Modbus® serial link or character mode link (RS

232C/RS-485, 2-wire, non-isolated)

With, in addition, for model BMX P34 2010:

6A 9-pin SUB-D connector for the CANopen master machine and installation bus

BMX P34 2020/2030 Performance single-format processors have the following on

the front panel:

1Securing screw for locking the module in its slot (marked 0) in the rack

2A display block comprising 8 or 10 LEDs, depending on the model:

v RUN LED (green): Processor running (program executing)

v ERR LED (red): Processor or system fault

v I/O LED (red): I/O module fault

v SER COM LED (yellow): Activity on the Modbus® serial link

v CARD ERR LED (red): Memory card missing or faulty

v ETH ACT LED (green): Activity on the Ethernet TCP/IP network

v ETH STS LED (green): Ethernet TCP/IP network status

v ETH 100 LED (red): Data rate on the Ethernet TCP/IP network (10 or 100 Mbps)

With, in addition, for model BMX P34 2030:

v CAN RUN LED (green): Integrated machine/installation bus operational

v CAN ERR LED (red): Integrated machine/installation bus fault

3A mini B USB connector for a programming terminal (or Magelis® XBT GT

operator interface)

4A slot equipped with Flash memory card for backing up the application (an LED,

located above this slot, indicates recognition of or access to the memory card)

5An RJ45 connector for connection to the Ethernet TCP/IP

10BASE-T/100BASE-TX network

Also included, depending on the model:

6BMX P 34 2020 processor: An RJ45 connector for the Modbus® serial link or

character mode link (RS 232C/RS 485, 2-wire, non-isolated)

7BMX P 34 2030 processor: A 9-pin SUB-D connector for the CANopen master

machine and installation bus

On the back panel there are two rotary switches for assigning the IP address. There

are three ways to define this assignment:

v Address set by the position of the two rotary switches

v Address set by the application parameters

v Address set by the Ethernet TCP/IP BOOTP server

Description of BMX P34 1000/2010 processors

BMX P34 2010

BMX P34 1000

BMX P34 2030

BMX P34 2020

Description of BMX P34 2020/2030 processors with integrated

Ethernet TCP/IP port

1/6

Memory structure Modicon® M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Processor modules

Application internal RAM

The application memory is divided into memory areas, physically distributed in the

Modicon M340 PLCs internal RAM:

1Application data area, which may be one of two possible types:

v Located data, corresponding to the data defined by an address (for example%

MW237) with which a symbol can be associated (for example, Counter_reject).

v Unlocated data, corresponding to data defined only by a symbol. The use of

unlocated data eliminates the restrictions of managing the memory location since the

addresses are assigned automatically and also allows data to be structured and

re-used.

This data area is backed up automatically when the PLC is turned off by duplicating

its contents in a 256 Kbyte non-volatile internal memory integrated in the processor.

It is also possible to back up this memory at any time with a user program.

2Program, symbols and comments area: At program level this area contains the

executable binary code and IEC source code.

3Constants area: This area supports the constant located data (%KWi).

4Area for online program modification (see page 1/7)

The user can choose to transfer the source data to the executable program in the

PLC. The fact of having the program source in the PLC means that, when an empty

programming terminal is connected to the PLC, all the elements needed to debug or

upgrade this application can be restored to the terminal. Comments and animation

tables can be excluded from the data embedded in the PLC.

Memory card

Modicon M340 processors are supplied with an SD (Secure Digital) type Flash

memory card. This memory card is intended for backing up the program, symbols

and comments area 2 and the constants area 3.

Duplication (for areas 22 and 33) and retrieval (on return of power) operations are

managed automatically by the system and are therefore transparent to the user.

This card (formatted by Schneider Electric® and supplied with each processor) is

referenced as a replacement part BMX RMS 008MP.

(1) For the size of the different memory areas, see characteristics, page 1/8.

Memory structure

BMX P34 1000/20p0 processor with memory card supplied as standard

Located data

Unlocated data

Program, symbols and

comments

Constants

Area for online program

modification

Program, symbols

and comments

Constants

User

internal

RAM

Application

internal

RAM

BMX RMS 008MP

memory card

(supplied as standard)

Application internal RAM (1)

System data

1/7

Memory structure (continued) Modicon® M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Processor modules

In place of the BMX RMS 008MP memory card (supplied as standard with each

processor), BMX P34 2010/2020/2030 processors can take the BMX RMS 008MPF

memory card. With the three above-mentioned processors, this card also offers (in

addition to the features of the BMX RMS 008MP card supplied as standard

described on page 1/6):

5A file storage area (for additional data, such as production data and manufacturing

sequences): This area is limited to 16 Mb. These files can be managed from the

application program or by any FTP client connected to the Ethernet TCP/IP port

integrated in the processor.

For BMX P34 2020/2030 processors with integrated Ethernet TCP/IP port, the

BMX RMS 008MPF memory card also offers standard Transparent Ready® web

service - class B10).

The Unity Pro™ programming software assists the application designer with

managing the structure and memory space occupation of the Modicon M340

automation platform.

If necessary, it is possible to prohibit access to the application (in terms of reading or

modifying the program) by only loading the executable code to the PLC.

Additionally, a memory protection bit, set in configuration mode, is also available to

prevent any program modification (via the programming terminal or downloads).

As with Modicon® Premium™ and Quantum™ platforms (with Unity Pro™ software),

the online program modification function is available on the Modicon M340

automation platform with the option of adding or modifying the program code and

data in different places in the application in a single modification session (thus

ensuring modification is homogenous and consistent with the controlled process).

The application internal RAM memory area 4 authorizes these program modification

or addition sessions while observing the recommendation to structure the application

program in several reasonably sized sections.

Memory structure (continued)

BMX P34 20p0 processor with BMX RMS 008MPF memory card

4File storage

Located data

Unlocated data

Program, symbols and

comments

Constants

Area for online program

modification

Program, symbols

and comments

Constants

User

internal

RAM

Application

internal

RAM

BMX RMS 008MP

memory card

(supplied as standard)

Application internal RAM (1)

System data

Protecting the application

Modifying the program in online mode

1/8

Characteristics Modicon® M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Processor modules

Modicon M340 Micro-PLCs have been designed to conform with the main national and international standards relating to electronic devices for

industrial control systems (see pages 6/2 to 6/7) “Standards, certifications and environmental conditions”.

Characteristics and performance

Processor Standard Performance

BMX P34 1000 BMX P34 2010 BMX P34 2020 BMX P34 2030

Maximum

configuration

No. of racks 4, 6, 8 or 12 slots 1

Max. number of slots for processor and

modules (excluding power supply

module)

Functions Max. no. (1) Discrete I/O 512 1,024; 704 in single-rack configuration (64 I/O x 11)

Analog I/O 128; 66 in single-rack

configuration

(4I/2Q x 11)

256; 66 in single-rack configuration (4I/2Q x 11)

Control channels Programmable loops (via CONT-CTL process control EFB library)

Counter channels 20 36

Motion control –Independent axes on

CANopen bus (via

MFB library)

–Independent axes on

CANopen bus (via

MFB library)

Integrated

connections

Ethernet TCP/IP –1 RJ45 port, 10/100 Mbps, with Transparent

Ready® web server - class B10 standard

CANopen master bus –1 (9-pin SUB-D) –1 (9-pin SUB-D)

Serial link 1 RJ45 port, Modbus® communication master/slave RTU/ASCII or

character mode (non-isolated RS 232C/RS 485), 0.3...19.2 Kbps

–

USB port 1 port, 12 Mbps

Communication

module

Ethernet TCP/IP 1 RJ45 port, 10/100 Mbps, with:

- Transparent Ready® web server - class B30 standard with BMX NOE 0100 module

- Transparent Ready® web server - class C30 configurable with BMX NOE 0110 module

Internal user

RAM

Total capacity Kb 2,048 4,096

Program, constants and symbols Kb 1,792 3,584

Data Kb 128 256

Memory card Supplied as standard

(reference BMX RMS 008MP)

Backup of program, constants, symbol and data

–Activation of standard web server, class B10

To be ordered separately

(reference BMX RMS 008MPF)

–Backup of program, constants, symbol and data

–File storage, 16 Mb

–Activation of standard web server, class B10

Maximum size

of object areas

Located internal

bits

Maximum bits 16,250% Mi 32,464% Mi

Default bits 256% Mi 512% Mi

Located internal

data

Maximum Bytes 32,464% MWi internal words, 32,760% KWi constant words

Default Bytes 512% MWi internal

words,

128% KWi constant

words

1,024% MWi internal words, 256% KWi constant words

Max. unlocated internal data Kb 128 (2) 256 (2)

Application

structure

Master task 1 cyclic or periodic

Fast task 1 periodic

Auxiliary tasks –

Event tasks 32 (including 2 with

priority)

64 (including 2 with priority)

Execution time

for one

instruction

Boolean μs0.18 0.12

On words or fixed

point arithmetic

Single-length words μs0.38 0.25

Double-length words μs0.26 0.17

On floating points μs1.74 1.16

No. of

K instructions

executed per

100% Boolean K inst/

5.4 8.1

65% Boolean and 35% fixed arithmetic K inst/

4.2 6.4

System

overhead

Master task ms 1.05 0.70

Fast task ms 0.20 0.13

Power

consumption

With 24 V c voltage mA 72 90 95 135

(1) Only affects in-rack modules. The remote I/O on the CANopen bus are not included in these maximum numbers.

(2) The size of the located data (internal bits and data) and the size of the configuration data should be deducted from this value.

1/9

References Modicon® M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Processor modules

(1) For I/O capacity in single-rack configuration, see characteristics, page 1/8.

BMX P34 Modicon® M340™ processors

Modicon M340 processor modules are supplied with the BMX RMS 008MP Flash memory card. This card performs the

following actions transparently:

- Backing up the application (program, symbols and constants) supported in the processor internal RAM that is not backed up

- Activation of the Transparent Ready® web server - class B10 standard (with BMX P34 2020/2030 Performance processors)

This card can be replaced by another card featuring a file storage option.

I/O capacity (1) Memory

capacity

Max. no. of network

modules

Integrated

communication ports

Reference

(3)

Weight

Standard BMX P340 10

512 discrete I/O

128 analog I/O

20 application-specific

channels

2,048 Kb

integrated

1 Ethernet TCP/IP

network

Modbus® serial link BMXP341000 0.200

Performance BMX P340 20

1,024 discrete I/O

256 analog I/O

36 application-specific

channels

4,096 Kb

integrated

1 Ethernet TCP/IP

network

Modbus® serial link

CANopen bus

BMXP342010 0.210

Modbus® serial link

Ethernet TCP/IP

network

BMXP342020 0.205

Ethernet TCP/IP

network

CANopen bus

BMXP342030 0.215

Memory card

Description Use Processor

compatibility

Reference Weight

Memory card 16 Mb As replacement for the memory card

supplied as standard with each

processor, used for:

- Backup of program, constants,

symbol and data

- File storage, 16 Mb

- Activation of class B10 web server

BMX P34 20p0BMXRMS008MPF 0.002

Separate parts

Description Use Length Reference Weight

From To

Terminal port/USB

cord sets

Mini B USB port

on the Modicon

M340 processor

PC terminal type A

USB port

1.8 m BMXXCAUSBH018 0.065

4.5 m BMXXCAUSBH045 0.110

Replacement parts

Description Use Processor

compatibility

Reference Weight

Memory card 8 Mb Supplied as standard with each

processor, used for:

- Backup of program, constants,

symbol and data

- Activation of class B10 web server

BMX P34 1000 / 20p0BMXRMS008MP 0.002

BMX P34 1000

BMX P34 2010/2030

BMX P34 2020

BMX RMS 008MP / MPF

BMX XCA USB H0pp

1/10

Presentation,

description

Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Power supply modules

BMX CPS ppp0 power supply modules provide the power supply for each

BMX XBP pp00 rack and the modules installed on it.

There are two types of power supply module:

bPower supply modules for AC supplies

bPower supply modules for DC supplies

The power supply module is selected according to:

v The electrical line supply: 24 V c, 48 V c or 100...240 V a

v The required power (see the power consumption table on page

6/8

)

(1)

BMX CPS ppp0 power supply modules have the following on the front panel :

1 A display block comprising:

v OK LED (green), lit if rack voltages are present and correct

v 24 V LED (green), lit when the sensor voltage is present (for BMX CPS 2000/3500

AC power supply modules only)

2A pencil-point RESET push button for a cold restart of the application

3A 2-pin connector that can receive a removable terminal block (screw

spring-type)

for connecting the alarm relay

4A 5-pin connector that can receive a removable terminal block (screw

spring-type)

for connecting the following:

v c or a line supply

v Protective earth ground

v Dedicated 24 V c power supply for the input sensors (for BMX CPS 2000/3500

AC power supply modules only)

To be ordered separately:

Pack of two removable terminal blocks, depending on the model:

v Screw clamp BMX XTS CPS10

v Spring-type BMX XTS CPS20

(1) This power consumption calculation for the rack can also be performed by the Unity Pro™

programming software.

Presentation

Description

Functions:

page 1/11

Characteristics:

page 1/12

References:

page 1/13

1/11

Functions Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Power supply modules

The alarm relay located in each power supply module has a voltage-free contact

accessible from the front of the 2-pin connector.

The operating principle is as follows:

In normal operation, with the PLC in RUN, the alarm relay is activated and its contact

is closed (state 1).

The relay de-energizes and its associated contact opens (state 0) whenever the

application stops, even partially, due to any of the following:

bOccurrence of a blocking fault

bIncorrect rack output voltages

bLoss of supply voltage

The power supply module in each rack has a RESET button on the front panel;

when activated, this triggers an initialization sequence for the processor and the rack

modules it supplies.

Pressing this push button triggers a sequence of service signals, which is the same

as that for:

bA power break when the push button is pressed

bA power-up when the push button is released

These operations represent a cold start (forcing the I/O modules to state 0 and

initializing the processor).

The BMX CPS 2000/3500 AC power supply modules have an integrated 24 V c

voltage supply for powering the input sensors. Connection to this sensor power supply

is via the 5-pin connector on the front panel.

The power available on this 24 V cvoltage depends on the power supply model (0.45

or 0.9 A) (see characteristics on page 1/12).

Functions

Alarm relay

RESET push button

Sensor power supply

Presentation:

page 1/10

Description:

page 1/10

Characteristics:

page 1/12

References:

page 1/13

1/12

Characteristics Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Power supply modules

(1) These values should be considered when starting several devices simultaneously and when

sizing protection devices.

(2) 3.3 V

voltage for the I/O module logic power supply

(3) 24 V

voltage for the I/O module power supply and the processor

(4) 24 V

sensor output for the sensor power supply

(5) Protected by a fuse that cannot be accessed

Characteristics

c power supply module BMX CPS 2010 BMX CPS 3020

Primary Voltage Nominal V24 c isolated 24...48 c isolated

Limit (including ripple) V18...31.2 c18...62..4 c

Current Input nominal I rms A1 at 24 V c1.65 at 24 V c; 0.83 at 48 V c

Initial power-up

at 25 °C

(1)

V24 c24 c48 c

I inrush A30 30 60

I2t on activation A2s≤ 0.6 ≤ 1≤ 3

It on activation As ≤ 0.15 ≤ 0.2 ≤ 0.3

Micro-break duration Line (accepted) ms ≤ 1

Integrated protection With internal fuse (not accessible)

Secondary Useful power Max. W17 32

3.3 V c voltage

(2)

Nominal voltage V3.3

Nominal current A2.5 4.5

Typical power W8.25 14.85

24 V c output

(3)

Nominal voltage V24 c

Nominal current A0.7 1.3

Typical power W16.8 31.2

Integrated protection on the voltages (4) Yes, against overloads, short-circuits and overvoltages

Max. dissipated power W8.5

Max. length of

power supply

cable

Copper wires with 1.5 mm2 cross-section m20 10

Copper wires with 2.5 mm2 cross-section m30 15

Insulation Dielectric strength Primary/secondary

and primary/ground

V rms 1,500 - 50 Hz for 1 min at an altitude of 0...4,000 m

Insulation resistance Primary/secondary

and primary/ground

MΩ ≥ 10

a power supply module BMX CPS 2000 BMX CPS 3500

Primary

Voltages Nominal V100...240 a

Limit (including ripple) V85...264 a

Frequencies Nominal/limit Hz 50-60/47-63

Power Apparent VA 70 120

Current Input nominal I rms A rms 0.61 at 115 V a; 0.31 at 240 V a1.04 at 115 V a; 0.52 at 240 V a

Initial power-up

at 25 °C

(1)

V120 a240 a120 a240 a

I inrush A≤ 30 ≤ 60 ≤ 30 ≤ 60

I2t on activation A2s≤ 0.5 ≤ 2≤ 1≤ 3

It on activation As 0.03 0.06 ≤ 0.05 ≤ 0.07

Micro-break duration Line (accepted) ms ≤ 10

Integrated protection With internal fuse (not accessible)

Secondary Useful power Max. overall W20 36

Max. on 3.3 V c and

24 V c rack output

voltages

W16.5 31.2

3.3 V c voltage

(2)

Nominal voltage V3.3

Nominal current A2.5 4.5

Power (typical) W8.25 14.85

24 V rack c voltage

(3)

Nominal voltage V24 c

Nominal current A0.7 1.3

Typical power W16.8 31.2

24 V c sensor voltage

(4)

Nominal voltage V24 c

Nominal current A0.45 0.9

Typical power W10.8 21.6

Integrated protection on the voltages (5) Yes, against overloads, short-circuits and overvoltages

Maximum dissipated power W8.5

Insulation Dielectric strength Primary/secondary

(24 V/3.3 V)

V rms 1500

Primary/secondary

(sensor 24 V)

V rms 2300

Primary/ground V rms 1500

24 V sensor

output/ground

V rms 500

Insulation resistance Primary/secondary and

primary/ground

MΩ ≥ 100

Presentation:

page 1/10

Description:

page 1/10

Functions:

page 1/11

References:

page 1/13

1/13

References Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Power supply modules

Each BMX XBP pp00 rack must be equipped with a power supply module. These

modules are inserted into the first two slots of each rack (marked CPS).

The power required to supply each rack depends on the type and number of modules

installed in the rack. It is therefore necessary to draw up a power consumption table

rack by rack to determine the BMX CPS ppp0 power supply module most suitable

for each rack (see page 6/8).

(1) The sum of the absorbed power on each voltage (3.3 V

and 24 V

) should not exceed

the total power of the module. See the power consumption table on page

6/8

(2) 3.3 V

and 24 V rack

voltages for powering Modicon M340 PLC modules

(3) 24 V

sensor voltage for powering the input sensors (voltage available via the 2-pin

removable connector on the front panel)

References

Power supply modules

Line supply Available power (1) Reference Weight

3.3 V c (2) 24 V

rack c (2)

24 V

sensor c

(3)

Total

24 V c

isolated

8.3 W 16.5 W – 16.5 W BMXCPS2010 0.290

24...48 V c

isolated

15 W 31.2 W – 31.2 W BMXCPS3020 0.340

100...240 V a8.3 W 16.5 W 10.8 W 20 W BMXCPS2000 0.300

15 W 31.2 W 21.6 W 36 W BMXCPS3500 0.360

Separate parts

Description Composition Type Reference Weight

Pack of 2

removable

connectors

One 5-pin terminal

block and one 2-pin

terminal block

Cage clamp BMXXTSCPS10 0.020

Spring-type BMXXTSCPS20 0.015

BMX CPS 2010 / 3020

BMX CPS 2000 / 3500

Presentation:

page 1/10

Description:

page 1/10

Functions:

page 1/11

Characteristics:

page 1/12

1/14

Presentation,

description,

function

Modicon® M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Single-rack configuration

BMX XBP pp00 racks are the basic element of the Modicon M340 automation

platform in a single-rack configuration.

These racks perform the following functions:

bMechanical function: They are used to install all the modules in a PLC station

(power

supply, processor, discrete I/O, analog and application-specific I/O). These

racks can be mounted on a panel, plate or DIN rail:

v Inside enclosures

v On machine frames, etc.

bElectrical function: The racks incorporate a Bus X. They are used to:

v Distribute the power supplies required for each module in the same rack

v Distribute data and service signals for the entire PLC station

v Hot swap modules during operation

BMX XBP pp00 racks are available in 4, 6, 8 or 12-slot versions, and comprise:

1A metal frame that performs the following functions:

v Holds the Bus X electronic card and protects it against EMI and ESD type

interference

v Holds the modules

v Gives the rack mechanical rigidity

2A ground terminal for grounding the rack

3Holes for mounting the rack on a frame. These holes are big enough for M6

screws.

4Connecting points for the shielding connection bar

5Tapped holes to receive each module locking screw

6A connector for an expansion module. This connector (marked XBE) is not used for

this version.

740-pin female ½ DIN connectors forming the connection between the rack and

each module. When the rack is delivered, these connectors are protected by

covers that should be removed before inserting the modules.

Slots for anchoring the module pins

To be ordered separately:

BMX XSP pp00 cable shielding connection kit, used to protect against electrostatic

discharge when connecting the shielding of cord sets for connecting:

v Analog modules

v A Magelis® XBT operator interface to the processor (via BMX XCA USBH0pp

shielded USB cable)

This kit comprises:

8A metal bar that receives the clamping rings

9Two sub-bases to be mounted on the rack

10 A set of spring clamping rings for attaching cables with their shielding to the metal bar.

Packs of 10 STB XSP 30p0 clamping rings can be ordered in addition if required.

Each rack must contain a power supply module and a processor module.

Inserting different modules into the rack:

v The power supply module always occupies the CPS slot.

v The processor module must always be installed in slot 00.

v Its I/O modules and application-specific modules are installed in slot 01 to slot ...

- 03 with a 4-slot rack

- 05 with a 6-slot rack

- 07 with an 8-slot rack

- 11 with a 12-slot rack

Presentation

Description

Function

Addressing modules in a single-rack configuration

274

15 3

Rack 6 slots BMX XBP 0600

CPS 01 02 03 04 05 06 0700

Example of installation with 8-slot rack

1/15

References,

dimensions,

mounting

Modicon® M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Single-rack configuration

Racks

Description Type of module

to be inserted

No. of slots

(1)

Reference Weight

Racks BMX CPS power supply,

BMX P34 processor, I/O

modules and

application-specific

modules (counter,

communication)

BMXXBP0400

1.470

BMXXB0600

1.750

BMXXBP0800

2.310

BMXXBP1200

–

Accessories

Description For use with Unit reference Weight

Shielding connection

kits comprising:

-a metal bar

- two sub-bases

- one set of spring

clamping rings

BMX XBP 0400 rack

BMXXSP0400

0.280

BMX XBP 0600 rack

BMXXSP0600

0.310

BMX XBP 0800 rack

BMXXSP0800

0.340

BMX XBP 1200 rack

BMXXSP1200

0.400

Spring clamping rings

(pack of 5)

Cables with 1.5…6 mm2 cross-section STBXSP3010 0.050

Cables with 5…11 mm2 cross-section STBXSP3020 0.070

Protective covers

(pack of 5)

Unoccupied slots on BMX XBP pp00

rack

BMXXEM010 0.005

(1) Number of slots receiving the processor module, I/O modules and application-specific

modules (excluding power supply module).

BMX XBP 0400

BMX XBP 1200

BMX XBP 0800

BMX XSP

00 STB XSP 30p0

Dimensions, mounting

BMX XBP

Common side view Front view: BMX XBP example

BMX XBP 0400 242.4

BMX XBP 0600 307.6

BMX XBP 0800 372.8

BMX XBP 1200 503.2

(1) With removable terminal block (cage, screw or spring).

(2) With FCN connector.

Mounting the racks

On AM1 PA and AM3 PA pre-slotted plate Installation rules

a b

BMX XBP 0400 207.8 242.2

BMX XBP 0600 273 307.6

BMX XBP 0800 338.2 372.8

BMX XBP 1200 468.6 503.2

(1) On AM1 ED rail: 35 mm wide, 15 mm deep Only possible

with BMX XBP 0400/0600/0800 rack.

(2) For panel-mounting: The diameter of the mounting holes must

be sufficient to accept M4, M5, M6 screws ( 4.32 to 6.35).

a ≥ 3 mm

(1) Equipment or enclosure.

(2) Cable ducting or clip.

150

(2)

140

(1)

150

(1)

160

(2)

100

Rail (1)

11,2

60 1624

100

23,4

AF1-EA6 4 holes (2)

(2)

u 60 u 80

(2)

u 80 u 60

u 60

(1)

(2)

02/0

2/1

Contents 2 - Input/output modules

Discrete I/O modules

bDiscrete I/O modules

vPresentation, description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/6

vFunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/8

vCharacteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/10

vReferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/16

vConnections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/18

Analog I/O modules and process control

bAnalog I/O modules

vPresentation, description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/24

vConnections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/25

vFunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/26

vCharacteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/28

vReferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/31

bProgrammable process control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/32

Distributed I/O modules

Counter modules and Motion Function Blocks

bCounter modules

vPresentation, description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/36

vFunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/37

vCharacteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/40

vReferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/41

vConnections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/42

bMFB, Motion Function Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/44

2/2

Selection guide Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Discrete I/O modules

Input modules and mixed I/O modules

Applications 16-channel input modules

Connection via cage clamp, screw clamp or spring-type removable terminals

Type c c or a a

Voltage 24 V 48 V 24 V 48 V 100…120V

Modularity

(Number of channels)

16 isolated channels

Connection Via BMX FTB 2000/2010/2020 20-pin cage clamp, screw clamp or spring-type removable

terminals

Isolated inputs IEC 1131-2 conformity Type 3 Type 1 Type 1 (a)Type 3

Logic Positive Pos. or neg. –

Sensor compatibility in

accordance with standard

IEC 947-5-2

2-wire c, 3-wire c PNP any type 2-wire c/a,

3-wire c PNP

or NPN any

type

2-wire a

Isolated outputs Fallback

IEC 1131-2 conformity

Protection

Logic

Module BMX

DDI 1602

BMX

DDI 1603 r

BMX

DAI 1602 r

BMX

DAI 1603 r

BMX

DAI 1604

Page 1/16

Compatibility with

installation help system

Tego® Dial –

TeSys® Quickfit –

Compatibility with

Advantys™Telefast® ABE7

pre-wired I/O system

Connection sub-bases –

Input and output adapter

sub-bases

–

Passive connection sub-base Optimum “Economy” –

Optimum “Miniature” –

Universal –

Relay adapter sub-base Fixed relays –

Plug-in relays –

Preformed cord sets with 40-pin connector –

Pages –

r Available 4th quarter 2007

2/3

32/64-channel high-density input modules 16/32-channel mixed I/O modules

Connection via 40-pin connectors with preformed cord

sets

Connection via cage clamp, screw clamp or spring-type

removable terminals

Connection via 40-pin

connectors with

preformed cord sets

c c c and a (outputs only) c

24 V 24 V I/O 24 V inputs, relay outputs 24 V I/O

32 isolated channels 64 isolated channels 8 isolated inputs and 8 isolated outputs 16 isolated inputs and

16 isolated outputs

Via one 40-pin connector Via two 40-pin connectors Via BMX FTB 2000/2010/2020 20-pin cage clamp, screw

clamp or spring-type removable terminals

Via one 40-pin connector

Type 3 Non-IEC Type 3

Positive Positive –Positive

2-wire c,3-wire cPNP

any type

–

Configurable output fallback, continuous monitoring of output control and resetting of outputs

in case of internal fault

Yes

Protected Not protected Protected

Positive –Positive

BMX DDI 3202K BMX DDI 6402K BMX DDM 16022 BMX DDM 16025 BMX DDM 3202K

1/16 1/17

APE 1B24M Dialbase interface with 8I/8Q –APE 1B24M Dialbase

interface

LU9 G02 splitter boxes (8 motor starters) and

BMX FCC pp1/pp3 preformed cord sets

–LU9 G02 splitter boxes

(8 motor starters) and

BMX FCC pp1/pp3

preformed cord sets

Depending on model, 8- or 16-channel passive sub-bases, with or without LED, with common or 2 terminals per channel

Depending on model, 16-channel active sub-bases with solid state or electromechanical, fixed or removable relays, 5...48 V c, 24 V c, 24 V...240 V a or

voltage-free, with common or 2 terminals per channel, screw or spring-type connection

ABE7H20Ep00 – ABE7H20Ep00

ABE7H16Cpp –ABE7H16Cpp

ABE7H08Rpp/7H08S21,

ABE7H16R1p/7H16R50,

ABE7H16R2p/7H16S21,

ABE7H16R3p/7H16R23,

ABE7H16S43,

–ABE7H08Rpp/7H08S21,

ABE7H16R1p/7H16R50,

ABE7H16R2p/7H16S21,

ABE7H16R3p/7H16R23,

ABE7H16S43/7H16F43

ABE7S16E2pp –ABE7S16E2pp

ABE7S16Sppp/7R16S

ABE7P16F31pp –ABE7P16F31pp

ABE7R16Tppp/7P16Tppp

BMX FCC pp1/FCC pp3 –BMXFCC pp3

5/10 to 5/16, 2/17 –5/10 to 5/16, 2/17

2/4

Selection guide (continued) Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Discrete I/O modules

Output modules

Applications 32/64-channel high-density output modules

Connection via 40-pin connectors with preformed cord sets

Type c solid state

Voltage 24 V

Current 0.1 A per channel

Modularity

(Number of channels)

32 protected channels 64 protected channels

Connection Via one 40-pin connector Via two 40-pin connectors

Isolated outputs Fallback Configurable output fallback, continuous monitoring of output control and resetting of outputs in

case of internal fault

IEC 1131-2 conformity Yes

Protection Current limiter with electronic tripping

Logic Positive –

Discrete output module BMX DDO 3202K BMX DDO 6402K

Page 2/16

Compatibility with

installation help system

Tego® Dial –

TeSys® Quickfit –

Compatibility with

Advantys™Telefast® ABE7

pre-wired I/O system

Connection sub-bases –

Input adapter sub-bases –

Passive sub-base Optimum “Economy” ABE7H20Ep00

Optimum “Miniature” ABE7H16Cpp

Universal ABE7H08Rpp/7H08S21,

ABE7H16R1p/7H16R50,

ABE7H16R2p/7H16S21,

ABE7H16R3p

ABE7H16F43

Relay adapter sub-base Fixed relays ABE7S16Sppp / 7R16S

Removable relays ABE7R16Tppp/7P16Tppp

Preformed cord sets with 40-pin connector BMXFCCpp1/FCC pp3

Pages 5/10 to 5/16, 2/17

2/5

16-channel output modules 8/16-channel output modules

Connection via cage clamp, screw clamp or spring-type removable terminals

c solid state a triac c/a relay

24 V c100…240 V 24 V c, 24...240 V a

0.5 A per channel 0.6 A per channel 3 A (Ith) per channel 2 A (Ith) per channel

16 protected channels 16 non-protected channels 8 non-protected channels 16 non-protected channels

Via BMX FTB 2000/2010/2020 20-pin cage clamp, screw clamp or spring-type removable terminals

Configurable output fallback, continuous monitoring of output

control and resetting of outputs in case of internal fault

Configurable output fallback

Yes Yes

Current limiter with electronic tripping –

Positive Negative –

BMX DDO 1602 BMX DDO 1612 r BMX DAO 1605 rBMX DRA 0805 BMX DRA 1605

2/16

–

r Available 4th quarter 2007

2/6

Presentation,

description

Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Discrete I/O modules

Discrete I/O modules in the Modicon M340 PLC offer are standard modules

occupying a single slot, equipped with either of the following:

v A connector for a screw or spring-type 20-pin removable terminal block

v One or two 40-pin connector(s)

A wide range of discrete inputs and outputs can be used to meet whatever

requirements arise in terms of:

v functions: AC or DC I/O, positive or negative logic

v modularity: 8, 16, 32 or 64 channels per module

The inputs receive signals from the sensors and perform the following functions:

v acquisition

v adaptation

v electrical isolation

v filtering

v protection against interference signals

The outputs memorize commands issued by the processor to enable control of the

actuators via the decoupling and amplification circuits.

BMX DpI/DpO/DRA discrete I/O modules are standard format (1 slot). Their case

ensures IP 20 protection of the electronics, and they are locked into position by a

captive screw.

1Rigid body providing support and protection for the electronic card

2Module reference marking (a label is also visible on the right-hand side of the

module)

3Channel status display block

4Connector accepting the 20-pin removable terminal block for connecting sensors

or preactuators

To be ordered separately:

A BMX FTB 20p0 20-pin removable terminal block or a preformed cord set with a

20-pin removable terminal block at one end and wires at the other (see page 2/7.

1Rigid body providing support and protection for the electronic card

2Module reference marking (a label is also visible on the right-hand side of the

module)

3Channel status display block

4One or two 40-pin connectors (32 or 64 channels) (1) for connecting sensors or

preactuators

5With the 64-channel module, a push button which, with successive presses,

displays the state of channels 0...31 or 32...63 on the block 3 (see page 2/9)

To be ordered separately, depending on the type of module:

One or two preformed cord set(s) with a 40-pin connector (see page 2/7).

(1) Fujistu FCN 40-pin connector

Presentation

Description

I/O modules connected via 20-pin removable terminal block

I/O modules connected via 40-pin connector

Module and 20-pin removable terminal block

32- and 64-channel modules with for connection via

40-pin connector(s)

Characteristics:

pages 2/11 to 2/15

References:

pages 2/16 to 2/17

Connections:

pages 2/18 to 2/21

2/7

There are three types of 20-pin removable terminal blocks:

v Screw clamp terminal block

v Cage clamp terminal block

v Spring-type terminal block

Each removable terminal block can accept:

v Bare wires

v Wires equipped with DZ5-CE cable ends

One version of the removable terminal block is equipped with BMX FTWpp1 cord

sets with color-coded wires (3, 5 or 10 m long).

The capacity of each terminal is:

v Minimum: One 0.34 mm2 wire (22 AWG)

v Maximum: One 1.5 mm2 wire (14 AWG)

BMX FTB 2000 cage clamp connectors are equipped with captive screws

maximum tightening torque 0.5 N.m (4.4 lb-in).

The capacity of each terminal is:

v Minimum: One or two 0.34 mm2 wires (22 AWG)

v Maximum: Two 1.5 mm2 wires (14 AWG)

BMX FTB 2010 screw clamp connectors are equipped with captive screws

maximum tightening torque 0.5 N.m (4.4 lb-in).

The capacity of each terminal in the BMX FTB 2020 spring-type terminal blocks is:

v Minimum: Two 0.34 mm2 wires (22 AWG)

v Maximum: Two 1.5 mm2 wires (14 AWG)

Preformed cord sets can be used for easy direct wire-to-wire connection between the

I/O of modules with connectors 1, and the sensors, preactuators or intermediate

terminals.

These preformed cord sets comprise:

v At one end, a 40-pin connector 2, with either of the following:

- One sheath

containing 20 wires sized 0.34 mm

(22 AWG) (BMX FCW pp1)

- Two sheaths

, each containing 20 wires sized 0.34 mm

(22 AWG)

(BMX FCW pp3)

v At the other end

, color-coded wires conforming to standard DIN 47100 (see page

2/21)

Two types of cord sets can be used for connecting the I/O modules with 40-pin

connectors 1, using the Advantys™ Telefast® ABE7 pre-wired I/O system of rapid

wiring connections, and 2, adaptation interfaces (see page 5/8).

These preformed cord sets comprise:

v At one end, a 40-pin connector 3, with either of the following:

- One sheath

, containing 20 wires (BMX FCC pp1)

- Two sheaths

, each containing 20 wires (BMX FCC pp3)

v At the other end, one or two HE 10 connectors

BMX DDI 3202K/6402K input modules and BMX DDO 3202K/6402K output

modules

are designed for use in conjunction with Tego® Dial and TeSys® Quickfit

installation help systems.

The modules are easily connected using a connection cable.

Connecting modules with removable terminal blocks

Cage clamp terminal blocks

Screw clamp terminal blocks

Spring-type terminal blocks

Connecting modules with 40-pin connectors

Preformed cord sets with 40-pin connector at one end and wires at the other

Example of connection to the Tego Dial installation help

system

Preformed cord set with removable terminal block at one end

and wires at the other

Preformed cord set with 40-pin connector at one end and

2 wires at the others

Preformed cord set with 40-pin connector and HE 10 connector

for Advantys Telefast ABE7 pre-wired I/O system Preformed cord sets with 40-pin connector and HE 10 connector(s)

Connection to Tego® Dial and TeSys® Quickfit systems

Characteristics:

pages 2/11 to 2/15

References:

pages 2/16 to 2/17

Connections:

pages 2/18to 2/21

Presentation (continued) Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Discrete I/O modules

2/8

Functions Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Discrete I/O modules

Due to their integrated devices, I/O modules (including application-specific modules)

can be removed and connected while powered up.

Note : When the PLC is powered up and running, the I/O modules can be removed without any

material risk by performing the following sequence before removing the module:

- Disconnect the power voltage on the outputs

- Disconnect the sensor and preactuator power supply

- Remove the terminal block or connector

Discrete I/O modules have different parameters for each channel. The channels are

grouped into blocks of 4, 8 or 16 consecutive channels depending on the type of

module. Each group of channels can be assigned to a specific application task

(master or fast).

The 24 and 48 V c inputs are constant-current type. This characteristic makes it

possible to:

v Ensure minimum current in active state in compliance with the IEC standard

v Limit the current consumption when the input voltage increases, to avoid unwanted

temperature rise in the module

v Reduce the current consumption on the sensor power supply provided by the PLC

power supply or by a process power supply

All protected solid state outputs have a protective device which, when an output is

active, can detect the occurrence of:

v An overload or short-circuit: This type of fault deactivates the output (tripping) and

indicates a fault on the display located on the module front panel (the faulty channel

LED flashes, and the I/O module fault LED lights up).

v Reverse polarity: This type of fault short-circuits the power supply without

damaging the module. For this protection to work in optimum conditions, it is

essential to place a fast-blow fuse on the power supply upstream of the preactuators.

v Inductive overvoltage: Each output is protected individually against inductive

overvoltages and has a fast zener diode demagnetization circuit for electromagnets,

which can reduce the output response time for some fast machines.

If a fault has caused an output to trip, the output can be reactivated using this

parameter if no other terminal fault is present.

Reactivation is defined for each group of 8 channels. It has no effect on an inactive

channel or one that is not faulty.

The reactivation command can be:

v Programmed: Reactivation is carried out by a command from the PLC application

or via the debug screen. To avoid repeated reactivations too close together, the

module automatically allows a time delay of 10 s between two reactivations.

v Automatic: Reactivation takes place automatically every 10 s until the fault

disappears.

An input can be configured to control the RUN/STOP mode for the PLC.

This takes effect on a rising edge. A STOP command from an input has priority over

a RUN command from a programming terminal or via the network.

Functions

Hot swapping

I/O module assignment

Protection of DC inputs

Protection of DC outputs

Reactivation of DC outputs

RUN/STOP command

Characteristics:

pages 2/11 to 2/15

References:

pages 2/16 to 2/17

Connections:

pages 2/18 to 2/21

2/9

Functions (continued) Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Discrete I/O modules

This parameter defines the fallback mode used by the DC solid state outputs when

the PLC stops, following a:

v Processor fault

v Rack fault

v Fault on the cable connecting the racks

The outputs must be set to a state that is not harmful to the application. This state,

known as the fallback position, is defined for each module when the DC solid state

outputs are configured. This configuration offers a choice between:

v Fallback: The channels are set to 0 or 1 according to the fallback value defined for

the group of 8 corresponding channels.

v Maintain: The outputs maintain their state from before the stop.

Each discrete I/O module is equipped with a display block on the front panel

centralizing all the information necessary for module control, diagnostics and

maintenance. The display block comprises:

1A set of 8, 16 or 32 green LEDs, depending on the module. Each LED is

associated with one channel:

- On: channel in state 1; Off: channel in state 0

- Flashing: channel faulty, overloaded or short-circuit

2Three LEDs indicating the module status:

- RUN (green): On: Normal operation

- ERR (red): On: Internal module fault; Flashing: Exchange fault between the

module and the processor

- I/O (red): On: External fault (sensor/preactuator voltage, overload, short-circuit,

etc.); Flashing: Terminal block fault

3A +32 LED (green) indicating, in the case of 64-channel modules, whether the set

of 32 LEDs 1 displays the state of channels 0...31 (off) or the state of channels

32...63 (on). This +32 LED is activated or deactivated by a push button located on

top of the module.

Diagnostics via Unity Pro™ software

Using the integrated diagnostics in Unity Pro™ software, the local diagnostics

indicators on the modules front panel are complemented by system diagnostics

based on predefined screens at the global hardware configuration level, the module

level and the channel level (see pages 4/21 and 4/22).

Remote diagnostics using a web browser on a “Thin Client” PC

In addition, the diagnostics described above can be performed remotely using a

simple web browser thanks to the standard web server integrated in the Modicon

M340 platform (processor with integrated Ethernet port or Ethernet module), using

the ready-to-use Rack Viewer function (see page 3/4).

(1) 24 V

sensors can be used as negative logic (source) 24 V

inputs compatible with 3-wire

sensor NPN type, but in this case, are not IEC-compliant.

Functions (continued)

Output fallback

I/O module diagnostics

Compatibility with 2-wire and 3-wire sensors

Input type 24 V c

Non-IEC

positive log.

(sink)

48 V c

type 1

positive log.

(sink)

24 V c

type 3

positive log.

(sink)

24 V a

type 1

48 V a

type 3

100...120 V a

type 3

Any 3-wire c sensor, PNP type

Any 3-wire c sensor, NPN type (1)

Telemecanique® 2-wire c sensor

or other brand with the following characteristics:

- Residual voltage in closed state ≤ 7V

- Minimum switched current ≤ 2.5 mA

- Residual current in open state ≤ 1.5 mA

Telemecanique® 2-wire c sensor

or other brand with the following characteristics:

- Residual voltage in closed state ≤ 4V

- Minimum switched current ≤ 1mA

- Residual current in open state ≤ 0.5 mA

2-wire c/a sensor (1)

2-wire a sensor

Not compatible Compatible

2/10

Characteristics Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Discrete I/O modules

(1) This characteristic allows several inputs to be wired in parallel on the same module or on

different modules for input redundancy.

Common characteristics

Environment

Conformity to standards NFC 63 850, IEC 664, IEC 1131 2, UL 508, UL7 46C, CSA 22 2 no. 142

Temperature derating The characteristics at 60 °C are assured for 60% of inputs and 60% of outputs at state 1

Characteristics of DC input modules

Module BMX DDI 1602 BMX DDI 1603 BMX DDI 3202K BMX DDI 6402K BMX DAI 1602

Number of inputs 16 32 64 16

Connection Spring or screw-type 20-pin

removable terminal block

One 40-pin

connector

Two 40-pin

connectors

Spring

or screw-type

20-pin removable

terminal block

Nominal input values Voltage V24 c48 c24 c

Current mA 3.5 2.5 2.5 1 3

Logic Positive (sink) Negative (source)

Input limit

values

At state 1 Voltage V≥ 11 ≥ 34 ≥ 11 ≥ 15 ≥ 14

Current mA > 2

(for U ≥11 V)

> 2

(for U ≥ 34 V)

> 2

(for U ≥ 11 V)

> 1

(for U ≥ 15 V)

> 2

At state 0 Voltage V<5< 10 < 5

Current mA ≤ 1.5 ≤ 0.5 ≤ 1.5 ≤ 0.5

Sensor power supply

(including ripple)

V19…30 (possible

up to 34 V, limited

to 1 hour in every

24 hours)

38...60 19…30 (possible up to 34 V, limited to 1 hour in every

24 hours)

Input impedance at nominal voltage KΩ6.8 19.2 9.6 24 6.4

Response time (filtering) Typical ms 410

Maximum ms 720

Reverse polarity Protected No –

IEC 1131-2 conformity Type 3 Type 1 Type 3 Non-IEC

Compatibility with 2-wire/3-wire sensors IEC 947-5-2 –

Paralleling of inputs (1) Yes No

Protection of inputs Use one 0.5 A fast-blow fuse per group of channels

Insulation resistance MΩ>10 at 500 V c

Dielectric strength Primary/Secondary Vrms 1,500 - 50/60 Hz for 1 minute (up to 4,000 m)

Between groups of

channels

V–500 c–

Type of input Current sink Resistive

Sensor voltage control

threshold

OK V> 18 c > 36 c> 18 c

Fault V< 14 c< 24 c< 14 c

Reliability MTBF in hours At Tambient = 30 °C 798,237 696,320 362,681 1,504,958

Consumption Typical mA See power consumption table page 6/8

Maximum dissipated power W2.5 3.6 3.9 4.3 3

Temperature derating None

References:

pages 2/16 to 2/17

Connections:

pages 2/18 to 2/21

2/11

Characteristics (continued) Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Discrete I/O modules

Characteristics of AC input modules

Module BMX DAI 1602 BMX DAI 1603 BMX DAI 1604

Number of inputs 16

Connection Spring or screw-type 20-pin removable terminal block

Nominal input values Voltage V24 a48 a100...120 a

Current mA 3 5

Frequency Hz 50/60

Input limit

values

At state 1 Voltage V≥ 15 ≥ 34 ≥ 74

Current mA ≥ 2 ≥ 2.5

At state 0 Voltage V≤ 5 y 10 y 20

Current mA ≤ 1

Frequency Hz 47...63

Sensor power supply

(including ripple)

V20...26 40...52 85…132

Current peak

on activation

At nominal voltage mA 595 240

Input impedance at nominal voltage and F = 55 Hz KΩ6 9 13

Response time (filtering) Activation ms 15 10

Deactivation ms 20

IEC 1131-2 conformity Type 1 Type 3

Compatibility with 2-wire/3-wire sensors IEC 947-5-2

Protection of inputs Use one 0.5 A fast-blow fuse per group of channels

Insulation resistance MΩ>10 at 500 V c

Dielectric strength Vrms 1,500 - 50/60 Hz for 1 minute (up to 4,000 m)

Type of input Resistive Capacitive

Sensor voltage control threshold OK V> 18 > 36 > 82

Fault V< 14 < 24 < 40

Reliability MTBF in hours At Tambient =30 °C 1,504,958

Consumption Typical mA See power consumption table page 6/8

Maximum dissipated power W3 4 3.8

Temperature derating None

Characteristics of triac output module

Module BMX DAO 1605

Number of inputs W16

Connection Spring or screw-type 20-pin removable terminal block

Operating voltages Nominal V100...240 a

Limit V85...288 a

Currents Maximum A0.6 per channel, 2.4 per common, 4.8 for all 4 commons

Minimum 25 mA at 100 V a, 25 mA at 240 V a

Maximum inrush current A≤ 20/cycle

Leakage current At state 0 mA ≤ 1.5 for 120 V a, 60 Hz, ≤ 3 for 240 V a, 60 Hz

Residual voltage At state 1 V≤ 1.5

Response time

Nominal resistive load

Activation ms ≤ 1 +/- 0.5 Hz

Deactivation ms ≤ 1 +/- 0.5 Hz

Type of command Passage through zero

Built-in protection Varistor

Protection fuses None (use an external fast-blow fuse)

Dielectric strength Vrms 2,830 a/3 cycles (2,000 m altitude)

Insulation resistance MΩ>10 at 500 V c

Reliability –

Consumption Typical mA See power consumption table page 6/8

Maximum dissipated power –

References:

pages 2/16 to 2/17

Connections:

pages 2/18 to 2/21

2/12

Characteristics (continued) Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Discrete I/O modules

(1) All outputs are equipped with a fast demagnetization circuit for the electromagnets. Discharge

time for the electromagnets < L/R.

(2) Excluding load current.

Characteristics of DC solid state output modules

Module BMX DDO 1602 BMX DDO 1612 BMX DDO 3202K BMX DDO 6402K

Number of inputs 16 32 64

Connection Spring or screw-type 20-pin removable

terminal block

One 40-pin connector Two 40-pin

connectors

Output nominal values Voltage V24 c

Current A0.5 0.1

Logic Positive (source) Negative (sink) Positive (source)

Output limit values Voltage

(including ripple)

V19…30 (possible up to 34 V, limited to 1 hour in every 24 hours)

Current per

channel

A0.625 0.125

Current per

module

A10 3.2 6.4 if θ ≤ 40 °C

5.1 if θ ≤ 50 °C

3.8 if θ ≤ 60 °C

Tungsten filament lamp power W6 maximum 1.2 maximum

Leakage current At state 0 mA < 0.5 0.1 (for U = 30 V)

Residual voltage At state 1 V< 1.2 < 1.5 (for I = 0.1 A)

Minimum load impedance Ω48 220

Response time (1) ms 1.2

Maximum overload time ms –15

Compatibility with IEC 1131-2 DC inputs Yes (type 3, not IEC) Yes (not IEC) Yes (type 3, not IEC)

Paralleling of outputs Yes (2 max.) Yes (3 max.)

Switching frequency on inductive load Hz 0.5/LI2

Built-in protection Against

overvoltages

Yes, by Transil® diode

Against reverse

polarity

Yes, by reverse-mounted diode. Use a 2 A fuse on the + 24 V of the preactuators.

Against

short-circuit and

overloads

Yes, with current limiter and electronic circuit

breaker 1.5 In < Id < 2 In

Yes, with current limiter and electronic circuit

breaker 0.125 A < Id < 0.185 A

Preactuator voltage control

threshold

At state 0 V> 18

Fault V< 14

Insulation resistance MΩ> 10 at 500 V c

Dielectric strength Output/ground or

output/internal

logic

Vrms 1,500 a - 50/60 Hz for 1 minute

Between groups of

channels

V–500 c

Reliability MTBF in hours At Tambient = 30 °C 409,413 –360,412 173,792

Consumption Typical mA See power consumption table page 6/8

Maximum dissipated power W42.26 3.6 6.85

Temperature derating None See “Current per

module” above

References:

pages 2/16 to 2/17

Connections:

pages 2/18 to 2/21

2/13

Characteristics (continued) Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Discrete I/O modules

(1) For 1 x 105 operating cycles

(2) For 3 x 105 operating cycles

(3) For 0.7 x 106 operating cycles

(4) For 1 x 106 operating cycles

(5) For 0.5 x 106 operating cycles

(6) For 5 x 106 operating cycles

(7) For 2 x 106 operating cycles

(8) For 10 x 106 operating cycles

(9) For 1.5 x 106 operating cycles

(10)For 0.15 x 106 operating cycles

(11)For 3 x 106 operating cycles

(12)For 0.1 x 106 operating cycles

(13)For 0.3 x 106 operating cycles

(14)Where L/R = 60 ms for BMX DRA 0805 module, L/R = 7 ms for BMX DRA 1605 module

Characteristics of relay output modules

Module BMX DRA 0805 BMX DRA 1605

Number of inputs 816

Connection Spring or screw-type 20-pin removable terminal block

Limit operating voltages DC V10...34 c24...125 c (resistive load)

AC V10...264 a200...264 a (Cos ϕ = 1)

Thermal current A3 2

Switching load Minimum mA 1 at 5 V c

Electrical life –24 V 200 V 240 V

AC load Power

cos ϕ=0.7

VA – – 300 (1),

80 (2)

240 (1),

72 (2)

Power

cos ϕ=0.35

VA – – 200 (1),

60 (2)

120 (1),

36 (2)

DC load Power W–24 (1),

7.2 (2)

– –

Voltage 24 V 48 V 110...

120 V

200...

240 V

24 V 200 V 240 V

AC load R

esistive l

oads

AC-12

Power VA 50 (3) 50 (4),

110 (5)

110 (4),

220 (5)

220 (4) –

Inductive loads

AC-15

(cos ϕ=0.3)

Power VA 24 (5) 10 (6),

24 (7)

10 (8),

50 (9),

110 (10)

10 (8),

50 (11),

110 (4),

220 (12)

–200 (1),

60 (2)

120 (1),

36 (2)

Inductive loads

AC-14

(cos ϕ=0.7)

Power VA –300 (1),

80 (2)

240 (1),

72 (2)

DC load R

esistive l

oads

DC-12

Power W24 (4),

40 (13)

–

Inductive loads

DC-13 (14)

Power W10 (7),

24 (4)

–24 (1),

7.2 (2)

–

Response time Activation ms < 10

Deactivation ms < 8 < 12

Built-in

protection

Against overloads and short-circuits None. Use a fast-blow fuse per channel or group of channels

Against AC inductive overvoltages None. Use an RC circuit or ZNO surge limiter appropriate to the voltage in parallel on each

output

Against DC inductive overvoltages None. Use a discharge diode on each output

Insulation resistance MΩ> 10 at 500 V c

Dielectric strength Vrms 2,000 - 50/60 Hz for 1 minute

Reliability MTBF in hours At Tambient =30 °C 1,573,341 2,463,296

Consumption Typical mA See power consumption table page 6/8

Dissipated power W2.7 max. 3

Temperature derating None

References:

pages 2/16 to 2/17

Connections:

pages 2/18 to 2/21

2/14

Characteristics (continued) Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Discrete I/O modules

(1) For 1 x 105 operating cycles

(2) For 3 x 105 operating cycles

(3) Excluding load current

Characteristics of mixed I/O relay module

Module BMX DDM 16025

24 V c inputs 24 V cor 24...240 V arelay outputs

Number of inputs/outputs 8 8

Connection Spring or screw-type 20-pin removable terminal block

Nominal values Inputs Voltage V24 c (positive logic) –

Current mA 3.5 –

Outputs DC voltage V–24 c

Direct current A–2 (resistive load)

AC voltage V–220 a, Cos ϕ = 1

Alternating current A– 2

Input limit

values

At state 1 Voltage V≥ 11 –

Current mA ≥ 2 (for U ≥ 11) –

At state 0 Voltage V5 –

Current mA ≤ 1.5 –

Sensor power supply

(including ripple)

V19…30 (possible up to 30 V, limited to 1 hour

in every 24 hours)

–

Relay output voltage 24 V 200 V 240 V

AC load Inductive loads

AC-14 (cos ϕ=

0.7)

Power VA – – 300 (1),

80 (2)

240 (1),

72 (2)

Inductive loads

AC-15 (cos ϕ=

0.35)

Power VA – – 200 (1),

60 (2)

120 (1),

36 (2)

DC load Inductive loads

DC-13

Power W–24 (1),

7.2 (2)

– –

Maximum switching frequency –3,600 cycles/hour

Input impedance at nominal voltage KΩ6.8 –

Input response time Typical ms 4 –

Maximum ms 7 –

Reverse polarity on inputs Protected –

IEC 1131-2 conformity Yes, type 3 –

Compatibility with 2-wire/3-wire sensors IEC 947-5-2 –

Paralleling of inputs No –

Input type Current sink –

Output response time Activation ms –≤ 12

Deactivation ms –≤ 10

Switching load Minimum –5V c/1 mA

Maximum V–264 a/125 c

Mechanical durability No. of switching

operations

–≥ 20 million

Fuse protection Use one 0.5 A fast-blow fuse per group of

channels

No (use one fast-blow fuse per channel or

group of channels)

Sensor voltage control thresholds OK V> 18 –

Fault V< 14 –

Insulation resistance MΩ> 10 at 500 V c

Dielectric

strength

Primary/secondary Vrms 1,500 - 50/60 Hz for 1 minute –

Between groups of I/O V500 c–

Max. voltage Vrms –2,830 a/cycle

Reliability MTBF in hours At Tambient = 30 °C 912,167

Consumption Typical mA See power consumption table page 6/8

Dissipated power W3.1 maximum

Temperature derating None

References:

pages 2/16 to 2/17

Connections:

pages 2/18 to 2/21

2/15

Characteristics (continued) Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Discrete I/O modules

(1) All outputs are equipped with a fast demagnetization circuit for the electromagnets. Discharge

time for the electromagnets < L/R.

(2) Excluding load current.

Characteristics of 24 V c mixed I/O modules

Module BMX DDM 16022 BMX DDM 3202K

Inputs Solid state outputs Inputs Solid state outputs

Number of inputs/outputs 8 8 16 16

Connection Spring or screw-type 20-pin removable

terminal block

One 40-pin connector

Nominal values Voltage V24 c

Current mA 3.5 500 2.5 100

Logic Positive (sink) Positive (source) Positive (sink) Positive (source)

Tungsten filament lamp power W–6 maximum –1.2 maximum

Input limit

values

At state 1 Voltage V≥ 11 –≥ 11 –

Current mA > 3 (for U ≥ 11 V)–≥ 2 (for U ≥ 11) –

At state 0 Voltage V5 – 5 –

Current mA ≤ 1.5 –≤ 1.5 –

Sensor power

supply (including

ripple)

Possible up to

30 V, limited to

1 hour in every 24

hours

V19…30 –19…30 –

Output limit

values

Voltage (including

ripple)

Possible up to

30 V, limited to

1 hour in every 24

hours

V–19…30 –19…30

Currents Per channel mA –625 –125

Per module A–5–3.2

Input impedance at nominal voltage KΩ6.8 –9.6 –

Input response time Typical ms 4 – 4 –

Maximum ms 7 – 7 –

Reverse polarity on inputs Protected –Protected –

IEC 1131-2 conformity Yes, type 3 –Yes, type 3 –

Compatibility with 2-wire/3-wire sensors IEC 947-5-2 –IEC 947-5-2 –

Input type Current sink –Current sink –

Leakage current At state 0 mA –< 0.5 –0.1

Residual voltage At state 1 V–< 1.2 –< 1.5 (for I=0.1 A)

Minimum load impedance Ω–48 –220

Output response time (1) ms –1.2 –1.2

Max. overload time before fault state ms –15 –15

Compatibility with IEC 1131-2 DC inputs –Yes (type 3, not IEC) –Yes (type 3, not IEC)

Paralleling of outputs –Yes (2 maximum) –Yes (3 maximum)

Switching frequency on inductive load Hz –0.5/LI2 –0.5/LI2

Built-in protection Against

overvoltages

–Yes, by Transil® diode –Yes, by Transil® diode

Against inversions –Yes, by

reverse-mounted

diode. Use a 2 A fuse

on the preactuator

+24V

–Yes, by

reverse-mounted

diode. Use a 2 A fuse

on the preactuator

+24V

Against

short-circuits and

overloads

Use one 0.5 A

fast-blow fuse per

group of channels

Yes, by current limiter

and electronic

circuit breaker 1.5 ln<

Id < 2 ln

Use one 0.5 A

fast-blow fuse per

group of channels

Yes, by current limiter

and electronic

circuit breaker 0.125 A

< Id < 0.185 A

Sensor and preactuator voltage

control thresholds

OK V> 18

Fault < 14

Insulation resistance MΩ> 10 at 500 V c

Dielectric

strength

Primary/secondary Vrms 1,500 - 50/60 Hz for 1 minute

Between groups of inputs and outputs V500 c

Outputs/ground or outputs/internal

logic

–1,500 - 50/60 Hz for 1

minute

–1,500 - 50/60 Hz for 1

minute

Reliability MTBF in hours At Tambient =30 °C 447,581 432,904

Consumption 3.3 V cTypical mA 79 125

Maximum mA 111 166

24 V c

preactuators (2)

Typical mA 59 69

Maximum mA 67 104

Maximum dissipated power W3.7 4

Temperature derating None

References:

pages 2/16 to 2/17

Connections:

pages 2/18 to 2/21

2/16

References Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Discrete I/O modules

(1) By connector, module supplied with cover(s)

r Available 4th quarter 2007

References

Discrete input modules

Type of

current

Input voltage Connection by

(1)

IEC 1131-2

conformity

Modularity

(no. of channels)

Reference Weight

c24 V (positive

logic)

Screw or spring-type 20-pin

removable terminal block

Type 3 16 isolated inputs BMXDDI1602 0.115

One 40-pin connector Type 3 32 isolated inputs BMXDDI3202K 0.112

Two 40-pin connectors Non-IEC 64 isolated inputs BMXDDI6402K 0.145

24 V (negative

logic)

Screw or spring-type 20-pin

removable terminal block

Non-IEC 16 isolated inputs BMXDAI1602 r 0.115

48 V (positive

logic)

Screw or spring-type 20-pin

removable terminal block

Type 1 16 isolated inputs BMXDDI1603 r 0.115

a24 V Screw or spring-type 20-pin

removable terminal block

Type 1 16 isolated inputs BMXDAI1602 r 0.115

48 V Screw or spring-type 20-pin

removable terminal block

Type 3 16 isolated inputs BMXDAI1603 r 0.115

100...120 V Screw or spring-type 20-pin

removable terminal block

Type 3 16 isolated inputs BMXDAI1604 0.115

Discrete output modules

Type of

current

Output voltage Connection by

(1)

IEC 1131-2

conformity

Modularity

(no. of channels)

Reference Weight

solid state

24 V/0.5 A

(positive logic)

Screw or spring-type 20-pin

removable terminal block

Yes 16 protected

outputs

BMXDDO1602 0.120

24 V/0.5 A

(negative logic)

Screw or spring-type 20-pin

removable terminal block

Non-IEC 16 protected

outputs

BMXDDO1612 r 0.120

24 V/0.1 A

(positive logic)

One 40-pin connector Yes 32 protected

outputs

BMXDDO3202K 0.110

Two 40-pin connectors Yes 64 protected

outputs

BMXDDO6402K 0.150

a triac 100...240 Screw or spring-type 20-pin

removable terminal block

– 16 outputs BMXDAO1605 r0.140

c or a

relay

12...24 V c/3 A,

24...240 Va/3 A

Screw or spring-type 20-pin

removable terminal block

Yes 8 non-protected

outputs

BMXDRA0805 0.145

24 V c/2 A,

240 V a/2 A

Screw or spring-type 20-pin

removable terminal block

Yes 16 non-protected

outputs

BMXDRA1605 0.150

BMX DpI 160p

BMX DDI 3202K BMX DDI 6402K

BMX

DDO 16p2

BMX

DDO 3202K

BMX

DDO 6402K

BMX DRA

0805/1605

Characteristics:

pages 2/11 to 2/15

Connections:

pages 2/6o 2/9

2/17

References (continued) Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Discrete I/O modules

References (continued)

Discrete mixed I/O modules

Number

of I/O

Connection

via (1)

No. and type of inputs No. and type of

outputs

IEC 1131 2

conformity

Reference Weight

16 Screw

or spring-type

20-pin

removable

terminal block

8 (positive logic) 8, solid state

24 V c / 0,5 A

Inputs, type 3 BMXDDM16022 0.115

8, relay 24 V cor

24...240 V aInputs, type 3 BMXDDM16025 0.135

32 One 40-pin

connector

16 (positive logic) 16, solid state

24 V c / 0,1 A

Inputs, type 3 BMXDDM3202K 0.110

Removable connection blocks

Description Use Reference Weight

20-pin

removable

terminal

blocks

Cage clamp For module with 20-pin removable terminal block BMXFTB2000 0.093

Screw clamp For module with 20-pin removable terminal block BMXFTB2010 0.075

Spring-type For module with 20-pin removable terminal block BMXFTB2020 0.060

Preformed cord sets for I/O modules with removable terminal block

Description Composition Length Reference Weight

Preformed cordsets with

one end with wires

One 20-pin terminal block

One end with color-coded wires

3m BMXFTW301 0.850

5m BMXFTW501 1.400

10 m BMXFTW1001 2.780

Preformed cordsets for I/O modules with 40-pin connectors

Description No. of

sheaths

Composition Cross-

section

Length Reference Weight

Preformed cord sets with

one end with wires

1 x 20

wires (16

channels)

One 40-pin connector

One end with

color-coded wires

0.324 mm23 m BMXFCW301 0.820

5 m BMXFCW501 1.370

10 m BMXFCW1001 2.770

2 x 20

wires (32

channels)

One 40-pin connector

Two ends with

color-coded wires

0.324 mm23 m BMXFCW303 0.900

5 m BMXFCW503 1.490

10 m BMXFCW1003 2.960

Preformed cord sets for

Telefast® Advantys™ ABE7

sub-bases

1 x 20

wires (16

channels)

One 40-pin connector

One HE 10 connector

0.324 mm20.5 m BMXFCC051 0.140

1 m BMXFCC101 0.195

2 m BMXFCC201 0.560

3 m BMXFCC301 0.840

5 m BMXFCC501 1.390

10 m BMXFCC1001 2.780

2 x 20

wires (32

channels)

One 40-pin connector

Two HE 10 connectors

0.324 mm20.5 m BMXFCC053 0.210

1 m BMXFCC103 0.350

2 m BMXFCC203 0.630

3 m BMXFCC303 0.940

5 m BMXFCC503 1.530

10 m BMXFCC1003 3.000

BMX

DDM 160p2

BMX

DDM 3202K

BMX FTB 20p0

BMX FTW p01

BMX FCW p01

BMX FCC p01

BMX FCW p03

Characteristics:

pages 2/11 to 2/15

Connections:

pages 2/6 to 2/9

2/18

Connections Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Discrete I/O modules

Input modules

BMX DDI 1602 BMX DDI 3202K/6402K

BMX DDI 3202K: Connector A (inputs I0...I32)

BMX DDI 6402K: Connector A (inputs I0...I32) and connector B (inputs I33...I63)

For correspondence of the 40-pin connector pins with the wire colors of BMX FCW p01/p03

prewired cord sets, in accordance with DIN 47100, see table on page 2/21

BMX DDI 1603

BMX DAI 1602/1603/1604 BMX DAI 1602, use in 24 V c, negative logic

P-N voltage:

24 V a: BMX DAI 1602

48 V a: BMX DAI 1603

100/120 V a: BMX DAI 1604

Fu: 0.5 A fast-blow fuse

–

Sensors

Chnl

24 V c

1010

24 V

9 9

7 7

1 1

5 5

3 3

1818

1616

1414

2020

19 19

17 17

15 15

13 13

24 V

1212

11 11

1010

24 V

9 9

7 7

1 1

5 5

3 3

1818

1616

1414

2020

19 19

17 17

15 15

13 13

24 V

1212

11 11

SensorsChnl Sensors

Chnl

Fu Fu

–

Sensors

Chnl

48 V c

Sensors

Chnl

–

Sensors

Chnl

24 V c

2/19

Connections (continued) Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Discrete I/O modules

Output modules

BMX DDO 1602 BMX DDO 3202K/6402K

BMX DDO 3202K: Connector A (outputs Q0...Q32)

BMX DDO 6402K: Connector A (outputs Q0...Q32) and connector B (outputs Q33...Q63)

Nota : For correspondence of the 40-pin connector pins with the wire colors of

BMX FCW

01/

03 prewired cord sets, in accordance with DIN 47100, see table on page 2/21.

BMX DDO 1612

BMX DAO 1605 BMX DRA 0805 BMX DRA 1605

c 24 V

Chnl Preactuators B

1 1

1818

1616

1414

2020

19 19

17 17

15 15

13 13

c 24 V

1212

11 11

B A

c 24 V

1010

9 9

7 7

5 5

3 3

c 24 V

1010

9 9

7 7

1 1

5 5

3 3

1818

1616

1414

2020

19 19

17 17

15 15

13 13

1212

11 11

PreactuatorsChnl PreactuatorsChnl

c 24 V

Chnl Preactuators

a 120/240 V

Chnl Preactuators

Preactuators

Channel

12…24 V c/24 V…240 V a

a 12/24 V

Preactuators

Channel

Description:

pages 2/6 and 2/7

Characteristics:

pages 2/10 to 2/15

References:

pages 2/16 and 2/17

2/20

Connections (continued) Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Discrete I/O modules

Fu: 0.5 A fast-blow fuse

Mixed I/O modules

BMX DDM 16025 BMX DDM 16022

BMX DDM 3202K

c 24 V/a 24…240 V

c 24 V

Sensors

Chnl

Preactuators

c 24 V

SensorsChnl

Preactuators

1 1

c 24 V

1010

9 9

7 7

5 5

3 3

1818

1616

1414

2020

19 19

17 17

15 15

13 13

1212

11 11

c 24 V

Sensors

Chnl

Preactuators

Description:

pages 2/6 and 2/7

Characterist1ics:

pages 2/10 to 2/15

References:

pages 2/16 and 2/17

2/21

Connections (continued) Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Discrete I/O modules

Cord set color codes in accordance with DIN 47100

Connection cables with 40-pin connector and end(s) with wires BMX FCW p01/p03

Cord set with one sheathed end with wires BMX FCW p01

Cord set with two sheathed ends with wires BMX FCW p03

20 wires

Connector

pin no.

Color at sheath

end

32/64-channel

inputs

32/64-channel

outputs

32-channel

I/O

B20 White Input 0/32 Output 0/32 Input 0

A20 Brown Input 1/33 Output 1/33 Input 1

B19 Green Input 2/34 Output 2/34 Input 2

A19 Yellow Input 3/35 Output 3/35 Input 3

B18 Gray Input 4/36 Output 4/36 Input 4

A18 Pink Input 5/37 Output 5/37 Input 5

B17 Blue Input 6/38 Output 6/38 Input 6

A17 Red Input 7/39 Output 7/39 Input 7

B16 Black Input 8/40 Output 8/40 Input 8

A16 Purple Input 9/41 Output 9/41 Input 9

B15 Gray/pink Input 10/42 Output 10/42 Input 10

A15 Red/blue Input 11/43 Output 11/43 Input 11

B14 White/green Input 12/44 Output 12/44 Input 12

A14 Brown/green Input 13/45 Output 13/45 Input 13

B13 White/yellow Input 14/46 Output 14/46 Input 14

A13 Yellow/brown Input 15/47 Output 15/47 Input 15

B12 White/gray + 24 V + 24 V + 24 V

A12 Gray/brown - 24 V - 24 V - 24 V

B11 White/pink + 24 V + 24 V + 24 V

A11 Pink/brown - 24 V - 24 V - 24 V

B10 White Input 16/48 Output 16/48 Output 0

A10 Brown Input 17/49 Output 17/49 Output 1

B9 Green Input 18/50 Output 18/50 Output 2

A9 Yellow Input 19/51 Output 19/51 Output 3

B8 Gray Input 20/52 Output 20/52 Output 4

A8 Pink Input 21/53 Output 21/53 Output 5

B7 Blue Input 22/54 Output 22/54 Output 6

A7 Red Input 23/55 Output 23/55 Output 7

B6 Black Input 24/56 Output 24/56 Output 8

A6 Purple Input 25/57 Output 25/57 Output 9

B5 Gray/pink Input 26/58 Output 26/58 Output 10

A5 Red/blue Input 27/59 Output 27/59 Output 11

B4 White/green Input 28/60 Output 28/60 Output 12

A4 Brown/green Input 29/61 Output 29/61 Output 13

B3 White/yellow Input 30/62 Output 30/62 Output 14

A3 Yellow/brown Input 31/63 Output 31/63 Output 15

B2 White/gray + 24 V + 24 V + 24 V

A2 Gray/brown -24V -24V -24V

B1 White/pink + 24 V + 24 V + 24 V

A1 Pink/brown -24V -24V -24V

Connection cables with 20-pin terminal block at one end and wires at the other BMX FTW p01

Correspondence of 20-pin removable terminal block pins with the wire colors (at sheath end)

Cord set with 1 sheathed end with wires BMX FTW p01

20 wires

Terminal

block pin no.

Color at sheath

end

16-channel

inputs

8- or 16-channel

outputs

16-channel

I/O

1 White Input 0 See page 2/19 Input 0

2 Brown Input 1 See page 2/19 Input 1

3 Green Input 2 See page 2/19 Input 2

4 Yellow Input 3 See page 2/19 Input 3

5 Gray Input 4 See page 2/19 Input 4

6 Pink Input 5 See page 2/19 Input 5

7 Blue Input 6 See page 2/19 Input 6

8 Red Input 7 See page 2/19 Input 7

9 Black Input 8 See page 2/19 Sensor + common

power supply

10 Purple Input 9 See page 2/19 Sensor pwr supply

11 Gray/pink Input 10 See page 2/19 Output 0

12 Red/blue Input 11 See page 2/19 Output 1

13 White/green Input 12 See page 2/19 Output 2

14 Brown/green Input 13 See page 2/19 Output 3

15 White/yellow Input 14 See page 2/19 Output 4

16 Yellow/brown Input 15 See page 2/19 Output 5

17 White/gray Power supply See page 2/19 Output 6

18 Gray/brown + common pwr sup. See page 2/19 Output 7

19 White/pink Power supply See page 2/19 Preactuator pwr sup.

20 Pink/brown Power supply See page 2/19 Preactuator pwr sup.

Correspondence of connector pins with the wire colors at the

sheath end

Correspondence of terminal block pins with the wire colors at the

sheath end

2/22

Selection guide Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Analog I/O modules

r Available 4th quarter 2007

Applications Analog inputs

Type of I/O Isolated low-

level

voltage inputs, resistors

, thermocouples and temperature prob

Type Multi-range

Range Voltage ± 40 mV, ± 80 mV, ± 160 mV, ± 320 mV, ± 640 mV and ± 1.28 V

Current

–

Thermocouple,

Temperature probe,

Resistor

Thermocouples type B, E, J,

K, L, N, R, S, T, U

Temperature probes type Pt 100, Pt 1000, Ni 100, Ni 1000 and Cu 10, 2-,3- or 4-wire

Resistors 2-, 3- or 4-wire, 400 Ω or 4,000 Ω

Modularity 4 channels 8 channels

Acquisition period 400 ms for all 4 channels 400 ms for all 8 channels

Conversion time –

Resolution 16 bits

Isolation Between channels: 750 V c

Between channels and bus: 2,000 V c

Between channels and ground: 750 V c

Connection Directly to the module Via 40-pin connector Via two 40-pin connectors

Via preformed cord sets BMX FCW p01S cord sets with one end with color-coded wires (3 or 5 m long)

Module BMX ART 0414 BMX ART 0814 r

Page 2/32

Compatibility with Advantys™Telefast®ABE7 pre-wired

I/O system

Sub-base with 4 channels for direct connection of 4 thermocouples plus connection and

provision of cold-junction compensation

Type of module Connection sub-base ABE7CPA412

Preformed cord sets

(1.5, 3 or 5 m long)

BMX FCApp2

Pages 5/16 and 2/32

2/23

Analog inputs Analog outputs Mixed analog I/O

Isolated high-level inputs Isolated high-level outputs Non-isolated high-level

inputs

Non-isolated high-level

outputs

Voltage/current Voltage/current Voltage/current

± 10 V, 0...10 V, 0...5 V, 1...5 V, ± 5 V ±10V ± 10 V, 0...10 V, 0...5 V,

1...5 V

±10V

0...20 mA, 4...20 mA, ± 20 mA 0...20 mA, 4...20 mA 0...20 mA, 4...20 mA 0...20 mA, 4...20 mA

– – – –

4 channels 2 channels 4 channels 2 channels

Fast: 1 + (1 x no. of declared channels) ms

By default, 5 ms for all 4 channels

–Fast: 1 + (1 x no. of

declared channels) ms

By default, 5 ms for all 4

channels

–

–y1 ms –y2 ms

16 bits 16 bits 12 bits in 10 V range

10 bits in 20 mA range

12 bits

Between channels: 300 V c

Between channels and bus: 2,000 V c

Between channels and ground: 2,000 V c

Between channels: 1,400 V c

Between channels and bus: 2,000 V c

Between channels and ground: 2,000 V c

Between group of input channels and group of

output channels: 1,400 V c

Between channels and bus: 2,000 V c

Between channels and ground: 2,000 V c

Via 20-pin removable terminals (screw or spring-type)

BMX FTW p01S cord sets with one end with color-coded wires (3 or 5 m long)

BMX AMI 0410 BMX AMO 0210 BMX AMM 0600 r

2/32

4-channel sub-base for direct connection of

4 inputs, delivers and distributes 4 protected

isolated power supplies

–

ABE7CPA410

BMX FCApp0

5/16 and 2/32 –

2/24

Presentation,

description

Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Analog I/O modules

The analog I/O module offer consists of:

bThree isolated analog input modules:

v 4 analog high-speed channels (16 bits), voltage or current, BMX AMI 0410

v 4 and 8 analog channels (15 bits + sign) for thermocouples, Pt, Ni or Cu

temperature probes, BMX ART 0414/0814

bOne analog output module with 2 voltage/current channels, BMX AMO 0210

bOne mixed module (12 bits) with 4 analog input channels and 2 analog output

channels, non-isolated, voltage or current, BMX AMM 0600

Analog I/O modules are equipped with a connector for a 20-pin removable terminal

block, except for BMX ART 0414/0814 analog input modules with

thermocouples/temperature probes, which are equipped with a 40-pin connector.

All analog modules occupy a single slot in the BMX XBP ppp racks. These modules

can be installed in any slot in the rack, except the first two (PS and 00) reserved for

the power supply module in the BMX CPS pp0 rack, and the BMX P34 pp0

processor module respectively.

The power supply for the analog functions is supplied by the backplane bus (3.3 V

and 24 V). Analog I/O modules are hot-swappable (see page 2/8).

In a Modicon M340 single-rack configuration, the maximum number of analog

channels is limited by the number of slots available in the rack (11 slots maximum).

BMX AMp/ART analog I/O modules are standard format (1 slot). Their case ensures

IP 20 protection of the electronics, and they are locked into position by a captive

screw.

BMX AMp analog I/O modules have the following on the front panel:

1A rigid body providing support and protection for the electronic card

2A module reference marking (a label is also visible on the right-hand side of the

module).

3A module and channel status display block

4A connector taking the 20-pin removable terminal block, for connecting sensors or

preactuators on screw or spring-type terminals

To be ordered separately:

5A BMX FTB 20p0 20-pin removable terminal block, or preformed cord sets with

20-pin terminal block at one end and wires at the other (BMX FTW p01S or,

with 25-pin SUB-D connector, BMX FCA pp0) for direct connection to Advantys™

Telefast® ABE7 sub-bases (see page 2/30).

BMX ART 0p14 analog input modules have the following on the front panel:

1A rigid body providing support and protection for the electronic card

2A module reference marking (a label is also visible on the right-hand side of the

module)

3A module and channel status display block

4A 40-pin connector for connecting the sensors

To be ordered separately:

5Preformed cord sets with a 40-pin connector at one end and wires at the other

(BMX FCW p01S or, with 25-pin SUB-D connector, BMX FCA pp2) for direct

connection to Advantys™ Telefast® ABE7 sub-bases (see page 2/31).

To be ordered separately regardless of the type of module:

bA shielding connection kit to protect against electrostatic discharge, consisting of

a metal bar and two sub-bases for mounting on the rack supporting the analog

modules

bA set of STB XSP 3020 clamping rings for the shielding braids of analog signal

cables.

Presentation

Description

I/O modules connected via 20-pin removable terminal block

I/O modules connected via 40-pin connector

2/25

Connections Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Analog I/O modules

These 20-pin removable terminal blocks are the same as those used for discrete

I/O modules (screw clamp, cage clamp or spring-type). See page 2/7.

One version of the removable terminal block is equipped with a 3 or 5 m long cord

set with color-coded wires (BMX FTWppS). These preformed cord sets, with

reinforced shielding have, at the other end

, color-coded wires conforming to

standard DIN 47100.

Two types of cord set are available:

bPreformed cord sets with reinforced shielding (BMX FCW p01S) have, at the other

end

, color-coded wires conforming to standard DIN 47100. They are available in 3

or 5 m lengths, and provide easy direct wire-to-wire connection of the analog sensors

via terminal blocks.

bPreformed cord sets with reinforced shielding (BMX FCA p02) which have at the

other end

, a 25-pin SUB-D connector. They are available in 1.5, 3 or 5 m lengths,

and provide direct connection to the Advantys™ Telefast® ABE7CPA412 sub-base

(see below).

Using the Advantys Telefast ABE7 pre-wired I/O system makes it easier to install the

modules since the inputs (or outputs) can be accessed using screw terminals. Two

special sub-bases are available:

The Advantys Telefast ABE7CPA410 sub-base is mainly used in conjunction with

the BMX AMI 0410 voltage/current analog 4-input module. It is used to:

bConnect the four sensors directly

bRemotely locate the input terminals in voltage mode

bPower the 4...20 mA conditioners one channel at a time with 24 V

voltage-protection, and circuit-limiting to 25 mA, while maintaining isolation between

channels

bProtect the current impedance matching resistors integrated in the sub-base

against overvoltages

Connection is via the BMX FCA pp0 cord set (1.5, 3 or 5 m long).

The Advantys Telefast ABE7CPA412 sub-base is specially designed as a wiring

interface for the BMX ART 0414 and BMX ART 0814 thermocouple modules. It is

used to:

bConnect the four thermocouple probes

bProvide external cold-junction compensation with a temperature probe integrated

in the sub-base

bEnsure continuity of the shielding

The BMX ART 0814 module requires two Advantys Telefast ABE7CPA412

sub-bases. The connection with each sub-base is made via a BMX FCA pp2 cord

set (1.5, 3 or 5 m long).

Connecting modules with removable terminal blocks

BMX AMI 0410/AMO 0210/AMM 0600 modules with 20-pin terminal block

BMX FCW p01S cord set

(with 40-pin connector at

one end and wires at the

other)

BMX ART 0414

4-channel module

ABE7CPA412

sub-base

BMX FCA pp2

cord sets

BMX FTW p01S cord set

(with 20-pin removable

terminal block at one end

and wires at the other)

Connecting modules with 40-pin connectors

BMX ART 0p14 modules with 40-pin connectors

Use with Advantys™ Telefast® ABE7 sub-bases

Advantys™ Telefast® ABE7CPA410 sub-base

Advantys™ Telefast® ABE7CPA412 sub-base

Functions:

pages 2/26 and 2/27

Characteristics:

pages 2/28 to 2/30

References:

page 42/31

2/26

Functions Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Analog I/O modules

The BMX AMI 0410 module is a high-level analog input module with 4 isolated inputs

(16 bits).

Used with sensors or transmitters, it performs monitoring, measurement and process

control functions for continuous processes.

For each input, the BMX AMI 0410 module offers the following ranges:

v Voltage ± 10 V, ± 5 V, 0…10 V, 0…5 V and 1…5 V

v Current 0...20 mA, 4…20 mA and ± 20 mA, depending on the choice made during

configuration

The module operates with voltage inputs. It includes four reading resistors connected

to the terminal block to form the current inputs.

The BMX AMI 0410 module includes the following functions:

bAdaptation and multiplexing:

v Physical connection to the process

v Protection of the module against overvoltages

v Protection of the current reading resistors

v Adaptation of input signals by analog filtering

Scanning of input channels by solid state multiplexing, by optical commutator

switches

bAdaptation to input signals: Gain selection, drift compensation

bConversion: 24-bit analog/digital converter

bConversion of input measurements to a unit that is suitable for the user:

v Taking account of the alignment coefficients to be applied to measurements, as

well as the module auto calibration coefficients

v Measurement filtering, depending on the configuration parameters

v Measurement scaling, depending on the configuration parameters

bInterface and communication with the application:

v Receipt of the configuration parameters for the module and its channels

v Transmission of measured values to the application, as well as module status

bModule power supply

bModule monitoring and indication of any faults to the application:

v Conversion circuit test

v Channel range overshoot test and watchdog test.

BMX ART 0414/0814 modules are multi range input modules with 4 or 8 low-level

isolated inputs (15 bits + sign) respectively.

Depending on the choice made during configuration, the modules offer, for each of

the inputs, the following range:

bTemperature probe: Pt100, Pt1000, Cu10, Ni100 or Ni1000, with open-circuit

detection

bThermocouple: B, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T or U, with broken wire detection

bResistor: 0...400 or 0...4000 Ω, 2-, 3- or 4-wire

bVoltage: ± 40 mV, ± 80 mV, ± 160 mV, ± 320 mV, ± 640 mV, ± 1.28 V.

BMX ART 0414/0814 modules offer the following functions

bAdaptation and current source per channel:

v Accepting an overload of ± 7.5 V

v Auto calibration of the analog module offset as close as possible to the input

terminal

v Selection of the cold-junction compensation sensor included in the Advantys™

Te l e f a s t ® ABE7CPA412 sub-base or externally by the Pt 100 probe

bAdaptation to input signals: Based on a low offset amplifier internal to the A/D

converter

bConversion: 16-bit converter

bConversion of input measurements to a unit that is suitable for the user:

v Taking account of the alignment coefficients to be applied to measurements, as

well as the module auto calibration coefficients

v Measurement filtering, depending on the configuration parameters

v Measurement scaling, depending on the configuration parameters

bInterface and communication with the application:

v Receipt of the configuration parameters for the module and its channels

v Transmission of measured values to the application, as well as module status

bModule monitoring and indication of any faults to the application:

v Conversion circuit test

v Channel range overshoot test and watchdog test.

BMX AMI 0410 analog input modules

Functions

BMX ART 0414/0814 analog input modules

Functions

2/27

Functions (continued) Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Analog I/O modules

The BMX AMO 0210 module has 2 high-level isolated outputs (15 bits + sign). For

each of them it offers the ranges:

v Voltage: ± 10 V

v Current: 0...20 mA and 4...20 mA

The range is selected during configuration.

The BMX AMO 210 module includes the following functions:

bPhysical connection to the processor

bProtection of the module against overvoltages

bAdaptation of the output signals:

v Voltage or current adaptation by software configuration

v Protection of the outputs against short-circuits and overloads

bConversion to 15 bits + sign with redefinition of data

bConversion of application values into data that can be used by the digital/analog

converter:

v Use of factory calibration parameters

bInterface and communication with the application:

v Managing exchanges with the processor

v Geographical addressing

v Receipt of the configuration parameters for the module and its channels

v Transmission of module status to the application

bModule monitoring and indication of any faults to the application:

v Output power supply test

v Channel range overshoot test

v Output fault presence test

v Watchdog test.

The BMX AMM 0600 mixed module is a module with 4 inputs 14/12 bits and

2 outputs 12 bits non-isolated between one another. For each of them it offers the

ranges:

v Voltage: ± 10 V, 0...10 V, 0...5 V and 1...5 V

v Current: 0...20 mA and 4...20 mA.

The BMX AMM 0600 module has the following functions:

bProtection of the module against overvoltages

bAdaptation to the different actuators: voltage or current output

bConversion of digital signals (10 bits or 12 bits depending on the range) to analog

signals

bConversion of application data into data that can be used by the digital/analog

converter

bModule monitoring and fault indication to the application: Converter test, range

overshoot test, watchdog test.

BMX AMO 0210 analog output module

Functions

BMX AMM 0600 mixed analog I/O module

Functions

Description:

page 2/26

Characteristics:

pages 2/28 to 2/30

References:

page 2/31

2/28

Characteristics Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Analog I/O modules

(1) %FS: Error as a% of full scale

(2) Including the conversion resistor error

Characteristics of BMX AMI 0410 analog input modules

Input module BMX AMI 0410

Input type Isolated high-level inputs

Number of channels 4

Nature of inputs Voltage ± 10 V, 0…10 V, 0…5 V, 1…5 V, ± 5 V

Current 0...20 mA, 4…20 mA, ± 20 mA (via protected internal 250 Ω resistors)

Analog/digital conversion 24 bits

Voltage/current range ± 10 V ± 5 V 0…5 V 0…10 V 1…5 V 0…20

4…20

± 20

Maximum conversion value ± 11.4 V ± 30 mA

Resolution 0.35 mV 0.92 μA

Input impedance Typical MΩ10 (regardless of the input level)

Permitted overload on

the inputs

Voltage range V±30c

Current range mA ± 90 of short-circuit to + 24 V c

Voltage/current internal conversion resistor Ω–250

Precision of internal conversion resistor –0.1% - 15 ppm/°C

Filtering 1st order digital filtering

Read cycle time Fast ms 1 + 1 x no. of channels used (periodic reading of no. of declared channels)

Default ms 5 for 4 channels (periodic reading of all channels)

Measurement errors

(1)

At 25 °C %FS 0.075% 0.15% (2)

Maximum at 0…60 °C %FS 0.1% 0.3% (2)

Temperature drift 15 ppm/°C 30 ppm/°C

Recalibration Internal

Common mode between channels dB 120

Digital value format ± 10,000 by default, ± 32,000 in user scale

Isolation Between channels V±300c

Between channels and bus V2,000 c

Between channels and ground V2,000 c

Consumption Typical mA See power consumption table page 6/8

Characteristics of BMX ART 0414/0814 analog input modules

Input module BMX ART 0414 BMX ART 0814

Input type Isolated inputs, low-level voltage, resistors, temperature probes, thermocouples

Number of channels 4 8

Nature of inputs ± 40 mV; ± 80 mV; ± 160 mV; ± 320 mV; ± 640 mV; ±1.28 V

Analog/digital conversion Σ Δ 16 bits

Resolution mV 15 + sign

Filtering 1st order digital filtering

Read cycle time ms 400 with temperature probes (1...4)

200 with thermocouples (1...4)

400 with temperature probes (1...8)

200 with thermocouples (1...8)

Permitted overload on the inputs V±7.5c

50/60 Hz rejection Differential mode Typical dB 60

Common mode Typical dB 120

Cold junction

compensation

External compensation by Pt100 probe vUsing the dedicated Advantys™ Telefa st® ABE7CPA412 sub-base including the

probe

vUsing a 2-wire temperature probe wired on channel 0 and/or 4

vUsing a 3-wire temperature probe wired on channel 3 and/or 7

Recalibration Internal

Isolation Between channels V750 c

Between channels and bus V 2,000 c

Between channels and ground V750 c

Consumption Typical mA See power consumption table page 6/8

Description:

page 2/24

Functions:

pages 2/26 and 2/27

References:

page 2/31

2/29

Characteristics (continued) Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Analog I/O modules

(1) %FS: Error as a % of full scale. ± 1 °C with Pt100 temperature probe range, - 100...+ 200 °C

(2) Excluding error caused by the wiring

Characteristics of BMX ART 0414/0814 analog input modules

Input ranges for BMX ART 0414/0814 modules

Voltage range ± 40 mV ± 80 mV ± 160 mV ± 320 mV ± 640 mV ± 1.28 V

Typical input impedance MΩ10

Maximum conversion value ± 102.5%

Maximum resolution mV 40/214 80/214 160/214 320/214 640/214 1280/214

Measurement errors

(1)

At 25 °C %FS 0.05

Maximum at 0…60 °C %FS 0.15

Temperature drift ppm/°

Resistor range 400 Ω4,000 Ω

Type 2-, 3- or 4-wire

Maximum conversion value ± 100%

Maximum resolution mV 400/214 4,000/214

Measurement errors

(1)

At 25 °C %FS 0.12

Maximum at 0…60 °C %FS 0.2

Temperature drift ppm/°

Temperature probe ranges Pt100 Pt1000 Cu10 Ni100 Ni1000

Measurement range °C According to IEC: -200...+850

According to US/JIS: -100...+450

-100...+260 -60...+180

Resolution °C 0.1

Detection type Open circuit (detection on each channel)

Measurement errors

(1)

At 25 °C (2) °C ± 2.1 ± 4 ± 2.1 0.7

Maximum at 0…60 °C °C ± 2 ± 4 ± 3.0 1.3

Max. wiring

resistance

4-wire Ω50 500 50 500

2/3-wire Ω20 200 20 200

Temperature drift 30 ppm/°C

Thermocouple ranges B E J K L

Measurement range °C +130...+1820 -270...+1000 -200...+760 -270...+1370 -200...+900

Resolution °C 0.1

Detection type Open circuit (detection on each channel)

Measurement errors

(1)

At 25 °C °C ± 3.5 ± 3.7 ± 2.8 ± 3.7 ± 3.0

Maximum at 0…60 °C °C ± 5 ± 5 ± 4.5 ± 5 ± 4.5

Temperature drift ppm/°

Thermocouple ranges (continued) N R S T U

Measurement range °C +270...+1300 -50...+1769 -50...+1769 -270...+400 -200...+600

Resolution °C 0.1

Detection type Open circuit (detection on each channel)

Measurement errors

(1)

At 25 °C °C ± 3.7 ± 3.2 ± 3.2 ± 3.7 ± 2.7

Maximum at 0…60 °C °C ± 5 ± 4.5 ± 4.5 ± 5 ± 4.5

Temperature drift ppm/°

Description:

page 2/24

Functions:

pages 2/26 and 2/27

References:

page 2/31

2/30

Characteristics (continued) Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Analog I/O modules

(1) %FS: Error as a % of full scale

(2) Default: Output at 0 (V or mA). Configurable: Hold last value or set at predefined value for

each channel.

Characteristics of the BMX AMO 0210 analog output module

Module BMX AMO 0210

Output type Isolated high-level outputs

Number of channels 2

Ranges Voltage ± 10 V

Current 0...20 mA and 4...20 mA

Resolution bits 15 + sign

Conversion time ms y1

Output power supply Internal power supply via rack

Output ranges Voltage Current

Adjustment range

Nominal V± 10 V 0...20 mA, 4...20 mA

Maximum V± 11.25 V 24 mA

Load impedance Ω ≥ 1,000 y 600

Detection type Short-circuit Open circuit

Measurement errors

(1)

At 25 °C %FS 0.10

Maximum at 0…60 °C %FS 0.25

Temperature drift 40 ppm/°C

Recalibration None, factory-calibrated

Fallback mode (2) Default or configurable

Isolation Between channels V rms 1,400 V c

Between channels and bus V rms 2,000 V c

Between channels and ground V rms 2,000 V c

Consumption Typical mA See power consumption table page 6/8

Characteristics of BMX AMM 0600 mixed analog I/O module

Module BMX AMM 0600

Channel type Non-isolated high-level inputs Non-isolated high-level

outputs

Number of channels 4 2

Ranges ± 10 V 0…5 V 0…10 V 1…5 V 0…20

4…20

± 10 V 0…20

4…20

Maximum conversion

value

Voltage V± 11.25 –± 11.25 –

Current mA –0...30 –0...24 mA

Resolution bits 14 12 13 12 12 12 11

Filtering 1st order digital filtering by firmware

Precision of internal conversion resistor 250 Ω, 0.2% - 25 ppm/°C –

Read cycle time Fast ms 1 + 1 x no. of channels used

(periodic reading of no. of declared channels)

–

Default ms 5 for 4 channels –

Conversion time ms –y 2

Permitted overload on

the input channels

Voltage V± 30 –± 11.25 –

Current mA –± 30 –0...24

Measurement errors

(1)

At 25 °C %FS 0.25 0.35 0.25

Maximum at 0…60 °C %FS 0.35 0.50 0.60

Temperature drift 30 ppm/°C 50 ppm/°C 100 ppm/°C

Recalibration Internal None, factory-calibrated

Fallback mode (2) –Default or configurable

Isolation Between group of input channels and

group of output channels

V1,400 c

Between channels and bus V2,000 c

Between channels and ground V2,000 c

Consumption Typical mA See power consumption table page 6/8

Description:

page 2/24

Functions:

pages 2/26 and 2/28

2/31

References Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Analog I/O modules

(1) The shielding on the cord sets carrying the analog signals must always be connected to the

BMX XSPpp00 shielding connection kit mounted under the rack holding the analog modules

(see page 1/15).

(2) The BMX ART 0814 8-channel module requires two ABE7CPA412 sub-bases and two

BMX FCApp2 cord sets.

r Available 4th quarter 2007

References

Analog input modules

Input type Input signal range Resolution Connection No. of

channels

Reference Weight

Isolated high-level

inputs

± 10 V, 0...10 V,

0...5 V, 1...5 V, ± 5 V

0...20 mA,

4...20 mA, ± 20 mA

16 bits Via cage clamp,

screw clamp or

spring-type

removable terminal

block

4 fast

channels

BMXAMI0410 –

Isolated low-level

inputs

Temperature probe,

thermocouple

± 40 mV, ± 80 mV,

± 160 mV, ± 320 mV,

± 640 mV, ± 1.28 V

0...400 Ω,

0...4000 Ω

15 bits

+sign

40-pin connector 4 channels BMXART0414 –

8 channels BMXART0814 r–

Analog output module

Output type Output signal

range

Resolution Connection No. of

channels

Reference Weight

Isolated high-level

outputs

± 10 V,

0...20 mA, 4...20 mA

16 bits Via cage clamp,

screw clamp or

spring-type

removable terminal

block

2 channels BMXAMO0210 –

Mixed analog I/O module

Channel type Signal range Resolution Connection No. of

channels

Reference Weight

Mixed I/O, non-isolated ± 10 V, 0...10 V,

0...5 V, 1...5 V,

0...20 mA, 4...20 mA

14 bits or

12 bits

depending

on the range

Via cage clamp,

screw clamp or

cage spring-type

removable terminal

block

I: 4

channels

Q: 2

channels

BMXAMM0600 r–

Connection accessories for analog modules (1)

Description For use with

modules

Type, composition Length Reference Weight

20-pin removable

terminal blocks

BMX AMI 0410

BMX AMO 0210

BMX AMM 0600

Cage clamp – BMXFTB2000 –

Screw clamp – BMXFTB2010 –

Spring-type – BMXFTB2020 –

Preformed cord sets BMX AMI 0410

BMX AMO 0210

BMX AMM 0600

One 20-pin removable terminal

block

One end with color-coded wires

3m BMXFTW301S –

5m BMXFTW501S –

BMX ART 0414

BMX ART 0814 (2)

One 40-pin connector

One end with color-coded wires

3m BMXFCW301S –

5m BMXFCW501S –

Advantys™ Telefast® ABE7 pre-wired I/O system

Advantys Telefast

ABE7 sub-bases

BMX AMI 0410 Distribution of isolated power

supplies

Delivers 4 protected isolated

power supplies for 4...20 mA

inputs

Direct connection of 4 inputs

–ABE7CPA410 0.180

BMX ART 0414

BMX ART 0814

Connection and provision of cold

junction compensation for

thermocouples

Direct connection of 4 inputs

–ABE7CPA412 0.180

Preformed cord sets for

ABE7CPAppp

sub-bases

BMX AMI 0410 One 20-pin removable terminal

block and one 25-pin SUB-D

connector for ABE7CPA410

sub-base

1.5 m BMXFCA150 –

3m BMXFCA300 –

5m BMXFCA500 –

BMX ART 0414

BMX ART 0814

One 40-pin connector and

one 25-pin SUB-D connector for

ABE7CPA412 sub-base

1.5 m BMXFCA152 –

3m BMXFCA302 –

5m BMXFCA502 –

BMX AMp 0pp0

BMX ART 0414 BMX ART 0814

BMX FTB 20p0

BMX FTW p01S

BMX FCA pp0

BMX FCA p02

ABE7CPA41p

Description:

page 2/24

Functions:

pages 2/26 and 2/27

Characteristics:

pages 2/28 to 2/30

2/32

Presentation,

Functions

Automation platform 0

Modicon® M340™ processors

Programmable process control

Unity Pro™ software contains CONT_CTL, a library of 36 function blocks used to

create control loops for machine control.

Modicon M340 processors meet the requirements for closed loop control functions

in machines are adequately met by Modicon M340 thanks to the wealth of functions

in the library and the flexibility with which function blocks can be linked together

through programming. This solution therefore eliminates the need for external

controllers, and simplifies the overall control architecture of the machine, as well as

its design, roll-out and operation.

The function blocks, EF or EFB, can be used in all Unity Pro™ languages, i.e., LD,

ST, IL and FBD. FBD is particularly suitable for accessing control processing

operations in Unity Pro™ software through its assistant for entering and viewing

parameters and function block variables.

The library consists of five function families:

bInput data conditioning

bControllers

bMath functions

bMeasurement processing

bOutput value processing

Process control in machines

CONT_CTL library functions

Input data conditioning

DTIME Pure delay

INTEGRATOR Integrator with limiting

LAG_FILTER First order time lag device

LDLG PD device with smoothing

LEAD Differentiator with smoothing

MFLOW Mass flow calculation based on the measurement of differential

pressure or flow speed with pressure and temperature

compensation

QDTIME Deadtime device

SCALING Scaling

TOTALIZER Integrator (typically of flow) until a limit (typically a volume) is

reached, with automatic reset

VEL_LIM Velocity limiter, with manipulated variable limiting

Controllers

PI_B Simple PI controller: PI algorithm with a mixed structure

(series/parallel)

PIDFF Complete PID controller: PID algorithm with a parallel or mixed

structure (series/parallel)

AUTOTUNE Automatic tuner setting for the PIDFF (complete PID) controller or

the PI_B (simple PI) controller

vIdentification using Ziegler Nichols type method

vModeling based on 1st order process

vBuilding of control parameters with criterion for prioritizing either

the reaction time to disturbance (dynamic) or the stability of the

process

IMC Model corrector. The model is a first order model with delay. This

corrector is useful:

vWhen there are serious delays compared with the main time

constant of the process; this scenario cannot be satisfactorily

resolved by standard PID process control

vFor regulating a non-linear process

IMC can handle any stable and aperiodic process of any order.

SAMPLETM Control of controller startup and sampling

STEP2 Two-point controller

STEP3 Three-point controller for temperature regulation

Math functions

COMP_DB Comparison of two values, with dead zone and hysteresis

K_SQRT Square root, with weighting and threshold, useful for linearization

of flow measurements

MULDIV_W Weighted multiplication/division of 3 numerical values

SUM_W Weighted summation of 3 numerical values

CONT_CTL, programmable process control integrated in

Unity Pro

AUTOTUNE

RCPY

START

PARA

TR_I

TR_S

PV_O

SP_O

PARA_C

TRI

TRS

INFO

STATUS

TT18_PV

TT18_SP

TC18_OUT

TC18_START

TC18_PREV

TC_PARA

TC18_PARA

TC18_OUT

TC2_OUT

TC18_OUT

PARA

TR_I

TR_S

PIDFF

RCPY

MAN_AUTO

OUT OUT

OUTD

MA_O

INFO

STATUT

TC2_OUT

TC18_OUT

PARA

TR_I

TR_S

FORC

MA_FORC

MAN_AUTO

OUT OUT

OUTD

MA_O

STATUT

Example: PID controller with MS manual control

2/33

Functions (continued)

Setup

Automation platform 0

Modicon® M340™ processors

Programmable process control

Based on the sequencing of function blocks, the FBD language integrated into

Unity Pro™ programming language is particularly suitable for building control loops.

Designers can use FBD to easily associate blocks from the CONT_CTL library with

their own DFB blocks written in Unity Pro™ software ST, IL, or LD language, or in C

language.

All Unity Pro™ standard debugging services (see page 4/21) are available. In

particular, the Modicon M340 processor simulator can be used to check correct

execution of processing offline.

The CONT_CTL control function block library is available in all versions of Unity Pro™

software. It is compatible with all processors in the Modicon® M340™, Premium™,

Quantum™, and Atrium™ PLC ranges.

The technical documentation provides many examples of how to set up

programmable process control function blocks in FBD, LD, IL and ST languages.

The techniques for adjusting process control loops are described in the document

“Process control, Unity™ V3.0” available on the www.telemecanique.com website.

(1) XXX depending on the type of variable: DINT, INT, UINT, UDINT, REAL

Measurement processing

AVGMV Moving average with fixed number of samples (50 max.)

AVGMV_K Moving average with constant correction factor, 10,000 samples

max.

DEAD_ZONE Dead zone

LOOKUP_TABLE1 Linearization of characteristic curves using first-order interpolation

SAH Detection of a rising edge

HYST_XXX Detection of high threshold with hysteresis (1)

INDLIM_XXX Detection of high and low thresholds with hysteresis (1)

Output value processing

MS Manual control of an output

MS_DB Manual control of an output with dead zone

PWM1 Control via pulse width modulation

SERVO Control for servo motors

SPLRG Control of two Split Range actuators

Setpoint management

RAMP Ramp generator, with separate ascending and descending ramps

RATIO Ratio controller

SP_SEL Selection of setpoint value: local (operator) or remote (processing)

Setting up process control function blocks

Debugging, operation

Compatibility

Resources

Programming in Unity Pro in offline mode

Programming in online mode

2/34

Selection guide Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Distributed I/O system

Splitter box and module type Monobloc I/O splitter boxes

Advantys™ FTB distributed I/O system

Type of communication with Modicon M340 platform CANopen

Max. number per connection points 1 monobloc splitter

Discrete inputs/outputs Number of channels Splitter of 16 I, 8 I + 8 O, 12 I + 4 O, 16 I/O or 8 I + 8 I/O

Input voltage 24 V c

Output voltage 24 V c

analog inputs/outputs –

Counting –

Type of input/output connectors M12 connectors

Housing type Plastic and metal

Module type FTB 1

Pages Consult our catalog “IP 67 splitter boxes”

2/35

Monobloc IP 20 distributed I/O Optimum IP 20 distributed I/O Modular IP 20 distributed I/O

Modicon® Momentum™ PLC Advantys™ OTB distributed I/O system Advantys™ STB distributed I/O system

Ethernet TCP/IP Ethernet TCP/IP

CANopen

Modbus® communication (RS 485)

Ethernet TCP/IP

CANopen

1 base with 1 communicator 1 interface module 1 “NIM” interface module + 32 I/O modules

Base of 16 I, 32 I, 8 O, 16 O, 32 O, 10 I/8 O,

16 I/8 O, 16 I/12 O and 16 I/16 O

12 I/8 O Module of 2 I, 4 I, 6 I, 16 I, 2 O, 4 O, 6 O or 16 O

24 V c, 120 V a, and 230 V a24 V c24 V c, 115 V a, and 230 V a

24 V c, 120 V a, 230 V a, and relay 24 V c, and relay 24 V c, 115/230 V a, and relay

Bases 8 I, 16 I or 4 O voltage/current

Base 4 I thermocouple or RTD

– Modules 2 I and 2 O voltage/current

Module 2 I thermocouple or RTD

Base 2 channels 10 kHz/200 kHz Integrated in interface module:

- 2 channels 5 kHz/20 kHz

- 2 PWM function channels

Module 1 channel 40 kHz

Base 6 I/3 O 120 V a with 1 Modbus port –Parallel interface module for TeSys® Quickfit and

TeSys® U motor-starters

Screw or spring terminal blocks Removable screw terminal blocks Screw or spring connectors

Plastic

170 ADp OTB 1pODM9LP STB Dpp/App

Consult our catalog: Modicon Momentum

automation platform

Consult our catalog: Advantys OTB distributed I/O Consult our catalog: Advantys STB distributed I/O

2/36

Presentation Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

BMX EHC 0200/0800 counter modules

BMX EHC 0200 and BMX EHC 0800 counter modules for the Modicon M340

automation platform are used to count the pulses generated by a sensor or to

process the signals from an incremental encoder.

The two modules differ in the number of counter channels, maximum input

frequencies, functions and auxiliary input and output interfaces:

The sensors used on each channel can be:

b2-wire 24 V proximity sensors

b3-wire 24 V proximity sensors

b10/30 V output signal incremental encoders with push-pull outputs

BMX EHC 0200 / 0800 counter modules can be used to meet the demands of

applications such as:

bAlarm generation on empty unwinder status using the ratio

bSorting small parts using the period meter

bSingle electronic cam using the dynamic setting thresholds

bSpeed control using the period meter

These standard format modules can be installed in any available slot of a

Modicon M340 PLC; they can be removed while powered up.

In a Modicon M340 PLC configuration, the number of BMX EHC 0200 / 0800 counter

modules should be added to the number of application-specific modules:

communication, motion control and weighing.

The function parameters are set using Unity Pro™ software.

BMX EHC 0200 / 0800 analog I/O modules are standard format. They occupy a

single slot in BMX XBP pp00 racks.

They come in a plastic case which ensures IP 20 protection of the electronics, and

locks into position with a screw.

The BMX EHC 0200 counter module has the following on the front panel:

1Module and channel status LED array

216-pin connector for wiring the sensors of counter 0

316-pin connector for wiring the sensors of counter 1

410-pin connector for wiring:

vthe auxiliary outputs

vthe sensor power supplies

To be ordered separately:

bA BMX XTS HSC 20 kit containing:

vTwo 16-pin connectors

vOne 10-pin connector

bA BMX XSP 010 electromagnetic compatibility kit.

The BMX EHC 0800 counter module has the following on the front panel:

1Module and channel status LED array

220-pin connector compatible with discrete I/O

To be ordered separately: a BMX XSP 010 electromagnetic compatibility kit.

Presentation

Counter module No. of

channels

Maximum

frequency

Integrated

functions

No. of

physical

inputs

No. of

physical

outputs

BMXEHC0200 2 60 kHz Upcounting

Downcounting

Period meter

Frequency

meter

Frequency

generator

Axis control

BMXEHC0800 8 10 kHz Upcounting

Downcounting

Measurement

Interface

2–

Description

BMX EHC 0200 module, 2 channels, 60 kHz

BMX EHC 0800 module, 8 channels, 10 kHz

BMX EHC 0200

BMX EHC 0800

Characteristics:

page 2/40

Connections:

page 2/42

References:

page 2/41

2/37

Functions Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

BMX EHC 0200/0800 counter modules

(1) Optional inputs

(2) Reference: 5 operating modes for SYNC "IN_SYNC" and Reference "IN_REF" inputs.

Functions of inputs: 15 possible types of behavior.

Operation

Block diagram of a BMX EHC 0200 module counter channel

Incremental

encoder A/B

SYNC input

Reference

(2)

Reference(1)

Enable (1)

Learn (1)

32-bit

up/down

counting

configurable

modes

2 capture

registers

Comparator

with 2

thresholds

Function on

output 0

(3)

Output

Function on

output 1

(3)

Input A

Input B

Block diagram of a BMX EHC 0800 module counter channel

Used in 16-bit (8 channels)

Auxiliary

16-bit

up/down

counting

configurable

modes

1 capture

Comparator

with 1

threshold

Input A

Used in 32-bit (4 channels)

Incremental

encoder A/B 32-bit

up/down

counting

mode

1 capture

Comparator

with 1

threshold

Auxiliary B

Characteristics:

page 2/40

Connections:

page 2/42

References:

page 2/41

2/38

Functions (continued) Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

BMX EHC 0200/0800 counter modules

(1) If the measurement value exceeds 2,147,483,647 units then the application must convert the

measurement naturally to a signed integer (DINT) or an unsigned integer (UINT).

(2) The counter value is a signed integer (DINT) which must not be converted to an unsigned

integer (UINT).

Functional characteristics of the BMX EHC 0200 module

Configurable functions Frequency meter This function measures a frequency, speed, data rate or an event stream.

As standard, this function measures the frequency received on the IN A input.

This frequency is always expressed in Hz (number of pulses per second), with a precision of

1Hz.

The maximum frequency on the IN A input is 60 kHz.

The maximum cyclic ratio at 60 kHz is 60%.

Count events This function is used to determine the number of events received intermittently.

In this mode, the counter calculates the number of pulses applied to the IN_A input, at time

intervals defined by the user.

As an option, it is possible to use the IN_SYNC input during a period of time, provided that the

enable bit has indeed been configured.

The module counts the pulses applied to the IN_A input each time the pulse for this input lasts

longer than 5 µs (without anti-bounce filter).

IN_A input pulses that have appeared for less than 100 ms after a change of state of the

IN_SYNC input are lost.

Measure time periods This function is used to:

bdetermine how long an event lasts

bdetermine the time that separates 2 events

bmeasure the execution time of a process

Measures the elapsed time during an event or between two events (IN_A input) according to a

selectable time base of 10 µs, 100 µs or 1 ms.

The IN_SYNC input can be used to enable or stop a measurement.

The module can carry out a maximum of 1 measurement every 5 ms.

The smallest measurable pulse is 100 µs, even if the unit defined by the user is 10 µs.

The maximum measurable duration is 4,294,967,295 units (1) (unit to be defined).

Ratio count The ratio count mode only uses the IN_A and IN_B inputs. This count mode consists of

2 modes:

bRatio 1: used to divide 2 frequencies and useful in applications such as flowmeters and

mixers, for example.

bRatio 2: used to subtract 2 frequencies and useful in the same applications but requiring

more precise regulation (more similar frequencies).

Ratio 1 mode presents the results in thousandths in order to have better accuracy (a display of

2000 corresponds to a value of 2) and ratio 2 mode presents the results in Hz.

The maximum frequency that the module can measure on the IN_A and IN_B inputs is 60 kHz.

The maximum measurable value is 4,294,967,295 units (1).

Downcounting This function is used to list a group of operations. In this mode, activation of the synchronization

function starts the counter which, starting with a preset value, decreases on each pulse applied

to the IN_A input, until it reaches the value 0. This downcounting is made possible when the

enable function has been activated. The counting register is thus updated at intervals of 1 ms.

One basic use of this mode is to use an output to signal the end of a group of operations (when

the counter reaches 0).

The smallest pulse applied to the IN_SYNC input is 100 µs.

The frequency applied to the IN_SYNC input is at maximum 1 pulse every 5 ms.

The maximum value of the preset value is 4,294,967,295 (1).

The maximum count value is 4,294,967,295 units (1).

Loop (modulo) counting This function is used in packaging and labeling applications where actions are repeated in

series of moving objects.

In the counting direction, the counter increases until it reaches the preset modulo value. On the

next pulse, the counter is reset to 0 and counting restarts.

In the downcounting direction, the counter decreases until it reaches the value 0. On the next

pulse, the counter is reset to the preset modulo value. Downcounting can then restart.

The maximum frequency applied to the IN_A and IN_B inputs is 60 kHz.

The smallest pulse applied to the IN_SYNC input is 100 µs.

The frequency applied to the IN_SYNC input is at maximum 1 pulse every 5 ms.

The frequency of the modulo event is at maximum 1 every 5 ms.

The maximum modulo and counter value is 4,294,967,295 (1).

32-bit counter counting This function is used mainly in the axis following:

The maximum frequency applied simultaneously to the IN_A and IN_B inputs is 60 kHz.

The smallest pulse applied to the IN_SYNC input is 100 µs.

The frequency of the referencing event is at maximum 1 every 5 ms.

The counter value is between - 2,147,483,647 and + 2,147,483,647 (2).

Width modulation In this operating mode, the module uses an internal clock generator to supply a periodic signal

on the module output Q0. Only the Q0 output is affected by this mode, the Q1 output being

independent of this mode.

Control of the Q0 output must be at 1 to enable modulation on the Q0 output.

The maximum output frequency value is 4 kHz.

The frequency applied to the IN_SYNC input is at maximum 1 pulse every 5 ms.

Since the Q0 output is source type, a load resistor is needed for the Q0 output signal to change

to 0 at the correct frequency.

The cyclic ratio adjustment range varies according to the frequency of the Q0 output.

Characteristics:

page 2/40

Connections:

page 2/42

References:

page 2/41

2/39

Functions (continued) Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

BMX EHC 0200/0800 counter modules

Functional characteristics of the BMX EHC 0800 module

Configurable functions Frequency meter This function measures a frequency, speed, rate or data stream control.

As standard, this function measures the frequency received on the IN A input.

This frequency is always expressed in Hz (number of pulses per second), with a precision of

1Hz.

The maximum frequency on the IN A input is 60 kHz.

The maximum cyclic ratio at 60 kHz is 60%.

Count events This function is used to determine the number of events received intermittently.

In this mode, the counter calculates the number of pulses applied to the IN_A input, at time

intervals defined by the user.

As an option, it is possible to use the IN_AUX input during a period of time, provided that the

enable bit has indeed been configured.

The module counts the pulses applied to the IN_A input each time the pulse for this input lasts

longer than 50 µs (without anti-bounce filter).

Pulses with less than 100 ms synchronization are lost.

Downcounting This function is used to list a group of operations.

In this mode, when counting is enabled (software validation via the valid_sync command), a

rising or falling edge on the IN_AUX input causes a value, defined by the user, to be loaded in

the counter. The counter decreases on each pulse applied to the IN_A input, until it reaches the

value 0. Downcounting is made possible when the force_enable command is high (software

positioning).

The smallest pulse applied to the IN_AUX input is 100 µs.

The frequency applied to the IN_AUX input is at maximum 1 pulse every 25 ms.

Loop (modulo) counting This function is used in packaging and labeling applications where actions are repeated on

series of moving objects.

The counter increases on each pulse applied to the IN_A input, until it

reaches the preset modulo value. On the next pulse in the upcounting direction, the counter is

reset to 0 and upcounting restarts.

The maximum frequency applied to the IN_A input is 10 kHz.

The smallest pulse applied to the IN_AUX input varies according to the selected filter level.

The frequency applied to the IN_AUX input is at maximum 1 pulse every 25 ms.

The frequency of the modulo event is at maximum 1 every 25 ms.

The minimum acceptable modulo value varies according to the frequency of the IN_A input. For

example, for a frequency of 10 kHz applied to the IN_A input, the modulo must be higher than

250.

Up/down counter This function is used for an accumulation, upcounting or downcounting operation on a single

input.

Each pulse applied to the IN_A input produces:

bupcounting of pulses if the IN_AUX input is high

bdowncounting of pulses if the IN_AUX input is low

The counter values vary between the limits -65,536 and +65,535.

The maximum frequency applied to the IN_A input is 10 kHz.

Pulses applied to the IN_A input, after a change of direction, are only upcounted or

downcounted after a period corresponding to the delay for taking account of the state of the

IN_AUX input due to the programmable filter level on this input.

32-bit counter counting 32-bit counter counting mode is available for channels 0, 2, 4, and 6 (channels 1, 3, 5 and 7 are

now inactive). It behaves in the same way as the up/down counting mode using up to 3 physical

inputs. It enables simultaneous upcounting and downcounting.

The counter values vary between the limits -2,147,483,648 and +2,147,483,647 (31-bit word

and 1 sign bit).

The eight 16-bit registers can be configured as four 32-bit registers.

The maximum frequency applied to the IN_A and IN_B inputs is 10 kHz.

The smallest pulse applied to the IN_AUX input is defined according to the filtering applied to

this input.

The frequency of loading the preset value is at maximum 1 every 25 ms.

Characteristics:

page 2/40

Connections:

page 2/42

References:

page 2/41

2/40

Characteristics Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

BMX EHC 0200/0800 counter modules

General characteristics

Type of module BMX EHC 0200 BMX EHC 0800

Modularity 2 channels 8 channels

Number of physical inputs per module 6 2

Number of physical outputs per module 2 –

Application Upcounting, downcounting,

measurement, frequency meter,

frequency generator, axis following

Upcounting, downcounting,

measurement, interfacing

Frequency on counter inputs kHz max. 60 max. 10

Module cycle time ms 1 5

Number of

inputs/outputs per

counter channel

Inputs Number 6

2 in single mode

3 in special dual-phase mode

Type V24 c, Type 3

Outputs Number

2 –

Type V

–

Encoder 10...30 V incremental encoder model with push-pull outputs

Power supply Sensor voltage V19.2...30 c

Actuator current A

0.5 max. per output

2 per module

–

Distribution of power to the sensors Yes.

Short-circuit and overload protection, 300

mA typical

–

Hot swapping Yes, in certain conditions: the module can be removed and reinserted in its slot while

the rack is powered up, but the counter may need to be re-enabled when it is

reinserted in its base.

Insulation voltage from the ground to the bus V1500 for 1 min

Consumption Typical mA See power consumption table page 6/8

Input characteristics

Module type BMX EHC 0200 BMX EHC 0800

Input type High-speed inputs (IN_A, IN_B,

IN_SYNC) and auxiliary inputs (IN_EN,

IN_REF, IN_CAP)

High-speed inputs (IN_A, IN_B, IN_AUX)

Number of inputs per channel 6, 24 V c2, 24 V c

Inputs Voltage V30 c

At state 1 Voltage V11...30 c

Current mA 6 (24 V c)

At state 0 Voltage V< 5 c

Current mA < 1.5

Current at 11 V cmA > 2

Characteristics of outputs

Output type BMX EHC 0200 BMX EHC 0800

Number of outputs per channel 2, 24 V c, 0.5 A –

Voltages V19.2...30 c–

Maximum load current Each point A0.5 –

Per module A1 –

Maximum leakage current at state 0 mA 0.1 –

Maximum voltage drop at state 1 V<3 –

Maximum short-circuit output current Each point A1.5 –

Maximum load capacity μs< 200 –

Short-circuit and overload Protection for each channel –

Polarity on each output channel Default Normal logic on both channels –

User configuration Reverse logic on one or more channels –

Inductive load The inductive load is calculated by

application of the formula:

L = 0.5/I2 × F

where:

vL: load inductance in Henrys

vI: load current in A

vF: switching frequency in Hz

–

Characteristics:

page 2/40

Connections:

page 2/42

References:

page 2/41

2/41

References Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

BMX EHC 0200/0800 counter modules

(1) The shielding on the cord sets carrying the analog signals must always be connected to the

BMX XSPpp00 shielding connection kit mounted under the rack that holds the analog

modules (see page 2/15).

References

BMX EHC 0200/0800 counter modules

Description No. of

channels

Characteristics Reference

(1)

Weight

Counter modules

for 2 and 3-wire 24 V c

sensors and

10/30 V cincremental

encoders with push-pull

outputs

2 Counting at 60 kHz BMXEHC0200 0.112

8 Counting at 10 kHz BMXEHC0800 0.113

Connection accessories (1)

Description Composition

Use

Unit reference Weight

Connector kit Two 16-pin connectors and

one 10-pin connectors for

BMX EHC 0200 module

BMXXTSHSC20 0.021

20-pin removable terminals

blocks

For BMH EHC 0800 module

Cage clamp BMXFTB2000 0.093

Screw clamp BMXFTB2010 0.075

Spring-type BMXFTB2020 0.060

Electromagnetic

compatibility kits

For BMX EHC 0200/0800

modules

Comprising: a metal bar, two

sub-bases and one set of spring

clamping rings

See page 2/15 –

BMX EHC 0200

BMX EHC 0800

BMX FTB 20p0

Characteristics:

page 2/40

Connections:

page 2/42

References:

page 2/41

2/42

Connections Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

BMX EHC 0200/0800 counter modules

Connections

Pinout for the BMX EHC 0200 module 16-pin connector

Pin number Symbol Description

1, 2, 7, 8 24V_SEN 24 V coutput for the sensor power supply

5, 6, 13, 14 GND_SEN 0 V coutput for the sensor power supply

15, 16 FE Functional earth ground

3IN_A Input A

4IN_SYNC Synchronization input

9IN_B Input B

10 IN_EN Enable input

11 IN_REF Referencing input

12 IN_CAP Capture input

Pinout for the BMX EHC 0200 module 10-pin connector

Pin number Symbol Description

124V_IN 24 V cinput for the input power supply

2GND_IN 0 V cinput for the input power supply

5Q0-1 Q1 output of counter channel 0

6Q0-0 Q0 output of counter channel 0

7Q1-1 Q1 output of counter channel 1

8Q1-0 Q0 output of counter channel 1

924V_OUT 24 V cinput for the output power supply

10 GND_OUT 0 V cinput for the output power supply

Examples of connection to the BMX EHC 0200 module

Sensor connections Connection of an incremental encoder

Connection of power supplies and actuators (1)

(1) A fast-blow fuse should be used to protect the module electronics in the event of reversed polarity of the power supplies on the inputs and outputs.

910

11 12

13 14

15 16

–

910

11 12

13 14

15 16

Incremental

encoder

10/30 V

GND

Reference

Enable

Capture

910

11 12

13 14

15 16

Fuse (1)

24 V c

inputs

24 V c

outputs

910

Q1, channel 0

Q1, channel 1 Q0, channel 1

Q0, channel 0

O V

Characteristics:

page 2/40

Connections:

page 2/42

References:

page 2/41

2/43

Connections (continued) Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

BMX EHC 0200/0800 counter modules

Connections (continued)

Pinout for the connector for the BMX EHC 0800 module 20-pin terminal block

Pin number Description

1IN_AUX input of channel 0

2IN_A input of channel 0

3IN_AUX input of channel 1

4IN_A input of channel 1 or IN_B input of channel 0

5IN_AUX input of channel 2

6IN_A input of channel 2

7IN_AUX input of channel 3

8IN_A input of channel 3 or IN_B input of channel 2

9IN_AUX input of channel 4

10 IN_A input of channel 4

11 IN_AUX input of channel 5

12 IN_A input of channel 5 or IN_B input of channel 4

13 IN_AUX input of channel 6

14 IN_A input of channel 6

15 IN_AUX input of channel 7

16 IN_A input of channel 7 or IN_B input of channel 0

17 Feedback - 24 V power supply for sensors

18 VDC + Power supply for sensors

19 Functional earth ground, for shielding connection

20 Functional earth ground, for shielding connection

Examples of connection to the BMX EHC 0800 module

Connection of sensors (1) (2) (3) Connection of an incremental encoder (1) (2) (3) (4)

(1) It is advisable to adapt the programmable filtering to the frequency applied to the inputs since using programmable filtering avoids the need to use a shielded

cable.

(2) In the case of an encoder or a high-speed sensor without programmable filtering, it is advisable to use a shielded cable connected to pins 15 and 16 of the

connector.

(3) In the case of a very disturbed environment without programmable filtering, it is advisable to use the BMX XSP 010 electromagnetic protection kit to connect the

shielding. In this case it is also advisable to use a 24 c power supply dedicated to the inputs as well as a shielded cable for connecting the power supply to the

module.

(4) A fast-blow fuse should be used to protect the module electronics in the event of reversed polarity of the power supplies.

17 0 V 24 V

10/30 V

Ret

0 V 24 V

Characteristics:

page 2/40

Connections:

page 2/42

References:

page 2/41

2/44

Presentation,

Functions

Automation platform 0

Modicon® M340™ PLC

MFB motion control

MFB (Motion Function Blocks) is a library of function blocks integrated into the

Unity Pro™ software, and is used to set up motion control in the architectures of

drives and servo drives on machine buses and CANopen installations:

v Altivar® 31 adjustable speed drive: For asynchronous motors from 0.18 to 15 kW

v Altivar® 71 adjustable speed drive: For asynchronous motors from 0.37 to 500 kW

v Lexium® 05 servo drive: For servo motors from 0.4 to 6 kW

v Lexium® 15LP/MP/HP servo drive: For BSH & BDH servo motors from 0.9 to 42.5 kW

v Lexium® 17D: For BPH, BPL and SER servo motors from 1.5 to 70 A rms (1)

v IclA® IFA/IFE/IFS: For integrated motor drives from 0.05 to 0.25 kW

In compliance with PLCopen specifications, the MFB library allows easy and flexible

motion programming with Unity Pro™software, as well as axis diagnosis. In

maintenance operations, drives can be replaced quickly and efficiently thanks to

drive parameter download blocks.

Setting up drives on the CANopen network is facilitated through Motion Tree

Manager organization in the Unity Pro™ browser, making it easy for users to access

the application drives.

The features of the MFB library are particularly suitable for machines with

independent axes. For these modular/special machines, MFB function blocks are the

perfect solution for controlling single axes. The following are typical applications for

this type of architecture:

v Automatic storage/removal

v Handling

v Palletizers/depalletizers

v Conveyors

v Packaging, simple label application

v Grouping/ungrouping

v Adjustment axes in flexible machines, etc.

The table below lists the function blocks of the MFB library and the drives compatible

with them. The prefix indicates the block family:

v MC: Function block defined by the Motion Function Blocks PLCopen standard

v TE: Function block specific to Telemecanique® products

v Lxm: Function block specific to Lexium® servo drives

(1) Lexium 17D drive supported by MFB with Modicon Premium platform only

Presentation

Applications

Functions

MFB: Motion control distributed over CANopen

ATV 31

Lexium 05

Lexium 15 Lexium 17D

(1)

IclA

ATV 71

CANopen

Modicon M340

Premium

Type Function Function block Altivar Lexium IclA

ATV 31 ATV 71 05 15/17D (1) IFA/IFE/IFS

Management

and motion

Read an internal parameter MC_ReadParameter

Write an internal parameter MC_WriteParameter

Read the current position MC_ReadActualPosition

Read the instantaneous speed MC_ReadActualVelocity

Acknowledge error messages MC_Reset

Stop all active movement MC_Stop

Axis coming to standstill MC_Power

Movement to absolute position MC_MoveAbsolute

Relative movement MC_MoveRelative

Additional movement MC_MoveAdditive

Homing MC_Home

Movement at given speed MC_MoveVelocity

Read diagnostic data MC_ReadAxisError

Read servo drive status MC_ReadStatus

Save and

restore

parameters

(FDR)

Read all parameters and store in PLC memory TE_UploadDriveParam

Write all parameters from the PLC memory TE_DownloadDriveParam

Advanced

Lexium

functions

Set the reduction ratio Lxm_GearPos

Read a motion task Lxm_UploadMTask

Write a motion task Lxm_DownloadMTask

Start a motion task Lxm_StartMTask

System Communication with the servo drive TE_CAN_Handler

Compatible

2/45

Setup Automation platform 0

Modicon® M340™ PLC

MFB motion control

Motion Tree Manager is associated with the Unity Pro™' MFB library, and integrated

in its browser. It provides specific assistance for:

bAxis object management

bAxis variable definition

bDrive parameter management

Motion Tree Manager automatically creates links between the CANopen bus

configuration and the MFB function block data using a limited amount of

configuration data.

In this tab, the designer is prompted to define:

bThe name of the axis that will identify it in the browser for the entire application

bThe address of the drive on the CANopen bus

The drop down lists in this tab are used to determine the exact type of drive: family,

version.

This last tab is used to identify data structures:

bAxis_Reference, used by all the instances of function blocks for the axis in

question

bCAN_Handler, used to manage communication with the drive via the CANopen

network

The “recipes” attached to the axis are the data structures containing all the

adjustment parameters of a given drive. This data is used when:

bChanging the drive with restoration of the context during “Faulty Device

Replacement” maintenance

bChanging the manufacturing program of the machine, and calling up an

appropriate set of parameters, such as servo control gains, limitations etc. adapted

to the weight and size of the moving parts.

Communication between the PLC and drive is automatically set up by the system as

soon as a TE_CAN_Handler instance is declared in the Unity Pro task with which the

axis is associated.

Movements are then programmed by sequencing function blocks from the library in

the Unity Pro editor as selected by the user (LD, ST, FBD).

The two function blocks, MC_ReadStatus, and in some cases MC_ReadAxisError,

are useful for determining the overall status of the axis, and the code of active

warnings or errors.

The function blocks TE_UploadDriveParam and TE_DownloadDriveParam allow the

application to save all the parameters of a drive (recipe) and to then quickly reload

them into another drive if the first one fails.

Motion Tree Manager

General axis parameters

Axis parameters

Variable names

Recipe definition

Programming, diagnostics and maintenance

Motion Tree Manager integrated in the Unity Pro browser

General parameters: Axis name and address

MFB: Programming a movement in absolute mode

03/0

3/1

Contents 3 - Communication

Ethernet TCP/IP networks with

Transparent Ready® Services

bEmbedded Web services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/4

bEthernet TCP/IP communication services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/8

bPerformances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/16

bEthernet integrated port / module selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/21

bEthernet processor/module product data sheet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/22

bConneXium™ cabling system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/24

CANopen machines and installations bus

bPresentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/37

bDescription. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/38

bCharacteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/38

bReferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/39

bCabling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/40

Serial links

bModbus® interface and character mode serial link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/42

bCabling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/44

3/2

Selection guide Modicon® M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Communication, integrated ports and modules

Applications Processors with integrated Ethernet

TCP/IP port

Ethernet TCP/IP module

Type Ethernet TCP/IP

Structure Physical interface 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX

Connector type

Access method CSMA-CD

Data rate 10/100 Mbps

Medium Double twisted pair copper cable, category CAT 5E

Optical fiber via ConneXium™ wiring system

Configuration Maximum number of devices –

Maximum length 100 m (copper cable), 4,000 m (multi-mode optical fiber), 32,500 m (single-mode optical fiber)

Number of links of the same type per

station

1 (integrated port) 1 with BMX P34 1000/2010 processor

2 with BMX P34 2020/2030 processor

Other integrated port Serial link CANopen bus –

Standard services Modbus® TCP/IP messaging

Conformity class Transparent Ready® server — class B10 Transparent Ready®

server — class B30

Transparent Ready®

server — class C30

Embedded web server

services

Standard services “Rack viewer” PLC diagnostics

“Data editor” access to PLC data and variables

Configurable services –“Alarm viewer”

“Graphic Data Editor”

–Hosting and display

of user web pages

(16 Mb)

Transparent Ready®

communication

services

I/O Scanning service No Yes

FDR service Yes (client) Yes (server)

SNMP network management service No Yes

Global Data service No Yes

SMTP E-mail notification service No

SOAP/XML Web services No Server

Passband management Yes

Compatibility with processor –Standard and Performance processors

Processor or module BMX P34 2020 BMX P34 2030 BMX NOE 0100

BMX NOE 0110

Page 3/22 3/23

r Available 4th quarter 2007. Before this date, please order the BMX NOE 0100 Ethernet module with BMX RWS C016M memory card, same services except

Data editor service with pocket PC or PDA terminal and SOAP/XML Web services.

3/3

Processors with integrated machine and installation bus Processors with integrated serial link

CANopen Modbus® interface and Character mode

ISO 11898 (9-pin SUB-D connector) Non-isolated, 4-wire RS 232/2-wire RS 485

9-pin SUB-D RJ45

CSMA/CA (multiple access) Master/slave with Modbus link,

Half duplex (RS 485)/Full duplex (RS 232) in character mode

20 Kbps...1 Mbps depending on distance 0.3...19.2 Kbps

Double shielded twisted pair copper cable Double shielded twisted pair copper cable

63 32 per segment, 247 max.

20 m (1 Mbps)...2,500 m (20 kbps) 15 m (non-isolated), 1,000 m with insulating case

1 1

Serial link Ethernet TCP/IP –CANopen Ethernet TCP/IP

- PDO implicit exchange (application data)

- SDO explicit exchange (service data)

Read/write bits and words, diagnostics with Modbus link

Send and receive character string in character mode

Class M20 –

– –

BMX P34 2010 BMX P34 2030 BMX P34 1000 BMX P34 2010 BMX P34 2020

3/39 3/46

3/4

Presentation,

functions

Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Ethernet TCP/IP network,

Transparent Ready® services

In conformity with Schneider Electric Ethernet products (processors and Ethernet

modules on Modicon automation platforms, distributed I/O modules, adjustable

speed drivesadjustable speed drives and gateways), standard Web functions are

integrated in BMX P34 2020/2030 processors and the BMX NOE 0100/110 Ethernet

network modules on the Modicon M340 platform.

From a simple Internet browser, the standard Web server authorizes the following

“ready-to-use” functions:

bRemote diagnostics and maintenance of products

bDisplay and adjustment of products (read/write variables, status)

With the BMX NOE 0110 (1) Ethernet network module, the Web server also offers

the following functions:

bManagement of PLC alarms (system and application) with partial or total

acknowledgement (ready-to-use Alarm Viewer function pages).

bHosting and display of Web pages created by the user.

The embedded Web server is a real-time data server. All the data can be presented

in the form of standard Web pages in HTML format and can therefore be accessed

using any Web browser that supports the embedded Java code. The standard

functions provided by the Web server are supplied ready-to-use and thus do not

require any programming of either the PLC or the client PC device supporting a Web

browser.

The Rack Viewer function can be used for PLC system and I/O diagnostics. It

displays the following in real-time:

bLED status on the front panel of the PLC

bThe PLC type and version

bThe hardware configuration of the PLC including the status of the system bits and

words

bDetailed diagnostics (2) of each of the:

v I/O module channels or application-specific channels in the configuration

v equipment connected on the CANopen bus.

The Data Editor function can be used to create tables of animated variables for

real-time read/write access to PLC data in the form of lists.

Various animation tables containing specific application variables to be monitored or

modified can be created by the user and saved in the standard Web server module.

In addition when using FactoryCast™ Web server of

the BMX NOE 0110 (1) module:

b The variables can be entered and displayed by their

symbol (3) (S_Pump 234)

b The write access option can be enabled/disabled for

each variable using the FactoryCast™ software. The

write access is protected by a dedicated password

b Dedicated data monitoring tool can be use on

pocket PC or PDA terminal (2).

(1) Module available 4th quarter 2007. Before this date, please order the BMX NOE 0100 module

with BMX RWS C016M memory card.

(2) Function available 4th quarter 2007.

(3) Access to symbols available 4thquarter 2007. Hence provides access to unlocated data.

Overview of the Web services

Standard Web server on the Modicon®M340™ platform

Rack Viewer PLC diagnostics function

Data Editor read/write function for PLC data and variables

Modicon M340 hardware configuration

Data editor variables table

References:

pages 3/22 and 3/23

3/5

Functions (continued) Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Ethernet TCP/IP network, Transparent Ready®

services, and FactoryCast™ Web server

With the BMX NOE 0110 (1) Ethernet network module, the Web server offers the

functions below, in addition to the standard Web services.

Alarm Viewer (2) is a ready-to-use, password-protected function. This function can

be used to process alarms (display, acknowledgment and deletion) managed at the

PLC level by the system or using diagnostic function blocks known as DFBs

(system-specific diagnostic function blocks and application-specific diagnostic

function blocks created by the user).

These alarms are stored in the diagnostic buffer managed by the Modicon M340

platform (special memory space for storing all the diagnostics events).

The diagnostics viewer is a Web page comprising a list of messages, which displays

the following information for each alarm:

v Dates and times of the occurrence removal of a fault

v Alarm message

v Alarm status

v Type of associated diagnostic function block (DFB).

This function is used to create the graphic views animated by the PLC variables that

can be accessed via their address or their symbol (3) (access to located data). The

ready-to-use graphic editor is available online, connected to the BMX NOE 0110

module (1).

These views are created from a library of predefined graphic objects by simple

copy/paste operations. The objects are configured to suit the user's requirements

(color, PLC variables, name, etc).

List of proposed graphic objects:

bAnalog and digital indicators

bHorizontal and vertical bar charts

bBoxes for displaying messages and entering values

bPush button boxes

bFunctions for recording trends

bVats, valves, motors, etc

Customized graphic objects can be added to this list. They can be reused in user

Web pages that have been created using standard software for editing HTML pages.

The views thus created are saved in the BMX NOE 0110 module and displayed

using any Web browser.

The BMX NOE 0110 Ethernet network module has a 16 Mbyte non-volatile memory

(accessible as a hard disk). This allows hosting of Web pages and any user-defined

Word or Acrobat Reader document (for example, maintenance manuals, or wiring

diagrams).

The Web pages can be created using any standard tool for creation and editing in

HTML format. These pages can be enhanced by inserting animated graphic objects

linked to PLC variables. These animated objects are created using the Graphic Data

Editor. They are then downloaded to the BMX NOE 0110 module via configuration

software of FactoryCast Web server.

The Web pages created can be used, for example, to:

bDisplay and modify all PLC variables in real time

bCreate hyperlinks to other external Web servers (documentation, suppliers, etc)

This function is particularly suitable for creating graphic interfaces used for the

following purposes:

bReal-time display and supervision

bProduction monitoring

bDiagnostics and help with maintenance

bOperator guides

(1) Module available 4th quarter 2007. Before this date, please order the BMX NOE 0100 module

with BMX RWS C016M memory card.

(2) Function available 4th quarter 2007.

(3) Access to symbols available 4thquarter 2007.

BMX NOE 0110 module FactoryCast™ Web server

Alarm Viewer function (2)

Graphic Data Editor function

User Web page hosting and display function

Alarm display from the diagnostic buffer

Library of predefined graphic objects

Real-time supervision graphic interface

3/6

Functions (continued) Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Ethernet TCP/IP network, Transparent Ready®

services, FactoryCast™, & SOAP/XML Web server

The FactoryCast Web server configuration software is supplied on CD-ROM with th

BMX NOE 0110 FactoryCast module.

This software is used for configuration and administration of the Web server

embedded in these modules. It is compatible with Windows® 2000 and Windows® XP

operating systems. It provides the following functions:

bSetting the parameters of the FactoryCast functions

vDefinition of access security, and passwords

vImporting of PLC symbol databases

vDefinition of access to write-enabled variables

bManagement of the Web site:

vManagement of default Web site pages

vManagement of user Web site pages (2)

vGraphic object editor for animating Web pages

vDownloading of Web pages between the PC and the module

vDebugging of Web pages in online mode or in simulation mode (including

animations and Java beans)

bSimulation mode

The application and the Web site (including the Java animations) can be set up in

online mode or in simulation mode. Simulation mode is used to test the operation of

the Web application without a FactoryCast module (with no physical connection to a

PLC) thereby simplifying debugging.

A graphics editor integrated in the configuration software can be used for easy

customization of graphic objects (bar charts, gauges, LEDs, curves, cursors,

operator input fields, alphanumeric display fields, buttons, etc).

bCreation of user Web pages (1)

User Web pages are created graphically using an external HTML editor (FrontPage®

or similar, not supplied).

User Web pages created in the FactoryCast environment are actual animated

supervision screens and can be used to monitor your process. Based on Web

technologies (HTML and Java) they provide real-time access to PLC variables using

the FactoryCast graphic object library (Java beans).

The BMX NOE 0110 FactoryCast module (3) incorporates a standard SOAP/XML

data server that provides direct interoperability between automation devices and

computer management applications (MES, ERP, SAP, pNet application, etc).

Communication between platforms or applications is now a necessity in a market

where e-manufacturing and e-business are an essential fact of life for companies.

Web service technology currently represents the most successful strategy for

ensuring interoperability of heterogeneous software applications via an Intranet or

the Internet, independently of any platform, operating system and programming

language.

The standardization of Web services has come about as a result of joint development

between Microsoft and IBM, among others, validated at the W3C (World Wide Web

Consortium) as an open standard.

It now provides all the tools, specifications and environments needed for each

platform.

Web services are based on standards such as:

bXML (eXtensible Markup Language): the universal standard for data exchange

bSOAP (Single Object Access Protocol) carried via the HTTP (Hypertext Transfer

Protocol) channel.

bWSDL (Web Services Description Language) in XML format.

SOAP is currently considered to be the reference protocol, including in industry. It

has since been adopted by technology leaders such as Microsoft (pNET, SQL

Server, Office, etc), IBM (Java, Web Sphere), Lotus, ORACLE, Sub, and SAP.

(1) FactoryCast includes a plug-in for FrontPage® 2000. This plug-in makes it easier to set up

animations for real-time access to the PLC variables in HTML pages created by the user. They

are created in the HTML editor by simply inserting customized graphic objects.

(2) Web services available 4th quarter 2007.

(3) Module available 4th quarter 2007.

FactoryCast™ Web server configuration software

SOAP/XML Web services (2)

SOAP/XML Web Services embedded in the PLC

References:

pages 3/22 and 3/23

3/7

This new Transparent Ready® service offers the previously unused (or uncommon)

possibility of making an IT/e-business application interact directly with the control

system levels using the same standards.

With the implementation of Modbus XMLDa (Modbus XML Data access) Web

services in FactoryCast™ Web servers, the IT engineer can easily create an

application which will access the desired information directly in the PLC and in real

time.

Data exchanges are made in XML standard format in response to a request using

SOAP protocol.

The implementation of Web services in control system equipment makes it easy to

achieve vertical integration of the control level and the creation of even more

collaborative architectures which can be used to link production systems to the

corporate management systems. It simplifies access to information; reduces the

costs of training, development, and deployments; and increases productivity.

This implementation enables a SOAP client application (management level

computer application, such as MES, ERP) to communicate directly with a

FactoryCast Web server module embedded in the PLC.

Exchanges are initiated by the SOAP client application (the server responds to these

requests).

bStep 1: Creating the client application and learning the Web services. The

development environment (for example, Visual Studio pNET) searches in the

FactoryCast server for the list of available services and their WSDL standard

interfaces provided by the module.

bStep 2: Developing the client application. The developer integrates the Web

service functions using the code retrieved at the learning stage.

bStep 3: Executing the client application. The client application communicates in

real time with the FactoryCast Web server module using the SOAP protocol.

Requests implemented in the BMX NOE 0110 FactoryCast Web server module

provides data access to either physical or symbolic variables. They are defined in the

table below.

SOAP/XML Web services (suite)

Embedded SOAP/XML Web Services: Modbus® XMLDa Web services

1, 2

SOAP

request

Visual Studio pNET

pNET Java

BMX NOE 0110

FactoryCast Web

server module

SOAP server

Development tool

WSDL

Implementation of the Modbus® XMLDa Web services: server interface

Modbus® XMLDa functions implemented in each FactoryCast

Web server module

Access to data via

physical address

ReadDeviceIdentification

ReadMultipleRegisters

WriteMultipleRegisters

ReadCoils

WriteMultipleCoils

ReadDiscreteInputs

Access to data via symbol Read, operation to read item list value

Write, operation to write item list value

Browse, operation to browse item list

References:

pages 3/22 and 3/23

Functions (continued) Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Ethernet TCP/IP network, Transparent Ready®

service, and SOAP/XML Web services

3/8

Presentation Modicon® M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Ethernet TCP/IP network, and communication

services, and Transparent Ready® services

BMX P34 2020 /2030 processors, via their integrated Ethernet port (class 10) and

the BMX NOE 0100/0110 network module (class 30) provide transparent

communication on a single Ethernet TCP/IP network.

In addition to universal Ethernet services (HTTP, BOOTP/DHCP, FTP, etc) and with

the Modicon M340 automation platform, the Transparent Ready device

communication services designed for use in automation applications include:

bModbus® TCP/IP messaging for class 10 or 30 devices

bI/O Scanning service for class 30 devices

bFDR (Faulty Device Replacement) for class 10 or 30 devices

bSNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) network management for class 10

or 30 devices

bGlobal Data, for class 30 devices

bBandwidth management for class 10 or 30 devices

The following pages present the various options available through all of these

services to provide the optimum choice of solutions when defining a system

integrating Transparent Ready devices.

Presentation

Services

Applications

Transportation

Link

Physical

Network

management Global Data FDR automatic reconfiguration Web server Messaging I/O Scanning

SNMP RTPS DHCP TFTP FTP HTTP Modbus

UDP TCP

Ethernet 802.3 and Ethernet II

MIB Transparent Ready

Presentation:

pages 3/4 and 3/5

Performance:

pages 3/16 to 3/21

Selection:

pages 3/2 and 3/3

References:

pages 3/22 and 3/23

Connections:

pages 3/24 to 3/37

3/9

Functions Modicon® M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Ethernet TCP/IP network, and communication

services, and Transparent Ready® services

HTTP (Hypertext Transfer Protocol) is used to transmit Web pages between a server

and a browser. HTTP has been used on the Web since 1990.

Web servers embedded in Transparent Ready automation products provide easy

access to products located anywhere in the world from a standard Internet browser

such as Internet Explorer.

BOOTP/DHCP is used to supply devices with IP parameters automatically. This

avoids having to manage each device address individually by transferring this

management to a dedicated IP address server.

The DHCP protocol (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) is used to assign

configuration parameters to devices automatically. DHCP is an extension of BOOTP.

The DHCP protocol consists of 2 components:

bOne to supply the IP network address.

bOne to supply the specific IP parameters to the device from a DHCP server.

Telemecanique® devices can be:

bBOOTP clients used to retrieve the IP address automatically from a server.

bBOOTP servers allowing the device to distribute IP addresses to the network

stations.

Telemecanique® products use BOOTP/DHCP standard protocols to offer the FDR

(Faulty Device Replacement) service.

File Transfer Protocol (FTP) provides the basic elements for file sharing. FTP is used

by several systems to exchange files between devices.

Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) is a network transfer protocol used to connect

to a device and download code to it.

For example, it can be used to transfer a boot code to a workstation without a disk

drive or to connect and download updates of network device firmware.

Note : Transparent Ready devices implement FTP and TFTP to transfer certain information to or

from products, particularly for downloads of firmware or user-defined Web pages.

Functions

Ethernet universal services

HTTP “Hypertext Transfer Protocol” (RFC1945)

BOOTP/DHCP (RFC1531)

FTP “File Transfer Protocol” (RFCs 959, 2228, and 2640)

TFTP “Trivial File Transfer Protocol” (updated firmware)

Presentation:

pages 3/4 and 3/5

Performance:

pages 3/16 to 3/21

Selection:

pages 3/2 and 3/3

References:

pages 3/22 and 3/23

Connections:

pages 3/24 to 3/37

3/10

Functions (continued) Modicon® M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Ethernet TCP/IP network, and communication

services, and Transparent Ready® services

The Internet community has developed the SNMP standard to manage the various

network components via a single system. The network management system can

exchange data with SNMP agent devices. This function allows the manager to

display the status of the network and products, modify their configuration, and feed

back alarms in the event of a fault.

Note : Transparent Ready products are compatible with SNMP and can be integrated naturally

into a network administered via SNMP.

COM/DCOM (Distributed Component Object Model) or OLE (Object Linking and

Embedding) technology consists of Windows® objects which enable transparent

communication between Windows® applications.

Nota : These technologies are used in the OFS (OLE for Process Control Factory Server) data

server software.

Functions (continued)

Ethernet universal services (continued)

SNMP “Simple Network Management Protocol” (RFCs 1155, 1156 and 1157)

COM/DCOM “Distributed Component Object Model”

Presentation:

pages 3/4 and 3/5

Performance:

pages 3/16 to 3/21

Selection:

pages 3/2 and 3/3

References:

pages 3/22 and 3/23

Connections:

pages 3/24 to 3/37

3/11

Functions (continued) Modicon® M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Ethernet TCP/IP network, and communication

services, and Transparent Ready® services

Modbus, the industry communication standard since 1979, has been brought

together with Ethernet TCP/IP, the medium for the Internet revolution, to form

Modbus TCP/IP, a totally open protocol on Ethernet. The development of a

connection to Modbus TCP/IP does not require any proprietary component nor the

purchase of a license.

This protocol can easily be combined with any product supporting a standard TCP/IP

communication stack. The specifications are available free of charge from the

following Web site: www.modbus-ida.org.

The Modbus application layer is simple and familiar, with its 9 million installed

connections. Thousands of manufacturers are already using this protocol. Many

have already developed a Modbus TCP/IP connection and numerous products are

currently available.

The simplicity of Modbus TCP/IP enables any field device, such as an I/O module, to

communicate on Ethernet without the need for a powerful microprocessor or lots of

internal memory.

Modbus TCP/IP offers excellent performance thanks to the simplicity of its protocol

and the fast speed of the 100 Mbps Ethernet. This allows a Modbus TCP/IP network

to be used in real-time applications such as I/O scanning.

The application protocol is identical on serial link Modbus, Modbus TCP/IP or

Modbus Plus™ networks. Messages can be routed from one network to the other

without converting protocol.

Since the Modbus network is implemented on top of the TCP/IP layer, users can also

benefit from IP routing that enables devices located anywhere in the world to

communicate regardless of the distance between them.

Schneider Electric® offers a complete range of gateways for connecting a Modbus

TCP/IP network to existing Modbus Plus™ networks, a Modbus serial link or

AS-Interface bus. Please consult your local sales office.

The IANA organization (Internet Assigned Numbers Authority) has allocated the

fixed port TCP 502 (“Well known” port) to the Modbus protocol. Thus Modbus

protocol has become an Internet standard.

A study by the ARC Advisory Group, the market leader in analysis of the automation

and software sectors, has shown that Modbus TCP/IP is the world-leading Ethernet

industrial protocol in terms of units sold in 2004.

Modbus and Modbus TCP/IP are recognized by the IEC 61158 international standard

as a fieldbus. They also comply with the “Chinese National Standard” managed by

ITEI.

CiA DSP 309-2 provides standardized organization of CANopen data to be carried

on a Modbus TCP/IP Ethernet network. The specification reserves the Modbus 43/13

function code for this purpose. This function code is reserved exclusively for

CANopen.

Maximum size of data:

bRead: 125 words or registers

bWrite: 100 words or registers

Functions (continued)

Modbus® standard communication protocol

Modbus TCP/IP, simple and open

Modbus TCP/IP, high-performance

Modbus TCP/IP, a standard

Interfacing CANopen with Modbus TCP/IP

Characteristics of Modbus TCP/IP

Modbus TCP/IP function codes dec hex

Bit access Read n input bits 02 02

Read n output bits 01 01

Read exception status 07 07

Write 1 output bit 05 05

Write n output bits 15 0F

Read 1 input word 04 04

Read n input words 03 03

Write 1 output word 06 06

Write n output words 16 10

Read device ID 43/14 2B/0E

Examples of Modbus TCP/IP function codes for accessing data

nd diagnostics.

Presentation:

pages 3/4 and 3/5

Performance:

pages 3/16 to 3/21

Selection:

pages3/2 and 3/3

References:

pages 3/22 and 3/23

Connections:

pages 3/24 to 3/37

3/12

Functions (continued) Modicon® M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Ethernet TCP/IP network, and communication

services, and Transparent Ready® services

The I/O Scanning Service is used to manage the exchange of remote I/O states on

the Ethernet network after simple configuration, without the need for any special

programming.

I/O scanning is performed transparently by means of read/write requests according

to the Modbus® client/server protocol on the TCP/IP profile. This scanning principle

via a standard protocol is used to communicate with any device supporting a Modbus

server on TCP/IP.

This service allows you to define:

bA %MW word zone reserved for reading inputs.

bA %MW word zone reserved for writing outputs.

bRefresh periods independent of the PLC scan.

During operation, the module:

bManages TCP/IP connections for each remote device.

bScans devices and copies the I/O to the configured %MW word zone.

bFeeds back status words used to check that the service is working correctly from

the PLC application.

bApplies pre-configured fallback values if a communication problem occurs

An offering is available of hardware and software products used to implement the I/O

Scanning protocol on any type of device that can be connected to the Ethernet

network (please consult the Modbus-IDA Web site: www.modbus-ida.org).

bEach Modicon M340 station can exchange a maximum of:

v 100 write words

v 125 read words

bMaximum size in the Modicon M340 PLC that manages the service (64 stations max.):

v with BMX NOE 0100/0110 network module, 2 %MW Kwords as inputs and 2 %MW Kwords as

outputs

v with BMX P34 2020/2030 processor, 512 %MW words as inputs and 512 %MW words as

outputs

There are 3 ways to perform diagnostics on the I/O Scanning service:

bVia the application program from a specific PLC data zone.

bFrom the setup software debug screen.

bFrom the PLC system diagnostic function displayed using an internet browser on

a PC station.

bFrom the ConneXium™ diagnostic software TCSEAZ01PSFE10.

bFrom the standard SNMP manager software.

Functions (continued)

I/O Scanning service

Characteristics

Diagnostics of the I/O Scanning service

INPUT

OUTPUT

–

INPUT

OUTPUT

–

Word table

Read Write

Ethernet TCP/IP

Input words

Output words

of devices

Modicon M340

Presentation:

pages 3/4 and 3/5

Performance:

pages 3/16 to 3/21

Selection:

pages 3/2 and 3/3

References:

pages 3/22 and 3/23

Connections:

pages 3/24 to 3/37

3/13

Functions (continued) Modicon® M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Ethernet TCP/IP network, and communication

services, and Transparent Ready® services

The faulty device replacement service uses standard address management

technologies (BOOTP, DHCP) and the TFTP (Trivial File Transfer Protocol) file

management service to simplify maintenance of Ethernet products.

Using FDR, you can replace a faulty device with a new one that will then be detected,

configured, and automatically rebooted by the system.

The main steps in replacement are:

1A device using the FDR service malfunctions.

2Another similar device is taken from maintenance storage, preconfigured with the Device

name for the faulty device, and installed on the network. Depending on the devices,

addressing can be performed using rotary buttons (for example, Advantys™ STB distributed

I/O system, a or Advantys™ OTB distributed I/O system) or can be given via the keypad

integrated in the device (for example Altivar® adjustable speed drives).

3The FDR server detects the new device, allocates it an IP address, and transfers the

configuration parameters to it.

4The substituted device checks that all these parameters are ompatible with its own

characteristics and switches to operational mode.

The FDR server can be:

v A Modicon M340 Ethernet module, BMX NOE 0100/0110

v A Modicon® Premium™ Ethernet module, TSX ETY 4103/5103

v A Modicon® Quantum™ PLC Ethernet module, 140 NOE 771 01/771 11

v A Modicon Premium processor with integrated Ethernet port, TSX P57 ppppM

v A Modicon Quantum processor with integrated Ethernet port, 140 CPU 651 50/60

Functions (continued)

FDR (Faulty Device Replacement) service

“NIM” network module

for Advantys STB I/O

Presentation:

pages 3/4 and 3/5

Performance:

pages 3/16 to 3/21

Selection:

pages 3/2 and 3/3

References:

pages 3/22 and 3/23

Connections:

pages 3/24 to 3/37

3/14

Functions (continued) Modicon® M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Ethernet TCP/IP network, and communication

services, and Transparent Ready® services

The Global Data service exchanges data in real time between stations belonging to

the same distribution group. It is used to synchronize remote applications, or even to

share a common database between a number of distributed applications.

Exchanges are based on a producer/consumer type standard protocol, avoiding

optimum performances with a minimum load on the network. This RTPS (Real Time

Publisher Subscriber) protocol is promoted by Modbus-IDA (Interface for Distributed

Automation), and is already a standard adopted by several manufacturers.

A maximum of 64 stations can participate in Global Data within a single distribution

group.

Each station can:

bPublish 1 variable of 1024 bytes. The publication period can be configured from

1 to n processor master task (Mast) periods.

bSubscribe between 1 and 64 variables. The validity of each variable is controlled

by status bits (Health Status bits) linked to a refresh time-out configurable between

50 ms and 1 s. Access to an element of the variable is not possible. The total size of

subscribed variables amounts to 4 contiguous Kbytes.

To further optimize the performance of the Ethernet network, Global Data can be

configured with the “multicast filtering” option which, combined with switches in the

ConneXium™ range (see pages 3/26 to 3/33), distribute data only to Ethernet ports

where there is a station subscribed to the Global Data service. If these switches are

not used, Global Data is sent in “multicast” mode to all switch ports.

The diagnostic screens

show the status of Global

Data using a color code:

b Configured/not

configured/faulty

b Published/subscribed

Functions (continued)

Global Data service

Characteristics

Global Data service diagnostics

Distribution

group 1 Data exchange 4 Kb max.

Data exchange 4 Kb max. Distribution

group 2

IP multicast 239.255.255.251

IP multicast 239.255.255.250

Ethernet TCP/IP

Modicon M340

Modicon Premium

Modicon Quantum

Presentation:

pages 3/4 and 3/5

Performance:

pages 3/16 to 3/21

Selection:

pages 3/2 and 3/3

References:

pages 3/22 and 3/23

Connections:

pages 3/24 to 3/37

3/15

Functions (continued) Modicon® M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Ethernet TCP/IP network, and communication

services, and Transparent Ready® services

From a network management station, SNMP (Simple Network Management

Protocol) monitors and checks all components of the Ethernet architecture, ensuring

quick diagnostics in the event of a problem.

It is used to:

bInterrogate network components such as computer stations, routers, switches,

bridges, or terminal devices to display their status.

bObtain statistics about the network on which devices are connected.

This network management software adheres to the conventional client/server model.

However, to avoid confusion with other communication protocols that use this

terminology, we talk instead about:

bConneXview network diagnostics software, TCS EAZ 01P SFE10. For more

information, please consult our “Machines & Installations with industrial

communications” catalog.

bNetwork manager for the client application that operates on the computer station.

bSNMP agent for the network device server application

Transparent Ready devices can be managed by any SNMP network manager,

including the HP Openview and IBM® Netview®.

The SNMP managers standard protocol is used for access to configuration and

management objects that are contained in the device MIB (Management Information

Base). These MIBs must comply with certain standards to be accessed by any

commercially available manager, but depending on the complexity of products,

manufacturers can add certain objects to private databases.

The Transparent Ready private MIB presents management objects specific to the

Telemecanique® offering. These objects simplify the installation, setup and

maintenance of Transparent Ready devices in an open environment using standard

network management tools.

Transparent Ready devices support 2 levels of SNMP network management:

bThe Standard MIB II interface: An initial level of network management is accessible

via this interface. It enables the manager to identify the devices making up the

architecture and retrieve general information on the configuration and operation of

Ethernet TCP/IP interfaces.

bThe Transparent Ready MIB interface: the management of Transparent Ready

devices is improved via this interface. The MIB data set enables the network

management system to supervise all the Transparent Ready services.

The Transparent Ready MIB can be downloaded from the FTP server of any

Transparent Ready Ethernet module in a PLC.

Functions (continued)

SNMP network management service

Automatic recognition of IP devices via the ConneXview

diagnostic software for Ethernet industrial networks

Presentation:

pages 3/4 and 3/5

Performance:

pages 3/16 to 3/21

Selection:

pages 3/2 and 3/3

References:

pages 3/22 and 3/23

Connections:

pages 3/24 to 3/37

3/16

Performance Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Ethernet TCP/IP network, and

Transparent Ready® Services — Performance

When choosing an architecture, be sure to consider the required performance as

early as possible. To do this, developers must:

1Know exactly what they need:

v quantity and type of devices to be connected to one another

v volume and type of exchanges

v expected response times

v environment

2Compare their needs with the characteristics of the available offering, being aware

that the actual performance level between any 2 points in an architecture depends

on the weakest link in the chain, which may:

v depend on the hardware

v but also depend on the applications (size, architecture, operating system, machine

power rating, etc) which are often only vaguely defined at this stage of the project.

3Work out from this which is the most suitable architecture.

The purpose of the next few pages is to provide the main information and instructions

needed to answer the second point. Given that the performance of an Ethernet

architecture is linked to several parameters, these pages do not supply all the

information needed to calculate the network performance. Their purpose is to focus

on the following main aspects:

bInstructions for calculating the network load to assist in designing an Ethernet

network that meets the demands of the applications.

bApplication response time to be obtained depending on the configuration used.

See page 3/17 to 3/19.

bProcessing capacities of Modicon®M340™, Modicon®Premium™ and

Modicon® Quantum™ platforms used to select the processor and define the

number of Ethernet connections required on the PLC, depending on the application.

See pages 3/20 and 3/21.®™

When calculating the load on an Ethernet network, the designer must consider all the

communication services of all the peripheral devices connected to the network.

Because of the outstanding performance of the Ethernet network, the load is often

less than the limits of the Ethernet network and does not greatly affect the application

response time. This phenomenon is explained by the high speed of the Ethernet

network: the network transaction time is 10% less than the application response time.

To ensure a low network load and avoid large theoretical calculations, the designer

should separate the collision domain so as to limit the network load, using only the

switched network (tree, star, or daisy-chain topology).

Selecting the communication architecture

Calculating the network load

Introduction

Presentation:

pages 3/4 and 3/5

Functions:

pages 3/9 to 3/15

Selection:

pages 3/2 and 3/3

References:

pages 3/22 and 3/23

Connections:

pages 3/24 to 3/37

3/17

3 3

Performance (continued) Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Ethernet TCP/IP network, and

Transparent Ready® Services — Performance

Exchanges between the PLC processor and the Ethernet module are

synchronous

with the PLC scan time, just like the I/O exchanges.

On occurrence of an event (for

example an input set to state 1), the message is sent on the start of the next cycle.

xecution of the PLC program (Modicon

M340

™

, Modicon

Premium

™

Modicon

Quantum

™

PLC) are on average

around 1.5 cycle times after occurrence of

the event.

The network access time (NAT) appearing in the table below in ms, is the sum of the

module transit time and the waiting time before the message can be sent on the

network. ®™

The transaction time TT integrates the delay between the sending of a message from

a client station 1, its reception by the server station 2, the processing of the request,

the sending the response, and its being accounted for by the station 1 (updating an

output for example).

As shown in the above block diagram:

The transaction time TT integrates the delay between publication of a Global Data

service by station 1, its reception, and processing by the remote station, 2 and its

being resent to the initial station 1:

For an exchanged variable:

Application response time

Modbus® messaging (or Uni-TE) service response time

Station 1

Event

CT1

NAT NAT

CT2 CT2 Station 2

Report

CT1 CT1 CT1

Action

Processing Modbus

TCP/IP message

requests

Modicon M340 Modicon Premium Modicon Quantum

BMX NOE 0100

BMX NOE 0110

BMX P34 2020

BMX P34 2030

TSX ETY 210

TSX ETY 110WS

TSX ETY 4103/5103

TSX WMY 100

TSX P57 10...57 50

140 NOE 771 01/111

140 CPU 113/311 pp

140 CPU 434/534 1p

140 CPU 65 150/160

140 CPU 67 160

Network access time

NAT

< 10 ms < 10 ms < 25 ms < 10 ms < 10 ms < 10 ms

bThe transaction time TT should be between:

2 x CT1 + 2 x NAT < TT < 4 x CT1 + CT2 + 2 x NAT

bThe average duration TTav is equivalent to:

av = 3 x CT1 + 0.5 x CT2 + 2 x NAT

Global Data service response time

bIf CT < 5 ms,

transaction time: TT = 5 to 6 x CT

bIf CT u 10 ms,

transaction time: TT = 3 x CT

Station 1

Synchro

pulse

CT CT CT

NAT NAT

CT CT Station 2

Synchro

feedback

Transaction time

Publication

PublicationSubscription

Presentation:

pages 3/4 and 3/5

Performances:

pages 3/16 to 3/21

Selection:

pages 3/2 and 3/3

References:

pages 3/22 and 3/23

Connections:

pages 3/24 to 3/37

3/18

Performance (continued) Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Ethernet TCP/IP network, and

Transparent Ready® Services — Performance

The response time RT includes the time between accounting for a remote input and

updating the state of a remote output. It includes the processing time in the PLC.

This response time RT consists of the following parameters:

v TMod In and TMod Out: Response time of the read/written device, excluding the

electrical transit time at the input/output (TMod depends on the device, usually

between 1 and 8 ms)

v TIOS In and TIOS Out: Time between 2 read/write operations on the same device

(0.3 ms xnumber of scanned devices), at least equivalent to the configured scan time

As TIOS is executed in parallel with the PLC scan, it can be hidden with respect to the

response time RT).

v Cycle T: PLC scan time.

v TNet : propagation time on the network (depending on the application, usually

TNet = 0.05 ms at 10 Mbit/s and 0.005 ms at 100 Mbit/s).

The response time RT can be estimated with the following 3 formulas:

bRTmin, minimum response time with TIOS hidden and 1 PLC scan:

bRTtyp., typical response time with 0.5 TIOS hidden:

bRTmax, maximum response time with TIOS not hidden:

Application response time (continued)

I/O Scanning service response time

Device 1

Device 2

Manager

Hub

Input

Output

Ethernet TCP/IP

Response time (RT)

Input

Output

TMod I

TMod Q

TIOS I

TNet

N x cycle T TIOS Q

TNet

RTmin =

(TMod In + 0) x TIOS In + (Tnet + N) x cycle T + (0 x TIOS Out) + Tnet + TMod Out

RTtyp. =

(

(TMod In + 0,5) x TIOS In + (Tnet + N) x Cycle T + ( 0,5 x TIOS Out) + Tnet + TMod Ou

RTmax = TMod In + TIOS In + (Tnet + N) x Cycle T + TIOS Out + Tnet + TMod Ou

Presentation:

pages 3/4 and 3/5

Performances:

pages 3/16 to 3/21

Selection:

pages 3/2 and 3/3

References:

pages 3/22 and 3/23

Connections:

pages 3/24 to 3/37

3/19

3 3

Performance (continued) Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Ethernet TCP/IP network, and

Transparent Ready® Services — Performance

Below are the TMod In and TMod Out response times:

Below are the TIOS In/TIOS Out times measured between 2 scan cycles (Ethernet

network with switches)

Below is the number of processor cycles N:

®™

Application response time (continued)

I/O Scanning service response time (continued)

Type of distributed I/O Response time Min. Typical Max.

Momentum 170 ENT 110 02 TMod In 1 ms 1 ms 1 ms

TMod Out 5 ms 5 ms 5 ms

Momentum 170 ENT 110 01 TMod In 4 ms 6 ms 8 ms

TMod Out 4 ms 6 ms 8 ms

Advantys STB STB NIP 2212 TMod In 2 ms 3 ms 4 ms

TMod Out 2 ms 3 ms 4 ms

Number of processor cycles N Min. Typical Max.

Modicon® M340™ platform with modules:

BMX NOE 0100 and BMX NOE 0110

22.5 3

Modicon® Premium™ platform with modules:

TSX ETY 4103 and TSX ETY 5103

Modicon® Quantum™ platform with modules:

140 NOE 771 01 and 140 NOE 771 11

Modicon® M340™ processors:

BMX P34 2020 and BMX P34 2030

Modicon® Premium™ processors:

TSX P57 26/3634M, TSX P57 26/2823M and

TSX P57 36/4823AM

Modicon® Premium™ processors:

TSX P57 4634M and 5634M

112

Modicon® Quantum™ processors:

140 CPU 651 50 and 140 CPU 651 60

1 5 10 20 30 40 50 60

No. of scanned devices

Time (ms)

Presentation:

pages 3/4 and 3/5

Performances:

pages 3/16 to 3/21

Selection:

pages 3/2 and 3/3

References:

pages 3/22 and 3/23

Connections:

pages 3/24 to 3/37

3/20

Performance (continued) Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Ethernet TCP/IP network, and

Transparent Ready® Services — Performance

Use the table below to compare, for each station, the total number of messages

received on the Modbus® messaging service (or Uni-TE), if used (value R1, R2 or

Ri), with the station processor capacity.

Processing Modbus requests for each PLC scan

Example:

Quantum 140 CPU 434 12p processor with 4 Ethernet 140 NOE 771 p1 modules:

- 20 messages/cycle for all types of communication requests, and

- 32 messages/cycle for the read/write 4x registers

Compare, for each station, the total number of messages received Σ[values Ri, Rj]

and the total number of messages sent Σ [values Ei, Ej] (for example, for station N)

with the Ethernet transaction processing capacity indicated below.

Use the elements below for the Ethernet connection per PLC, rather than the number

of transactions required by the application.

(1) A temporary overload — due, for example, to an adjustment terminal or the temporary

connection of an Internet browser — on which a few PLC scans are permitted.

(2) Only with Unity Pro™ software.

(3) Only with Concept™/ProWORX™ software.

(4) Module not featuring I/O Scanning and Global Data services (TSX WMY 100 and

140 NWM 100 00).

Processing capacities of Modicon® platforms

Processing capacity

Modicon M340, Modicon® Premium™/Atrium™ PLC platforms Messages received

Communication using EFs or EFBs (PL7™ or Unity Pro™ software)

Total messages received by the

PLC from all the communication

modules (1)

TSX 57 10 4 messages/cycle

BMX P34 20/TSX 57 20 8 messages/cycle

TSX 57 30 12 messages/cycle

TSX 57 40 16 messages/cycle

TSX 57 50 (2) 16/20 messages/cycle

Modicon

Quantum

platform

Limitations of the integrated

port

Limitations of the

communication modules

Ethernet

modules

per PLC

All types of

communi-

cation

request

Additional

read/write 4x

registers

All types of

communi-

cation

requests

Additional

read/write 4x

registers

140 CPU 113 (3) ––1message/

cycle

4 messages/

cycle

max. 2

140 CPU 311 ––1message/

cycle

4 messages/

cycle

max. 2

140 CPU 434/534 ––4 messages/

cycle

8 messages/

cycle

max. 6

140 CPU 651 16 messages/

cycle

16 messages/

cycle

4 messages/

cycle

8 messages/

cycle

max. 6

messages/cycle: number of messages received per cycle from the PLC master task

(typical cycle of 50 to 100 ms)

Ethernet transaction processing capacity

Ethernet transaction

processing capacity

Modicon M340 BMX Modicon Premium TSX Modicon Quantum140

NOE 0100

NOE 0110

P34 2020

P34 2030

ETY 210

ETY 110WS

ETY 4103/5103

WMY 100 (4)

P57 10/20/30/40

P57 50 NOE 771 01/11

NWM 100 00 (4)

CPU 65 150/160

CPU 67 160

Modbus® messaging 450

transactions/s

200

transactions/s

60 transactions/s 450

transactions/s

500

transactions/s

350

transactions/s

350

transactions/s

I/O Scanning service 2,000

transactions/s

Service not

available

Service not

available

2,000

transactions/s

2,000

transactions/s

2,000

transactions/s

2,000

transactions/s

Publication of Global Data 800

transactions/s

800

transactions/s

800

transactions/s

800

transactions/s

800

transactions/s

Presentation:

pages 3/4 and 3/5

Performances:

pages 3/16 to 3/21

Selection:

pages 3/2 and 3/3

References:

pages 3/22 and 3/23

Connections:

pages 3/24 to 3/37

3/21

3 3

Performance (continued) Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Ethernet TCP/IP network, and

Transparent Ready® Services — Performance

The maximum number of simultaneous TCP/IP connections depends on the platform

as well as the type of connection to the Ethernet network:

bThe 10/100BASE-TX port in network modules.

bThe 10/100BASE-TX port integrated in processors.

(1) With 64 simultaneous TCP/IP connections maximum (clients and servers).

The passband management service indicates the load level of the Ethernet network

module. This allows the user to monitor any drift and anticipate any problems.

The Ethernet module load is indicated in 3 ways:

bExpected load in the Unity Pro™/PL7™ configuration screen.

bActual load in the Unity Pro/PL7 diagnostics/debug screen, as well as in the

diagnostics pages via the Web. It is displayed in the form of a bar chart animated in

real time.

bIn the SNMP interface for access by the SNMP network manager.

The passband is indicated as a percentage for each of the following services:

bModbus® messaging (and Uni-TE)

bI/O Scanning

bGlobal Data

bOther

The M340 PLC has 2 types of connection to the Ethernet network:

bThe 10/100BASE-TX port integrated in BMX P34 2020/2030 Performance

processors, which also process the application, exchanges with other modules

supported by the rack and other communication ports (CANopen bus or Modbus

serial link).

bThe 10/100BASE-TX port in the BMX NOE 0100 and BMX NOE 0110 modules on

which, unlike the Performance processor, all the resources are allocated to Ethernet

TCP/IP communication.

These fundamentally different hardware characteristics result in equally different

capacities in terms of service, and performance:

bThe integrated port is a low-cost way of satisfying applications that have minimal

demands in terms of communication (less than 500 useful messages/s) in

environments little affected by interference.

bWhere there are a large number of exchanges, or network capacity approaches its

limitation, use of a dedicated module is unavoidable.

Processing capacities of Modicon® platforms (continued)

Maximum number of simultaneous TCP/IP connections

Number of

simultaneous TCP/IP

connections

Modicon M340 Modicon Premium Modicon Quantum

BMX NOE 0100

BMX NOE 0110

BMX P34 2020

BMX P34 2030

TSX ETY 210

TSX ETY 110WS

TSX ETY 4103/5103

TSX WMY 100

TSX P57 10...57 50

140 NOE 771 01/11

140 CPU 113/311 pp

140 CPU 434/534 14B

140 CPU 65 150

140 CPU 65 160

Client 16 16 32 16 (1) 16 (1) 16 (1)

Server 16 16 64 (1) 64 (1) 64 (1)

Managing the passband of Ethernet TCP/IP modules

Ethernet solutions with the Modicon® M340™ platform

Ethernet port integrated in

the BMX P34 2020/2030

Ethernet module

BMX NOE 0100/0110

Presentation:

pages 3/4 and 3/5

Performances:

pages 3/16 to 3/21

Selection:

pages 3/2 and 3/3

References:

pages 3/22 and 3/23

Connections:

pages 3/24 to 3/37

3/22

Product data sheet Modicon® M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Processors with integrated Ethernet port

BMX P34 2020 and BMX P34 2030 Modicon M340 processors with integrated

Ethernet port have the following on the front panel:

1Securing screw for locking the module in its slot (marked 0) in the rack

2A display unit including at minimum 3 LEDs relating to the Ethernet port:

v ETH ACT LED (green): Activity on the Ethernet TCP/IP network

v ETH STS LED (green): Ethernet TCP/IP network status

v ETH 100 LED (red): Data rate on the Ethernet TCP/IP network (10 or 100 Mbit/s)

3A mini B USB connector for a programming terminal (or Magelis® XBT GT

operator interface)

4A slot equipped with its Flash memory card for saving the application and

activating the standard Transparent Ready® Web server, class B10.

5An RJ45 connector for connection to the 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX Ethernet

TCP/IP network

Also included, depending on the model:

6BMX P34 2020 processor: An RJ45 connector for the Modbus® serial link or

character mode link (RS 232C/RS 485, 2-wire, non-isolated)

7BMX P34 2030 processor: A 9-pin SUB-D connector for the master CANopen

machine and installation bus

On the back panel: 2 rotary switches for assigning the IP address in one of 3 modes:

v address set by the position of the two rotary switches

v address set by the application parameters

v address set by the Ethernet TCP/IP BOOTP server

Description

Characteristics

Module type Unity Pro™ software BMX P34 2020 BMX P34 2030

Transparent

Ready

services

Class B10

Standard Web server Rack Viewer access to the product description and status and to the PLC diagnostics

Data Editor access to the configuration functions and PLC variables

Standard Ethernet TCP/IP communication service Modbus TCP messaging (read/write data words)

Ethernet TCP/IP

advanced

communication

services

I/O Scanning –

Global Data –

FDR Client Automatic assignment of IP address and network parameters

SMTP E-mail notification –

SNMP network administrator Yes

SOAP/XML Web services No

Bandwidth management Yes

Structure Physical interface 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX (RJ45)

Data rate 10/100 Mbit/s with automatic recognition

Medium Twisted pair

Modicon

M340

processor

No. of discrete I/O 1024

No. of analog I/O 256

No. of application-specific channels 36

Max. no. of Ethernet TCP/IP connections 2 (integrated port and BMX NOE 0100/0110 network module)

Other integrated communication ports Modbus serial link or character mode CANopen bus

Operating temperature 0…+ 60 °C

Relative humidity 10...95% non-condensing during operation

Degree of protection IP 20

Power supply Via the power supply of the rack supporting the processor

Conformity to standards IEC/EN 61131-2, UL 508, CSA 22.2 n°142, CSA 22.2 n°213 Class 1 Division 2, e

LED indicators Activity on the Ethernet TCP/IP network (ETH ACT, green)

Status of the Ethernet TCP/IP network (ETH STS, green)

Data rate on the 10 or 100 Mbit/s Ethernet TCP/IP network, (ETH 100, red)

4 LEDs specific to processor operation (RUN, ERR, I/O, CARD ERR)

1 or 2 LEDs specific to the other communication ports (SER COM or CAN RUN and CAN ERR)

(1)

References

Description I/O capacity

Memory capacity

Other integrated

communication ports

Reference Weight

Processors with

integrated

Ethernet link

Transparent

Ready Web

server, class B10

1024 discrete I/O

256 analog I/O

36 app-sp. channels

4096 Kb integrated

Modbus serial link or

character mode

BMXP342020 0.205

CANopen bus BMXP342030 0.215

(1) SER COM for serial link or CAN RUN and CAN ERR for CANopen bus.

BMX P34 2020 BMX P34 2030

3/23

Product data sheet

(continued)

Modicon® M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Ethernet network module

The BMX NOE 0100 and BMX NOE 0100 modules are a standard module

occupying a single slot in the rack of the Modicon M340 platform equipped with a

Standard processor or associated Performance processor (maximum of 1 module

per configuration)

The BMX NOE 01p0 module has the following on the front panel:

1Securing screw for locking the module in its slot in the rack

2A display unit consisting of 6 LEDs, including 3 relating to the Ethernet port:

v ETH ACT LED (green): Activity on the Ethernet TCP/IP network

v ETH STS LED (green): Ethernet TCP/IP network status

v ETH 100 LED (red): Data rate on the Ethernet TCP/IP network (10 or 100 Mbit/s)

3A slot equipped with its Flash memory card for application saving and activating

the standard Web server, Transparent Ready® Web server, class B30 or C30

depending on model

4An RJ45 connector for connection to the 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX Ethernet

TCP/IP network

5A pencil-point RESET button for a cold restart of the module

On the back panel: 2 rotary switches for assigning the IP address in one of 3 modes:

v address set by the position of the two rotary switches

v address set by the application parameters

v address set by the Ethernet TCP/IP network BOOTP server

Presentation

Description

Characteristics

Module type Unity Pro™ software BMX NOE 0100 BMX NOE 0110

Transparent

Ready

services

Class B30 C30

Standard Web server Rack Viewer access to the product description and status and to the PLC diagnostics

Data Editor access to PLC variable via

PC terminal

Data Editor access to PLC variable via

PC terminal, pocket PC or PDA terminal

Configurable Web server Yes Yes

User Web pages (available size) –Yes (16 Mb)

Standard Ethernet TCP/IP communication service Modbus® TCP messaging (read/write data words)

Ethernet TCP/IP

advanced

communication

services

I/O Scanning Yes

Global Data Yes

FDR server Automatic assignment of IP address and network parameters

SMTP E-mail notification –

SNMP network administrator Yes

SOAP/XML Web services –Server

Bandwidth management Yes

Structure Physical interface 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX (RJ45)

Data rate 10/100 Mbit/s with automatic recognition

Medium Twisted pair

Network

module

Operating temperature 0…+ 60 °C

Relative humidity 10...95% non-condensing during operation

Degree of protection IP 20

Power supply Via the power supply of the rack supporting the processor

Conformity to standards IEC/EN 61131-2, UL 508, CSA 22.2 n°142, CSA 22.2 n°213 Class 1 Division 2, e

LED indicators Activity on the Ethernet TCP/IP network (ETH ACT, green)

State of the Ethernet TCP/IP network (ETH STS, green)

Data rate on the 10 or 100 Mbit/s Ethernet TCP/IP network, (ETH 100, red)

3 LEDs specific to module operation (RUN, ERR, CARD ERR)

References

Description Data rate Transparent Ready

class

Reference Weight

Ethernet TCP/IP

network module

10/100 Mbit/s B30 BMXNOE0100 0.200

C30 BMXNOE0110 r0.200

r Available 4th quarter 2007

Before this date, please order the BMX NOE 0100 Ethernet module with BMX RWS C016M

memory card, same services except Data editor service with pocket PC or PDA terminal and

SOAP/XML Web services.

BMX NOE 0100/0110

3/24

Wiring system Ethernet

in Machines and Installations 0

Infrastructure

The Ethernet cable provides all cable options to wire IP20 and IP67 devices using

copper as well as fiber optics.

For key:

1, 3: Straight cables,

2, 4: Crossed cord cables,

8: Cables with IP 67 connector,

see pages 3/26 and 3/27.

Presentation

Examples

Combined IP20 and IP67 wiring, copper

1, 3

2, 4

1, 3

1, 3 1, 3

3/25

Wiring system Ethernet

in Machines and Installations 0

Infrastructure

For key:

1, 3: Straight cables,

2, 4: Crossed cord cables,

5, 6, 7: Fiber optic cables,

8: Cables with IP 67 connector,

see pages 3/26 and 3/27

Examples (continued)

Combined Copper and Fiber wiring

Firewall

Server

1, 3 1, 3

1, 3 1, 31, 31, 3

1, 3

2, 4 2, 4

2, 4

2, 42, 4

2, 4

5, 6, 7

Preventa safety PLC

Internet

MES Client

Router

Quantum

Premium

Twido Advantys STB

Altivar 71

Magelis

Ositrack

FactoryCast

gateway

Modbus

Managed switch

Hub or

unmanaged

switch

Fiber link

Copper link

3/26

Wiring system (continued) Ethernet

in Machines and Installations 0

Ethernet TCP/IP, Transparent Ready® Services

Cabling system: ConneXium™ connection components

ConneXium shielded connection cables are available in two versions to meet the various current

standards and approvals:

bEIA/TIA 568 standard shielded twisted pair cables

These cables conform to:

vEIA/TIA-568 standard, category CAT 5E,

vIEC 11801/EN 50173 standard, class D.

Their fire resistance conforms to:

vNFC 32070# C2 classification

vIEC 322/1 standards

vLow Smoke Zero Halogen (LSZH).

bUL and CSA 22.1 approved shielded twisted pair cables

These cables conform to:

vUL and CSA 22.1 standards

Their fire resistance conforms to NFPA 70.

These glass fiber optics are for making connections:

bTo a terminal device (DTE)

bBetween hubs, transceivers and switches

Shielded copper connection cables

490 NT

000

EIA/TIA 568 standard shielded twisted pair cables

Description Preformed at both ends Rep. Length

m (ft.)

Reference Weight

Straight cables 2 RJ45 connectors

For connection to terminal

devices (DTE)

12 (6.6) 490NTW00002 –

5 (16.4) 490NTW00005 –

12 (39.4) 490NTW00012 –

40 (131.2) 490NTW00040 –

80 (262.5) 490NTW00080

–

Crossed cord

cables

2 RJ45 connectors

For connections between

hubs, switches and

transceivers

25 (16.4) 490NTC00005 –

15 (49.2) 490NTC00015 –

40 (131.2) 490NTC00040 –

80 (262.5) 490NTC00080 –

UL and CSA 22.1 approved shielded twisted pair cables

Description Preformed at both ends Rep Length Reference Weight

Straight cables 2 RJ45 connectors

For connection to terminal

devices (DTE)

32 (6.6) 490NTW00002U –

5 (16.4) 490NTW00005U –

12 (39.4) 490NTW00012U –

40 (131.2) 490NTW00040U –

80 (262.5) 490NTW00080U –

Crossed cord

cables

2 RJ45 connectors

For connections between

hubs, switches and

transceivers

45 (16.4) 490NTC00005U –

15 (49.2) 490NTC00015U –

40 (131.2) 490NTC00040U –

80 (262.5) 490NTC00080U –

Glass fiber optic cables

Description Preformed at both ends Rep. Length Reference Weight

Glass fiber optic

cables

1 SC connector

1 MT-RJ connector

55 (16.4) 490NOC00005 –

1 ST connector (BFOC)

1 MT-RJ connector

65 (16.4) 490NOT00005 –

2 MT-RJ connectors 73 (9.8) 490NOR00003 –

5 (16.4) 490NOR00005 –

15 (49.2) 490NOR00015 –

490 NOC 000 05

MT-RJ

490 NOR 000 05

MT-RJ

490 NOT 000 05

MT-RJ

3/27

Wiring system (continued) Ethernet

in Machines and Installations 0

Ethernet TCP/IP, Transparent Ready® Services

Cabling system: ConneXium™ connection components

(1) Dimensions W x H X D = 20 x 18 x 50 mm.

Separate parts for TCS ESM switches

TCS EAA F1LF

Description Optical fiber Type Reference Weight

Fiber optic

modules for

Gigabit ports with

LC connector

(1)

Multimode 50/125µm

or 62.5/125µm

1000BASE-SX TCSEAAF1LFU00 0.040

Single mode 9/125µm 1000BASE-LH TCSEAAF1LFH00 0.040

Multimode 50/125µm

or 62.5/125µm

Single mode

62.5/125µm

1000BASE-LX TCSEAAF1LFS00 0.040

Configuration

backup key

Via the USB port on the front of the

switch, used to:

- save and retrieve the switch

configuration

- update the internal software

TCSEAM0100 –

Connection components for IP 67 switch

Description Preformed at both

ends

Rep. Length

m (ft.)

Reference Weight

Copper cables 1 IP 67 4-pin M12

connector

and 1 RJ45 connector

81 (3.3) TCSEC1M3M1S2 –

1.5 (4.9) TCSECL1M3M1X5S2 –

3 (9,8) TCSECL1M3M3S2 –

5 (16.4) TCSECL1M3M5S2 –

10 (32.8) TCSECL1M3M10S2 –

25 (82) TCSECL1M3M25S2 –

40 (131.2) TCSECL1M3M40S2

–

2 IP 67 4-pin M12

connectors

–1 (3.3) TCSECL1M1M1S2 –

1.5 (4.9) TCSECL1M1M1X5S2 –

3 (9,8) TCSECL1M1M3S2 –

5 (16.4) TCSECL1M1M5S2 –

10 (32.8) TCSECL1M1M10S2 –

25 (82) TCSECL1M1M25S2 –

40 (131.2) TCSECL1M1M40S2 –

M12/RJ45

adapter

IP 67 female 4-pin M12

connector and female

RJ45 connector

–– TCSEAAF11F13F00 –

Power cables Female M12 straight

connector

–2(6.6) XZCP1164L2 –

5(16.4) XZCP1164L5 –

Female M12 elbowed

connector

–2.5(8.2) XZCP1264L2 –

5(16.4) XZCP1264L5 –

Power

connectors

Female M12 straight

connector

–– XZCC12FDM50B –

Female M12 elbowed

connector

–– XZCC12FCM50B –

3/28

Ethernet

in Machines and Installations 0

Ethernet TCP/IP, Transparent Ready® Services

Cabling system: ConneXium™ hub

Hubs (concentrators) are used for transmitting signals between several media

(ports). Hubs are plug and play devices that require no configuration.

The use of hubs makes it possible to create the following topologies:

bStar topology using hubs

bTree topology using hubs

Consult our catalog “Ethernet TCP/IP and Web technologies, Transparent Ready”.

Presentation

DTE DTE

DTE DTE DTE DTE

Star topology Tree topology

Hub

HubHub

Characteristics and reference

Hubs

Interfaces Copper cable ports Number and type 4 x 10BASE-T ports

Shielded connectors RJ45

Medium Shielded twisted pair, category CAT 5E

Total length of pair 100 m

Fiber optic ports Number and type –

Topology Number of cascaded hubs max. 4

Number of hubs in a ring –

Redundancy P1 and P2 redundant power supplies

Power supply Voltage 24 V c (18…32), safety extra low voltage (SELV)

Power consumption 80 mA (130 max. at 24 V c)

Removable connector 5-pin

Operating temperature 0…+ 60 °C

Relative humidity 10…95% non-condensing

Degree of protection IP 30

Dimensions W x H x D 40 x 125 x 80 mm

Mounting On symmetrical DIN rail, 35 mm wide

Weight 0.530 kg

Conformity to standards cUL 60950, UL 508 and CSA 142, UL 1604 and CSA 213 Class 1 Division 2, e, GL

FM 3810, FM 3611 Class 1 Division 2

LED indicators Power supply, activity, link

Alarm relay Power supply fault, Ethernet network fault or communication port fault (1 A max. voltage-free

contact at 24 V c)

Reference 499 NEH 104 10

3/29

Product data sheet Ethernet

in Machines and Installations 0

Ethernet TCP/IP, Transparent Ready® Services

Cabling system: ConneXium™ transceivers

The use of ConneXium transceivers makes it possible to perform the following:

bCreation of linear fiber optic bus topologies, for products with twisted-pair cable

Ethernet connection.

bInterfacing products with twisted-pair cable Ethernet connection with a fiber optic

cable.

Transceivers are plug and play devices that requires no configuration. Consult our

catalog “Ethernet TCP/IP and Web technologies, Transparent Ready”.

ConneXium transceivers provide fiber optic connections for transmission in areas

subject to interference (high levels of electromagnetic interference) and for long

distance communications.

(1) Length depends on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the optical fiber (typical

value: 2000 m).

Presentation

DTE

DTEDTE

Linear topology on optical fiber

Characteristics and reference

Transceivers

Interfaces Copper cable ports Number and type 1 x 100BASE-TX port

Shielded connectors RJ45

Medium Shielded twisted pair, category CAT 5E

Total length of pair 100 m

Fiber optic ports Number and type 1 x 100BASE-FX port

Connectors SC

Medium Multimode optical fiber

Length of optical fiber

50/125 µm fiber 3000 m (1)

62.2/125 µm fiber 3000 m (1)

Attenuation analysis

50/125 µm fiber 8dB

62.2/125 µm fiber 11 dB

Redundancy P1 and P2 redundant power supplies

Power supply Voltage 24 V c (18…32), safety extra low voltage (SELV)

Power consumption 160 mA (190 max. at 24 V c)

Removable connector 5-pin

Operating temperature 0…+ 60 °C

Relative humidity 10…95% non-condensing

Degree of protection IP 20

Dimensions W x H x D 47 x 135 x 111 mm

Mounting On symmetrical DIN rail, 35 mm wide

Weight 0.230 kg

Conformity to standards cUL 60950, UL 508 and CSA 142, UL 1604 and CSA 213 Class 1 Division 2, e, GL

LED indicators P1 and P2 power supplies, Ethernet link/port status

Alarm relay Power supply fault, Ethernet network fault or communication port fault (1 A max. voltage-free

contact at 24 V c)

Reference 499 NTR 101 00

3/30

Product data sheet Ethernet

in Machines and Installations 0

Ethernet TCP/IP, Transparent Ready® Services

Cabling system: ConneXium™ unmanaged switches

Presentation

Switches are used to increase the limits of

architectures based on hubs or transceivers, by

separating collision domains.

Higher layer communication is provided between the

ports, and collisions at link layer are not propagated

(filtering). They therefore improve performance by

better allocation of the pass band due to the reduction

of collisions and the network load.

Certain ConneXium switch models also enable

redundant architectures to be created on twisted pair

copper ring or fiber optic.

Switches are plug and play devices that requires no

configuration. They can also be managed remotely via

the SNMP or HTTP protocols for monitoring and

diagnostics purposes.

Characteristics and references: twisted pair

Switches Optimized, copper twisted

pair, unmanaged

Copper twisted pair, unmanaged

Interfaces Copper

cable ports

Number and type 5 x 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX ports 8 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX ports

Shielded connectors RJ45

Medium Shielded twisted pair, category CAT 5E

Total length of pair

100 m

Fiber optic ports Number and type –

Connectors –

Medium –

Length of optical fiber

50/125 µm fiber –

62.2/125 µm fiber

9/125 µm fiber –

Attenuation analysis

50/125 µm fiber –

62.2/125 µm fiber

9/125 µm fiber –

Topology Number of switches Cascaded Unlimited

Redundant in a ring –

Redundancy –P1 and P2 redundant power supplies

Power supply Voltage 24 V c (19.2…30) 24 V c (18…32) safety extra low voltage (SELV)

Power consumption mA max. 120 125 (290 max.)

Removable connector 3-pin 5-pin

Operating temperature 0…+ 60 °C

Relative humidity 10…95% non-condensing

Degree of protection IP 20

Dimensions W x H x D

75.2 x 143 x 43 mm

47 x 135 x 111 mm

Mounting On symmetrical DIN rail, 35 mm wide

Weight 0.190 kg 0.230 kg

Conformity to standards

UL 508, CSA 1010, EN 61131-2

cUL 60950, UL 508 and CSA 142, UL 1604 and CSA 213

Class 1 Division 2, e, GL

LED indicators Power supply, link status, data rate P1 and P2 power supplies, Ethernet link/port status

Alarm relay –Power supply fault, Ethernet network fault or

communication port fault (1 A max. voltage-free contact

at 24 V c)

Reference 499 NES 251 00 499 NES 181 00

DTE

DTEDTE

DTE DTE

DTE

DTEDTE

DTE DTE

DTE

DTEDTE

DTE DTE

100 Mbps optical

ring

Collision domain

Collision

domain 2

Collision

domain 3

3/31

Product data sheet

(continued)

Ethernet

in Machines and Installations 0

Ethernet TCP/IP, Transparent Ready® Services

Cabling system: ConneXium™ unmanaged switches

Characteristics and references: 5 ports, twisted pair and fiber optic

Switches Copper twisted pair and fiber optic, unmanaged

Interfaces Copper

cable ports

Number and type 4 x 10BASE-T/

100BASE-TX ports

3 x 10BASE-T/

100BASE-TX ports

4 x 10BASE-T/

100BASE-TX ports

3 x 10BASE-T/

100BASE-TX ports

Shielded connectors RJ45

Medium Shielded twisted pair, category CAT 5E

Total length of pair

100 m

Fiber optic ports Number and type 1 x 100BASE-FX port 2 x 100BASE-FX ports 1 x 100BASE-FX port 2 x 100BASE-FX ports

Connectors SC

Medium Multimode optical fiber Single mode optical fiber

Length of optical fiber

50/125 µm fiber 5,000 m (1) –

62.2/125 µm fiber 4,000 m (1) –

9/125 µm fiber –32,500 m (2)

Attenuation analysis

50/125 µm fiber 8 dB –

62.2/125 µm fiber 11 dB –

9/125 µm fiber –16 dB

Topology Number of switches Cascaded Unlimited

Redundant in a ring –

Redundancy P1 and P2 redundant power supplies

Power supply Voltage 24 V c (18…32), safety extra low voltage (SELV)

Power consumption mA max. 200 240 200 240

Removable connector 5-pin

Operating temperature -40...+70 °C

Relative humidity 10…95% non-condensing

Degree of protection IP 20

Dimensions W x H x D 47 x 135 x 111 mm

Mounting On symmetrical DIN rail, 35 mm wide

Weight 0.330 kg 0.335 kg 0.330 kg 0.335 kg

Conformity to standards cUL 60950, cUL 508 and CSA 142, UL 1604 and CSA 213 Class 1 Division 2, e, GL

LED indicators P1 and P2 power supplies, Ethernet link status, transmission activity

Alarm relay Activity, power supply fault, Ethernet network fault or communication port fault (1 A max.

voltage-free contact at 24 V c)

Reference 499 NMS 251 01 499 NMS 251 02 499 NSS 251 01 499 NSS 251 02

(1) Length depends on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the fiber optic (typical

value: 2,000 m).

(2) Length depends on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the fiber optic (typical

value: 15,000 m).

3/32

Product data sheet Ethernet

in Machines and Installations 0

Ethernet TCP/IP, Transparent Ready® Services

Cabling system: ConneXium™ managed switches

(1) Length depends on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the fiber optic (typical

value: 2,000 m).

(2) Length depends on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the fiber optic (typical

value: 15,000 m).

Characteristics and references: 4 ports, twisted pair and fiber optic

Switches Copper twisted pair and fiber optic, managed

Interfaces Copper cable ports Number and type 3 x 10/100BASE-TX

ports

2 x 10/100BASE-TX

ports

3 x 10/100BASE-TX

ports

2 x 10/100BASE-TX

ports

Shielded connectors RJ45

Medium Shielded twisted pair, category CAT 5E

Total length of pair

100 m

Fiber optic ports Number and type 1 x 100BASE-FX port 2 x 100BASE-FX ports 1 x 100BASE-FX port 2 x 100BASE-FX ports

Connectors Duplex SC

Medium Multimode optical fiber Single mode optical fiber

Length of optical fiber

50/125 µm fiber 5,000 m (1) –

62.2/125 µm fiber 4,000 m (1) –

9/125 µm fiber – 32,500 m (2)

Attenuation analysis

50/125 µm fiber 8 dB –

62.2/125 µm fiber 11 dB –

9/125 µm fiber –16 db

Ethernet services FDR, SMTP V3, SNTP client, multicast filtering for optimization of the Global Data protocol,

configuration via Web access

VLAN, IGMP Snooping, RSTP (Rapid Scanning Tree Protocol), priority port, data stream

control, secure port

Topology Number of switches Cascaded Unlimited

Redundant in a ring max. 50

Redundancy Redundant power supplies, redundant single ring, ring coupling

Power supply Voltage Operation 9.6...60 V c/18…30 V a, safety extra low voltage (SELV)

Power consumption 6.5 W 7.3 W 6.5 W 7.3 W

Removable connector 6-pin

Operating temperature 0…+ 60 °C

Relative humidity 10…90% non-condensing

Degree of protection IP 20

Dimensions W x H x D 47 x 131 x 111 mm

Mounting On symmetrical DIN rail, 35 mm wide

Weight 0.400 kg

Conformity to standards IEC 61131-2, IEC 61850-3, UL 508, UL 1604 Class 1 Division 2, CSA C22.2 14 (cUL),

CSA C22.2 213 Class 1 Division 2 (cUL), e, GL

LED indicators Power supply status, alarm relay status, active redundancy, redundancy management, copper

port status and copper port activity

Alarm relay Power supply fault, Ethernet network fault, communication port fault, redundancy fault (1 A max.

voltage-free contact at 24 V c)

Reference TCS ESM

043F1CU0

TCS ESM

043F2CU0

TCS ESM

043F1CS0

TCS ESM

043F2CS0

3/33

Product data sheet

(continued)

Ethernet

in Machines and Installations 0

Ethernet TCP/IP, Transparent Ready® Services

Cabling system: ConneXium™ managed switches

Characteristics and references: 4 and 8 ports, twisted pair

Switches Copper twisted pair, managed

Interfaces Copper cable ports Number and type 4 x 10/100BASE-TX ports 8 x 10/100BASE-TX ports

Shielded connectors RJ45

Medium Shielded twisted pair, category CAT 5E

Total length of pair

100 m

Fiber optic ports Number and type –

Connectors –

Medium

Length of optical fiber

50/125 µm fiber –

62.2/125 µm fiber –

9/125 µm fiber –

Attenuation analysis

50/125 µm fiber –

62.2/125 µm fiber –

9/125 µm fiber –

Ethernet services FDR, SMTP V3, SNTP client, multicast filtering for optimization of the Global Data protocol,

configuration via Web access

VLAN, IGMP Snooping, RSTP (Rapid Scanning Tree Protocol), priority port, data stream

control, secure port

Topology Number of switches Cascaded Unlimited

Redundant in a ring max. 50

Redundancy Redundant power supplies, redundant single ring, ring coupling

Power supply Voltage Operation 9.6...60 V c/18…30 V a, safety extra low voltage (SELV)

Power consumption 5.3 W 5.3 W

Removable connector 6-pin

Operating temperature 0…+ 60 °C

Relative humidity 10…90% non-condensing

Degree of protection IP 20

Dimensions W x H x D 47 x 131 x 111 mm 74 x 131 x 111 mm

Mounting On symmetrical DIN rail, 35 mm wide

Weight 0.400 kg

0.410 kg

Conformity to standards IEC 61131-2, IEC 61850-3, UL 508, UL 1604 Class 1 Division 2, CSA C22.2 14 (cUL),

CSA C22.2 213 Class 1 Division 2 (cUL), e, GL

LED indicators Power supply status, alarm relay status, active

redundancy, redundancy management,

copper port status and copper port activity

Power supply status, alarm relay status, active

redundancy, redundancy management,

fiber port status and fiber port activity

Alarm relay Power supply fault, Ethernet network fault or communication port fault (1 A max. voltage-free

contact at 24 V c)

Reference TCS ESM 043F23F0 TCS ESM 083F23F0

3/34

Product data sheet

(continued)

Ethernet

in Machines and Installations 0

Ethernet TCP/IP, Transparent Ready® Services

Cabling system: ConneXium™ managed switches

(1) Length depends on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the fiber optic (typical

value: 2,000 m).

(2) Length depends on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the fiber optic (typical

value: 15,000 m).

Characteristics and references: 8 ports, twisted pair and fiber optic

Switches Copper twisted pair and fiber optic, managed

Interfaces Copper cable ports Number and type 7 x

10/100BASE-TX

ports

6 x

10/100BASE-TX

ports

7 x

10/100BASE-TX

ports

6 x 10/100BASE-T ports

Shielded connectors RJ45

Medium Shielded twisted pair, category CAT 5E

Total length of pair

100 m

Fiber optic ports Number and type 1 x 100BASE-FX

port

2 x 100BASE-FX

ports

1 x 100BASE-FX

port

2x 100BASE-FX

ports

1 + 1 x

100BASE-FX

port

Connectors Duplex SC

Medium Multimode optical fiber Single mode optical fiber Single mode

optical fiber and

multimode optical

fiber

Length of optical fiber

50/125 µm fiber 5,000 m (1) – 5,000 m (1)

62.2/125 µm fiber 4,000 m (1) – 4,000 m (1)

9/125 µm fiber –32,500 m (2) 32,500 m (2)

Attenuation analysis

50/125 µm fiber 8dB –8dB

62.2/125 µm fiber 11 dB –11 dB

9/125 µm fiber –16 dB 16 dB

Ethernet services FDR, SMTP V3, SNTP client, multicast filtering for optimization of the Global Data protocol,

configuration via Web access

VLAN, IGMP Snooping, RSTP (Rapid Scanning Tree Protocol), priority port, data stream

control, secure port

Topology Number of switches Cascaded Unlimited

Redundant in a ring max. 50

Redundancy Redundant power supplies, redundant single ring, ring coupling

Power supply Voltage Operation 9.6...60 V c/18…30 V a, safety extra low voltage (SELV)

Power consumption 6.5 W 7.3 W 6.5 W 7.3 W

Removable connector 6-pin

Operating temperature 0…+ 60 °C

Relative humidity 10… 90% non-condensing

Degree of protection IP 20

Dimensions W x H x D 74 x 131 x 111 mm

Mounting On symmetrical DIN rail, 35 mm wide

Weight 0.410 kg

Conformity to standards IEC 61131-2, IEC 61850-3, UL 508, UL 1604 Class 1 Division 2, CSA C22.2 14 (cUL),

CSA C22.2 213 Class 1 Division 2 (cUL), e, GL

LED indicators Power supply status, alarm relay status, active redundancy, redundancy management,

fiber port status and fiber port activity

Alarm relay Power supply fault, Ethernet network fault or communication port fault (1 A max. voltage-free

contact at 24 V c)

Reference TCSESM

083F1CU0

TCSESM

083F2CU0

TCSESM

083F1CS0

TCSESM

083F2CS0

TCSESM

083F2CX0

3/35

Product data sheet Ethernet

in Machines and Installations 0

Ethernet TCP/IP, Transparent Ready® Services

Cabling system: ConneXium™ IP 67 switch

Characteristics and references: IP 67 unmanaged switch

IP 67 switch Twisted pair, unmanaged

Interfaces Copper cable ports Number and type 5 x 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX ports

Shielded connectors M12 (type D)

Medium Shielded twisted pair, category CAT 5E

Total length of pair

100 m

Fiber optic ports Number and type –

Connectors –

Medium –

Length of optical fiber

–

Attenuation analysis –

Ethernet services Storage and re-routing of received data, auto MDI/MDX (automatic switching depending on

whether cables are straight or crossed), automatic negotiation of 10/100 Mbps and duplex mode

(on all ports), automatic change of polarity

Topology Number of switches Cascaded Unlimited

Redundant in a ring –

Redundancy –

Power supply Voltage 24 V c (18…32 V c), safety extra low voltage (SELV)

Power consumption 100 mA

Connector 5-pin M12 (type A, male)

Operating temperature 0…+ 60 °C

Relative humidity –

Degree of protection IP 67

Dimensions W x H x D 60 x 126 x 31 mm

Weight 0.210 kg

Conformity to standards cUL 508 and CSA 22.2 14

LED indicators Power supply, line status, line activity

Alarm relay –

Reference TCS ESU 051 F0

IP 67 cord sets

Ethernet cord sets Preformed at each end, see page 3/27

Power supply cables Preformed at each end with M12 female

straight connectors

Preformed at each end with female M12

angled connectors

Length 2 m 5 m 2.5 m 5 m

Reference XZC P1164L2 XZC P1164L5 XZC P1264L2 XZC P1264L5

Spare power connectors Female M12 straight connector Female M12 angled connector

Reference XZC C12 FDM 50B XZC C12 FCM 50B

3/36

Product data sheet

(continued)

Ethernet

in Machines and Installations 0

Ethernet TCP/IP, Transparent Ready® Services

Cabling system: ConneXium™ managed switches

(1) Length depends on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the fiber optic (typical

value: 2,000 m).

Characteristics and references: 16 and 24 ports, twisted pair, fiber optic

Switches Copper twisted pair and

fiber optic, managed

Copper twisted pair,

managed

Copper twisted pair and

fiber optic, managed

Interfaces Copper cable ports Number and type 16 x 10/100BASE-TX ports 14 x 10/100BASE-TX ports 22 x 10/100BASE-TX ports

Shielded connectors RJ45

Medium Shielded twisted pair, category CAT 5E

Total length of pair

100 m

Fiber optic ports Number and type –2 x 100BASE-FX ports

Connectors –Duplex SC

Medium –Multimode optical fiber

Length of optical fiber

50/125 µm fiber –5,000 m (1)

62.2/125 µm fiber –4,000 m (1)

9/125 µm fiber – –

Attenuation analysis

50/125 µm fiber –8dB

62.2/125 µm fiber –11 dB

9/125 µm fiber – –

Ethernet services FDR, SMTP V3, SNTP client, multicast filtering for optimization of the Global Data protocol,

configuration via Web access

VLAN, IGMP Snooping, RSTP (Rapid Scanning Tree Protocol), priority port, data stream

control, secure port

Topology Number of switches Cascaded Unlimited

Redundant in a ring max. 50

Redundancy Redundant power supplies, redundant single ring, ring coupling

Power supply Voltage Operation 9.6...60 V c/18…30 V a, safety extra low voltage (SELV)

Power consumption 9.4 W 11.8 W 15.5 W

Removable connector 6-pin

Operating temperature 0…+ 60 °C

Relative humidity 10… 90% non-condensing

Degree of protection IP 20

Dimensions W x H x D 111 x 131 x 111 mm

Mounting On symmetrical DIN rail, 35 mm wide

Weight 0.600 kg 0.650 kg

Conformity to standards cUL 60950, UL 508 and CSA 142, UL 1604 and CSA 213 Class 1 Division 2, e, GL

LED indicators Redundant power supplies,

single ring

Redundant power supplies, single ring, double ring

Alarm relay Power supply fault, Ethernet network fault or communication port fault (1 A max. voltage-free

contact at 24 V c)

Reference TCSESM 163F2CU0 TCSESM 163F23F0 TCSESM 243F2CU0

3/37

Product data sheet

(continued)

Ethernet

in Machines and Installations 0

Ethernet TCP/IP, Transparent Ready® Services

Cabling system: ConneXium™ managed switches

(1) With TCS EAA F1LFU00 fiber optic module to be ordered separately, see page 3/27.

(2) With TCS EAA F1LFH00 fiber optic module to be ordered separately, see page 3/27.

(3) With TCS EAA F1LFS00 fiber optic module to be ordered separately, see page 3/27.

Characteristics and references: 8 ports and 2 Gigabit ports, twisted pair, fiber optic

Switches Copper twisted pair and fiber optic, managed Copper twisted pair, managed

Interfaces Copper cable ports Number and type 8 x 10/100BASE-TX ports 8 x 10/100BASE-TX ports and

2 x 10/100/1000BASE-TX ports (Gigabit)

Shielded connectors RJ45

Medium Shielded twisted pair, category CAT 5E

Total length of pair

100 m

Gigabit ports

fiber optic

(with SFP fiber module to

be mounted on SFP

connector)

Number and type 2 x

1000BASE-SX

ports (1)

2 x

1000BASE-LH

ports (2)

2 x

1000BASE-LX

ports (3)

–

Connectors LC –

Medium Multimode

optical fiber

Single mode

optical fiber

Single mode

and multimode

optical fiber

–

Length of optical fiber

50/125 µm fiber 550 m – 550 m –

62.2/125 µm fiber 275 m – 550 m –

9/125 µm fiber – 8 -72,000 m 20,000 m –

Attenuation analysis

50/125 µm fiber 7.5 dB –11 dB –

62.2/125 µm fiber 7.5 dB –11 dB –

9/125 µm fiber –6 - 22 dB 11 dB –

Ethernet services FDR, SMTP V3, SNTP client, multicast filtering for optimization of the Global Data protocol,

configuration via Web access

VLAN, IGMP Snooping, RSTP (Rapid Scanning Tree Protocol), priority port, data stream

control, secure port

Topology Number of switches Cascaded Unlimited

Redundant in a ring max. 50

Redundancy Redundant power supplies, redundant single ring, ring coupling

Power supply Voltage Operation 9.6...60 V c/18…30 V a, safety extra low voltage (SELV)

Power consumption 8.9 W + 1 W per SFP fiber module 8.3 W

Removable connector 6-pin

Operating temperature 0…+ 60 °C

Relative humidity 10… 90% non-condensing

Degree of protection IP 20

Dimensions W x H x D 111 x 131 x 111 mm

Mounting On symmetrical DIN rail, 35 mm wide

Weight 0.410 kg

Conformity to standards cUL 60950, UL 508 and CSA 142, UL 1604 and CSA 213 Class 1 Division 2, e, GL

LED indicators Power supply status, alarm relay status, active redundancy, redundancy management,

fiber port status and fiber port activity

Alarm relay Power supply fault, Ethernet network fault or communication port fault (1 A max. voltage-free

contact at 24 V c)

Reference TCS ESM 103F2LG0 TCS ESM 103F23G0

3/38

Presentation Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

CANopen machine and installation bus

Schneider Electric has selected CANopen for its machines and installations because

of its wealth of functions and its resulting benefits in the automation world. This

decision was based on the general acceptance of CANopen, and the fact that

CANopen products are increasingly used in control system architectures.

CANopen is an open network supported by more than 400 companies worldwide,

and promoted by CAN in Automation (CiA). CANopen conforms to standards

EN 50325-4 and ISO 15745-2.

Schneider Electric is heavily involved in working groups, which are important for

machine and installation architectures, systems, and products.

CAN in Automation and Modbus-IDA have worked together to create a standard that

ensures total transparency between CANopen and Modbus TCP/IP. The result of

this collaboration has been the CiA DSP309-2 specification, defining communication

standards between a Modbus TCP/IP network and a CANopen bus.

The specification defines mapping services enabling CANopen devices to

communicate with a Modbus TCP/IP network through a gateway. The data in a

CANopen device can be accessed in both read and write mode.

This specification is the first standard available for developing an open standard

communication between Modbus TCP/IP and CANopen. It is driving Schneider

Electric network solutions toward better integration, diagnostics and configuration of

distributed applications. It allows machines and installations to be connected to an

Ethernet network continuously, while combining the advantages of each network in

its specific area.

The CANopen bus is a multi-master bus ensuring reliable, deterministic access to

real-time data in control system devices. The CSMA/CA protocol is based on

broadcast exchanges, sent cyclically or on an event, to ensure optimum use of the

passband. A message handling channel can also be used to define slave

parameters.

The bus uses a double twisted pair on which, with the Modicon M340 platform,

63 devices maximum are connected by daisy-chaining or by tap junctions. The

variable data rate between 20 Kbit/s and 1 Mbit/s depends on the length of the bus

(between 20 m and 2,500 m).

Each end of the bus must be fitted with a line terminator.

The CANopen bus is a set of profiles on CAN systems, possessing the following

characteristics:

bOpen bus system

bData exchanges in real time without overloading the protocol

bModular design allowing modification of size

bInterconnection and interchangeability of devices

bStandardized configuration of networks

bAccess to all device parameters

bSynchronization and circulation of data from cyclic and/or event-controlled

processes (short system response time)

Presentation

CANopen brings transparency to Ethernet

FTB 1CN FTB 1CN

TeSys Quickfit with

TeSys D

Osicoder

ATV 71

1 to 127

slaves

Premium

Modicon M340

CANopen bus

Advantys STB

Lexium 15

Lexium 05,

ATV 31

3/39

Connectable devices Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

CANopen machine and installation bus

The Modicon M340 automation platform, via its BMX P34 2010/2030 processors with

integrated CANopen link, performs the role of master on the machine bus.

The following Telemecanique® devices can be connected to the CANopen bus:

v Ø 58 mm Osicoder multi-turn absolute encoders:

- XCC 3510P/3515C S84CB, version u 1.0

v TeSy s®U starter-controllers:

- with LUL C08 communication module, version u 1.2

v TeSy s®D motor-starters, using the TeSys® Quickfit installation help system:

- with APP 1CCO0/O2 communication module, version u 1.0

v Advantys™ OTB IP 20 Optimum distributed I/O system (I/O extension modules not

permitted):

- with OTB 1C0 DM9LP interface module, version u 2.0

v Advantys™ STB IP 20 modular distributed I/O system:

- with NIM module STB NCO 1010, version u 1.0 or STB NCO 2212, version u 2.02

v Advantys™ FTB IP 67 monobloc I/O splitter boxes:

- FTB 1CNppppp, version u 1.7

v Preventa™ configurable safety controllers:

- XPS MC16ZC/32ZC, version u 1.10

v Altivar®31 adjustable speed drives for asynchronous motors 0.18…15 kW:

- AT V 31 H ppppp, version u 1.1 (1)

v Altivar® 71/61 adjustable speed drives for asynchronous motors 0.75…630 kW:

- ATV 61H /71H ppppp, version u 1.1 (1)

v Lexium® 05 servo drives (0.4...6 kW) for BSH servo motors:

- LXM 05ApDpppp, version u 1.120 (2)

v Lexium® 15 servo drives (0.9...42.5 kW) for BDH or BSH servo motors:

- LXM 15Lp, version u 1.45 (3)

- LXM 15MD/15HC, version u 6.64 (4)

v IcLA® intelligent compact motor-drives from Berger Lahr® (a company of

Schneider Electric®):

- IFA 6p, version u 1.105 (5)

- IFE 71, version u 1.104 (5)

- IFS 6p/9p, version u 1.107 (5)

(1) Requires the PowerSuite™ software workshop VW3A8104, version

2.00.

(2) Requires the PowerSuite™ software workshop for Lexium 05 servo drive VW3 A8 104,

version 2.2.0 patch V2.2.0B.

(3) Requires the Unilink® software, version

1.5.

(4) Requires the Unilink® software, version

4.0.

(5) Requires the IclA® Easy software, version

1.104.

Configuration of the CANopen bus on the Modicon M340 platform is fully integrated

in the Unity Pro software. From the Unity Pro graphic editor, simply select the

devices available in the catalog and assign them their CANopen slave address.

Exchanges between the CANopen bus and the Modicon M340 processor can be

assigned by configuration to the fast or master task.

Predefined profiles or functions are used to create the user interface automatically

using process variables (PDO), in such a way that any subsequent modification to

the mapping of these variables will have no impact on their topological addressing.

Depending on the devices, dedicated configuration screens are used to assign the

initial parameters.

The dedicated screens are available for CANopen specialists who wish to optimize

the performance of the CANopen bus or re-assign the Process Data Objects (PDO)

differently.

Acyclical access to the Service Data Object (SDO) corresponding to any CANopen

object of a particular device is possible from the application using the standard

communication functions READ_VAR and WRITE_VAR, or even from the Unity Pro

diagnostic screens.

These screens can be used to display the bus status graphically, as well as to access

the diagnostics sent by a faulty device with a single click of the mouse.

Connectable devices

Setup via Unity Pro™ Software

Advantys FTB

Altivar 31

TeSys Quickfit

Example of devices that can be connected on CANopen

Advantys OTB

Example of Unity Pro configuration screen for Lexium® 05 servo

drive and Advantys FTB IP 67 I/O splitter box

Presentation:

page 3/38

Characteristics:

page 3/40

References:

page 3/41

3/40

Description,

characteristics

Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

CANopen machine and installation bus

Both of the Performance processors on the Modicon M340 platform, BMX P34 2010

and BMX P34 2030, have an integrated CANopen communication port. They have

the following on the front panel:

1Securing screw for locking the module in its slot (marked 0) in the rack

2A display block comprising at least:

v CAN RUN LED (green): Integrated machine/installation bus operational

v CAN ERR LED (red): Integrated machine/installation bus faulty

3A mini B USB connector for a programming terminal

4A slot equipped with Flash memory card for backing up the application

5An RJ45 connector for serial link (with BMX P34 2010 model) or Ethernet TCP/IP

port (with BMX P34 2030 model)

6A 9-pin SUB-D connector for the CANopen Master machine and installation bus

(1) For more information, please refer to the “Machines & Installations with industrial

communications” catalog.

(2) Deduct 15 m per repeater from the length of the bus.

(3) For other restrictions, please refer to the CANopen hardware setup manual available on our

website (www.telemecanique.com).

(4) With the use of TSX CAN C

50/100/300 CANopen cables and TSX CAN C

DD03/1/3/5

preformed cord sets.

Description

BMX P34 2010 BMX P34 2030

Characteristics (1)

Type of bus CANopen

CANopen

services

Conformity class M20

Standard DS 301 V 04.02, 303-2

Device profile DS 405

Special –

Structure Physical interface 9-pin male SUB-D

Topology Devices connected by daisy-chaining and/or tap junctions

Access method CSMA/CA, carrier sense consumer/producer principle, collision detection and arbitration of

message priorities

Application layer Messages carrying objects: process data (PDO), service data (SDO), network management

(NMT), special functions (SYNC, EMCY, TIME)

Transmission Data rate 20 Kbit/s…1 Mbit/s depending on bus length

Medium Double shielded twisted pair

CANopen

physical

configuration

(1)

No. of slave devices 63 maximum

Data rate 1 Mbit/s 800 Kbit/s 500 Kbit/s 250 Kbit/s 125 Kbit/s 50 Kbit/s 20 Kbit/s

Maximum length of bus (2) m20 40 100 250 500 1000 2500

Maximum length of tap-offs on one

tap junction (3)

m0.6 610 10 10 120 300

Limitation per

segment

No. of devices 64 32 16

Maximum length

of segment (4)

m160 185 205

Modicon M340

processor

BMX P34 2010 BMX P34 2030

No. of racks 1 (4, 6, 8 or 12 slots)

Maximum no. of slots 12 for processor and modules (excluding power supply module)

Maximum no. in

rack

Discrete I/O 1,024; 704 in single-rack configuration (64 I/O x 11)

Analog I/O 256; 66 in single-rack configuration (4I/2Q x 11)

Process control Programmable loops (via CONT-CTL process control EFB library)

Counting 36 channels

Motion Independent axes on CANopen bus (via MFB library)

Integrated

connections

Ethernet TCP/IP –1 RJ45 port, 10/100 Mbit/s

CANopen bus 1 master (9-pin SUB-D)

Serial link 1 RJ45 port, Modbus® master/slave or character

mode

–

USB port 1 port, 12 Mbit/s

Communication

module

Ethernet TCP/IP 1 RJ45 port, 10/100 Mbit/s with Transparent Ready:

- class B30 standard Web server with BMX NOE 0100 module

- class C30 configurable Web server with BMX NOE 0110 module

Internal RAM capacity Kb 4,096 including 3,584 for the program, constants and symbols and 256 for data

3/41

References Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

CANopen machine and installation bus

Modicon M340 processor modules are supplied with the BMX RMS 008MP Flash

memory card. This card performs the following actions transparently:

v Backing up the application (program, symbols and constants) supported in the

processor internal RAM that is not backed up

v Activation of the Transparent Ready® standard web server, class B10 (with

BMX P34 2030 processor)

This card can be replaced by another card featuring a file storage option

(see page 1/9).

(1) For I/O capacity in single-rack configuration, see characteristics, page 1/8

Note : For numbers and references 1, 2, ..., 17, see pages 3/42 and 3/43.

Different types of cable are available making it possible to create any type of

application, including for harsh environments (for a definition of standard and harsh

environments, see page 3/42).

Several connectors are available to meet any requirement: straight or 90° angled

connectors, or angled connectors with the option of connecting a PC or diagnostic

pocket PC.

Power can be supplied to the equipment by means of cables, cord sets and tap

junctions: one 24 AWG pair for the CAN signals, one 22 AWG pair for the power

supply and the ground.

In addition to the offering for IP 20 wiring, there is also an offering for IP 67 wiring.

Modicon® M340™ Performance processors with integrated CANopen bus link

BMX P34 2010

BMX P34 2030

I/O capacity (1) Memory

capacity

Max. no. of network

modules

Integrated

communication ports

Reference

(3)

Weight

Performance BMX P340 20, 1 rack

1,024 discrete I/O

256 analog I/O

36 app-sp. channels

4,096 Kb

integrated

1 Ethernet TCP/IP

network

CANopen bus

Modbus® serial link

BMXP342010 –

CANopen bus

Ethernet TCP/IP

network

BMXP342030 –

CANopen bus wiring system

Presentation:

page 3/38

Description:

page 3/40

Characteristics:

page 3/40

575

1616

ATV 31 ATV 71

Lexium 15

Preventa

safety

controller

TeSys Quickfit

Advantys OTB

Advantys STB

Modicon M340 with

BMX P34 2010/2030 processor

Magelis

XBT GT

PC or monitoring

tool

Advantys FTB

24 V c

IcLA

Advantys FTB

Osicoder

Lexium 05

3/42

References Modicon® M340™ Automation

Platform 0

CANopen machine and installation bus

Wiring system

Standard tap junctions and connectors

Designation Description No.

(1)

Length Reference Weight

IP 20 CANopen tap

junction

4 SUB-D ports. Screw terminal block for

connection of trunk cables

Line termination

1–TSXCANTDM4 0.196

IP 20 connectors

CANopen female 9-pin

SUB-D.

Switch for line

termination

90° angled 2–TSXCANKCDF90T 0.046

Straight (2) ––TSXCANKCDF180T 0.049

90° angled with 9-pin SUB-D for connecting a PC

or diagnostic tool

4–TSXCANKCDF90TP 0.051

IP 67 M12 connectors Male ––FTXCN12M5 0.050

Female ––FTXCN12F5 0.050

IP 20 CANopen tap

junctions for Altivar

and Lexium 05 drives

2 RJ45 ports 9–VW3CANTAP2 –

IP 20 standard cables and preformed cord sets

Designation Description No.

(1)

Length Unit

reference

Weight

CANopen cables

(24 AWG)

Standard, e marking: low smoke. Halogen-free.

Flame-retardant (IEC 60332-1)

550 m TSXCANCA50 4.930

100 m TSXCANCA100 8.800

300 m TSXCANCA300 24.560

Standard, UL certification, e marking:

flame-retardant (IEC 60332-2)

550 m TSXCANCB50 3.580

100 m TSXCANCB100 7.840

300 m TSXCANCB300 21.870

For harsh environments (3) or mobile installation,

e marking: low smoke. Halogen-free.

Flame-retardant (IEC 60332-1). Resistance to

oils

550 m TSXCANCD50 3.510

100 m TSXCANCD100 7.770

300 m TSXCANCD300 21.700

CANopen preformed

cord sets

One 9-pin female

SUB-D connector at

each end

(24 AWG )

Standard, e marking: low smoke. Halogen-free.

Flame-retardant (IEC 60332-1)

6a 0.3 m TSXCANCADD03 0.091

1 m TSXCANCADD1 0.143

3 m TSXCANCADD3 0.295

5 m TSXCANCADD5 0.440

Standard, UL certification, e marking:

flame-retardant (IEC 60332-2)

6a 0.3 m TSXCANCBDD03 0.086

1 m TSXCANCBDD1 0.131

3 m TSXCANCBDD3 0.268

5 m TSXCANCBDD5 0.400

CANopen preformed

cord sets

One 9-pin SUB-D

connector,

One RJ45 connector

(24 AWG )

Standard, e marking: low smoke. Halogen-free.

Flame-retardant (IEC 60332-1)

6b 0.5 m TCSCCE4F3M05 –

1 m TCSCCE4F3M1 –

Standard, UL certification, e marking:

flame-retardant (IEC 60332-2)

6b 0.5 m TCSCCU4F3M05 –

1 m TCSCCU4F3M1 –

CANopen preformed

cord sets

Two 9-pin SUB-D connectors, one male and

one female

–0.5 m TLACDCBA005 –

1.5 m TLACDCBA015 –

3 m TLACDCBA030 –

5 m TLACDCBA050 –

IP 67 standard preformed cord sets

Designation Description No.

(1)

Length Unit

reference

Weight

CANopen preformed

cord sets

Preformed cord sets of two 5-pin M12 A-coded

angled connectors (one male connector and one

female connector)

12 0.3 m FTXCN3203 0.40

0.6 m FTXCN3206 0.70

1 m FTXCN3210 0.100

2 m FTXCN3220 0.160

3 m FTXCN3230 0.220

5 m FTXCN3250 0.430

Preformed cord sets with one 5-pin female M12

A-coded connector at one end and wires at the

other end

73 m FTXCN3130 –

5 m FTXCN3150 –

(1) For numbers, see page 3/41

(2) For connection to the Controller Inside programmable card, the VW3 CAN KCDF 180T connector can also be used.

(3) Standard environment:

-- Without any particular environmental constraints

-- Operating temperature between +5 °C and +60 °C

-- Fixed installation

Harsh environment:

-- Resistance to hydrocarbons, industrial oils, detergents, solder splashes

-- Relative humidity up to 100%

-- Saline atmosphere

-- Significant temperature variations

-- Operating temperature between -10 °C and +70 °C

-- Mobile installation

TSX CAN KCD F90T

TSX CAN KCD F180T

TSX CAN KCD F90TP

TSX CAN TDM4

VW3 CAN TAP2

3/43

References (continued) Modicon® M340™ Automation

Platform 0

CANopen machine and installation bus

Wiring system

(1) For numbers, see page 3/41.

(2) For ATV 71HpppM3, ATV 71HD11M3X, HD15M3X, ATV 71H075N4... HD18N4 drives, this

connector can be replaced by the TSXCANKCDF180T connector.

IP 20 connection accessories

Designation Description No.

(1)

Length Unit

reference

Weight

CANopen connector

for Altivar 71 drive (2)

9-pin female SUB-D. Switch for line termination.

Cables exit at 180°

––VW3CANKCDF180T –

Adapter for Altivar 71

drive

CANopen adapter SUB-D to RJ45 ––VW3CANA71 –

Preformed CANopen

cord sets for Altivar

and Lexium 05 drives

One RJ45 connector at each end 10 0.3 m VW3CANCARR03 –

1 m VW3CANCARR1 –

CANopen bus

adapter for Lexium 15

servo drive

Hardware interface for a link conforming to the

CANopen standard + one connector for a PC

terminal

14 –AM02CA001V000 0.110

Y-connector CANopen/Modbus ––TCSCTN011M11F –

IP 67 connection accessories

For Advantys™ FTB monobloc I/O splitter boxes

Designation Composition No.

(1)

Length

Reference Weight

IP 67 line terminator Equipped with one M12 connector

(for end of bus)

13 –FTXCNTL12 0.010

24 V c power supply

connection cables

Equipped with two 5-pin 7/8 connectors 16 0.6 FTXDP2206 0.150

1 FTXDP2210 0.190

2 FTXDP2220 0.310

5 FTXDP2250 0.750

Equipped with one 5-pin 7/8 connector at one end

and wires at the other end

17 1.5 FTXDP2115 0.240

3 FTXDP2130 0.430

5 FTXDP2150 0.700

T-junction box

for power supply

Equipped with two 5-pin 7/8 connectors ––FTXCNCT1 0,100

Separate parts

Designation Composition Sold in Reference Weigh

Connectors 7/8 type, 5-pin Male – FTXC78M5 0.050

Female – FTXC78F5 0.050

Straight, M12 type, 5 screw terminals Male – XZCC12MDM50B 0.020

Female – XZCC12FDM50B 0.020

Angled, M12 type, 5 screw terminals Male – XZCC12MCM50B 0.020

Female – XZCC12FCM50B 0.020

Sealing plugs For M8 connector (sold in packs of 10) – FTXCM08B 0.100

For M12 connector

(sold in packs of 10)

–FTXCM12B 0.100

For 7/8 connector – FTXC78B 0.020

Y-connector Connection of two M8 connectors to M12 connector on

splitter box

–FTXCY1208 0.020

Connection of two M12 connectors to M12 connector on

splitter box

–FTXCY1212 0.030

Diagnostics adapter Equipped with two M12 connectors – FTXDG12 0.020

Marker labels For plastic splitter boxes Packs of 10 FTXBLA10 0.010

For metal splitter boxes Packs of 10 FTXMLA10 0.010

FTX DP21pp

FTX CY1208

VW3 CAN A71

AM0 2CA 001V000

XZ CC12pDM50B

XZ CC12pCM50B

3/44

Presentation,

description

Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Modbus® serial link and character mode

The Modbus bus is used for master/slave architectures (it is necessary, however,

to check that the Modbus services used by the application are implemented on the

devices concerned).

The bus comprises one master station and several slave stations. Only the master

station can initiate the exchange (direct communication between slave stations is not

possible). Two exchange mechanisms are possible:

bQuestion/answer, where the requests from the master are addressed to a given

slave. The master then waits for the response from the slave.

bBroadcasting, where the master broadcasts a message to all the slave stations on

the bus. These stations execute the order without transmitting a response.

The BMX P34 1000 / 2010 / 2020 processors in the Modicon M340 automation

platform range integrate a serial link that can operate under Modbus master/slave

RTU/ASCII protocol or under character mode protocol.

For this serial port, these processors have the following on the front panel :

1A display block comprising among other LEDs:

v SER COM LED (yellow): Activity on the Modbus serial link (lit) or failure on an

equipment present on the link (flashing).

2An RJ45 connector for the Modbus serial link or character mode link

(RS 232C/RS 485, non-isolated) and its black indicator 3.

Note : For complete processors descriptions, see page 1/5

Presentation

Description

Twido Lexium 05 Altivar 71

Modbus

3rd party product

Preventa

XPS MC

Modbus serial link

Modicon M340 Magelis XBT

BMX P34 1000

BMX P34 2010 BMX P34 2000

Characteristics:

page 3/45

References:

page 3/45

3/45

Characteristics,

references

Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Modbus® serial link and character mode

(1) For an isolated link, you must use the TWD XCA ISO terminal port cable connector.

Serial link cabling system, see pages 3/46 and 3/47.

Characteristics

Protocol Modbus Character mode

Structure Type Non-isolated serial link (1)

Method of access Master/slave type –

Physical Interface RS 232, 2 wires RS 485, 2 wires RS 232, 4 wires RS 485, 2 wires

Transmission Mode Asynchronous in baseband Asynchronous in baseband

Frame RTU/ASCII, Half duplex Full duplex Half duplex

Data rate 0.3...19.2 Kbit/s (default 19.2 Kbit/s) 0.3...19.2 Kbit/s (default 19.2 Kbit/s)

Medium Shielded twisted pair Simple or double

shielded twisted pair

Shielded twisted pair

Configuration Number of devices 2 (point-to-point) 32 max. per segment 2 (point-to-point) 32 max. per segment

Maximum number of link addresses 248 248

Maximum length of bus 15 m 10 m non-isolated link

1000 m isolated link

15 m 10 m non-isolated link

1000 m isolated link

Maximum length of tap links –15 m non-isolated link

40 m isolated link

–15 m non-isolated link

40 m isolated link

Services Requests 252 data bytes per RTU request

504 data bytes per ASCII request

1 K data bytes per request

Security, control parameters One CRC on each frame (RTU)

One LRC on each frame (ASCII)

Monitoring Diagnostic counters, event counters –

Modbus® system functions

Modbus functions available on serial ports

integrated to Modicon M340 processors

Code Modbus slave (server) Modbus master (client)

01 Read n output bits Read output bits

02 Read n input bits Read input bits

03 Read n output words Read words

04 Read n input words Read input words

15 Write n output bits Write n output bits

16 Write n output words Write n output words

References

I/O capacity (1) Memory capacity Integrated

communication ports

Reference

(3)

Weight

Standard processor with integrated serial link BMX P340 10

512 discrete I/O

128 E/S analog I/O

20 application-

specific channels

2,048 Kb integrated Modbus serial link BMXP341000 0.200

Performance processors with integrated serial link BMX P340 20

1024 discrete I/O

256 E/S analog I/O

36 application-

specific channels

4,096 Kb integrated Modbus serial link

CANopen bus

BMXP342010 0.210

Modbus serial link

Ethernet TCP/IP

network

BMXP342020 0.205

BMX P34 1000 BMX P34 2020

Description:

pages 3/45

3/46

Connections Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Modbus® serial link and character mode

Cabling system

(1) Polarized termination requires connection to Twido® controller master.

(2) 24 V

power supply, external, or through the serial port integrated in Modicon M340

processors.

Cabling system

212

RS 232C

RS 485

c 24 V

Modbus serial link

3rd party

Modbus

product

Twido Lexium 05 ATV 71

Modicon Premium Modicon Quantum ATV 31

Modbus RS 232C

Modicon M340

Magelis XBT

Advantys OTB

Preventa XPS MC

Extension and adaptation elements for RS 485 serial link

Designation Description Reference Length Unit

reference

Weight

Modbus splitter box - 10 x RJ45 connectors

- 1 x screw terminal block

1–LU9GC3 0.500

T-junction boxes - 2 x RJ45 connectors

- 1 x integrated cable with RJ45

connector

Dedicated for Altivar and Lexium drives

20.3 m VW3A8306TF03 0.190

1 m VW3A8306TF10 0.210

Passive T-junction box - Tap-off point, extension of trunk cable

- Line termination adapter

––TSXSCA50 0.520

Passive 2-channel

subscriber socket, 2 x

15-pin female SUB-D

connectors and 2 x

screw terminals

- 2-channel tap-off point and extension

of trunk cable

- Address coding

- Line termination adapter

3–TSXSCA62 0.570

T-junction box

Screw terminals for main

cable.

1 x RJ45 connector for

derivation

- Insulation of the RS 485 serial line

- Line termination adaptation

(R = 120 Ω, C = 1 nF)

- Line pre-polarized (2 x R = 620 Ω) (1)

24 Vc power (2)

Mounting on 735 mm

4–TWDXCAISO 0.100

T-junction box

3 x RJ45 connectors

- Line termination adaptation

(R = 120 Ω, C = 1 nF)

- Line pre-polarized (2 x R = 620 Ω) (1)

Mounting on 735 mm

––TWDXCAT3RJ 0.080

Modbus / Bluetooth®

adapter

-1 x Bluetooth

® adapter (10 m range,

class 2) with 1 x RJ45 connector,

- 1 x 0.1 m long cord set for

PowerSuite™ software with 2 x RJ45

connectors,

- 1 x 0.1 m long cord set for

TwidoSuite™ software with 1 x RJ45

connector and 1 x mini-DIN connector,

- 1 x RJ45/SUB-D male 9-pin adapter

for ATV speed drives

––VW3 A8114 0.155

RS 232C/RS 485 line

adapter without modem

signals

24 Vc/20 mA power supply,

19.2 kbit/s

Mounting on 735 mm

5–XGSZ24 0.100

Line terminator For RJ45 connector

(R = 120 Ω, C = 1 nF)

12 Sold in lots

of 2

VW3A8306RC 0.200

LU9 GC3

TSX SCA 50

TSX SCA 62

XGS Z24

TWD XCA ISO TWD XCA T3RJ

VW3A8306TFpp

VW3A8114

3/47

References Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Modbus® serial link and character mode

Cables and connecting cord sets for RS 485 serial link

Designation Description Reference Length Unit

reference

Weight

RS 485 double

shielded twisted pair

trunk cables

Modbus serial link, supplied without

connector

6100 m TSXCSA100 5.680

200 m TSXCSA200 10.920

500 m TSXCSA500 30.000

Modbus RS 485 cables 2 x RJ45 connectors 70.3 m VW3A8306R03 0.030

1 m VW3A8306R10 0.050

3 m VW3A8306R30 0.150

1 x RJ45 connector and

1 x 15-pin SUB-D connector

–3 m VW3A8306 0.150

1 x mini-DIN connector for Twido®

controller and 1 x RJ45 connector

40.3 m TWDXCARJ003 0.040

1 m TWDXCARJ010 0.090

3 m TWDXCARJ030 0.16

1 x RJ45 connector and

1 end with wires

53 m VW3A8306D30 0.150

1 x miniature connector and

1 x 15-pin SUB-D connector

93 m TSXSCPCM4530 0.180

Cord sets for

Magelis XBT

display and terminal

1 x RJ45 connector and

1 x 25-pin SUB-D connector for:

- XBT N200/N400/NU400

- XBT R410/411

- XBT GT2...GT7 (COM1 port) (1)

11 2.5 m XBTZ938 0.210

2 x RJ45 connectors for :

-XBTGT1 (COM1 port)

- XBT GT2...GT7 (COM2 port)

11 3 m VW3A8306R30 0.150

Connecting cord sets for RS 232 serial link

Designation Description Reference Length Unit

reference

Weight

Cord set for Data

Terminal Equipment

(DTE: printer…)

Serial link for Data Terminal Equipment

(DTE) (2)

1 x RJ45 connector and

1 x 9-pin SUB-D female connector

–3 m TCSMCN3M4F3C2 0.150

Cord set for Data

Communication

Equipment

(DCE: modem,

converter…)

Serial link for point-to-point equipment

(DCE)

1 x RJ45 connector and

1 x 9-pin SUB-D male connector

–3 m TCSMCN3M4M3S2 0.150

(1) Must be associated with an XBT ZG909 adapter.

(2) If the DTE is equipped with a 25-pin SUB-D connector, additionally order the

25-pin female / 9-pin male SUB-D TSX CTC 07 adapter.

04/0

4/1

Contents 4 - Unity™ software

Unity™ software

bUnity Pro™ programming software

vPresentation, setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/4

vSoftware structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/9

v5 IEC languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/12

vFunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/18

vReferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/29

bUnity EFB Toolkit software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/32

bUnity SFC View software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/34

bUnity Loader software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/36

bUnity Application Generator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4/40

4/2

Selection guide Modicon® M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Unity™ software

Unity Pro™ programming software for:

- Modicon M340 M

-Premium

™ PLC P, Atrium™ PLC A

- Quantum™ PLC Q

IEC 61131-3

languages

Instruction List (IL) MM - A - P M - A - P - Q M - A - P - Q

Ladder (LD) MM - A - P M - A - P - Q M - A - P - Q

Structured Text (ST) MM - A - P M - A - P - Q M - A - P - Q

Function Block Diagram (FBD) MM - A - P M - A - P - Q M - A - P - Q

Sequential Function Chart (SFC)/Grafcet MM - A - P M - A - P - Q M - A - P - Q

Programming

services

Multitask programming (Master, fast and

event-triggered)

MM - A - P M - A - P - Q M - A - P - Q

Multitask programming (Master, fast,

auxiliary and event-triggered)

P (TSX P57 5p)

Q (140 CPU 651/671)

Functional view and function modules MM - A - P M - A - P - Q M - A - P - Q

DFB editor and DFB instances MM - A - P M - A - P - Q M - A - P - Q

DDT compound data editor MM - A - P M - A - P - Q M - A - P - Q

Data structure instances and tables MM - A - P M - A - P - Q M - A - P - Q

EF function block libraries & EFB function

blocks

MM - A - P M - A - P - Q M - A - P - Q

User-definable control loops A (TSX PCI 2p) -

P (TSX P57 2p)

A (TSX PCI 20p) -

P (TSX P57 2p/3p/4p)

(TSX P57 2p/3p/4p/5p)

Programmable control loops (FB library) MM - A - P M - A - P - Q M - A - P - Q

Motion Function Blocks MM - A - P M - A - P M - A - P

Hot Standby PLC redundancy system P (TSX H57 24M) P (TSX H57 24/44M) P (TSX H57 24/44M) -

Q (140 CPU 67 160)

System diagnostics MM - A - P M - A - P - Q M - A - P - Q

Application diagnostics MM - A - P M - A - P - Q M - A - P - Q

Diagnostics with location of error source MM - A - P M - A - P - Q M - A - P - Q

Debugging and

display

services

PLC simulator MM - A - P M - A - P - Q M - A - P - Q

Hypertext link animations in graphic

languages

MM - A - P M - A - P - Q M - A - P - Q

Step by step execution, breakpoint MM - A - P M - A - P - Q M - A - P - Q

Watchpoint MM - A - P M - A - P - Q M - A - P - Q

Operator screens MM - A - P M - A - P - Q M - A - P - Q

Diagnostic viewer MM - A - P M - A - P - Q M - A - P - Q

Other services Creation of hyperlinks MM - A - P M - A - P - Q M - A - P - Q

XML import/export MM - A - P M - A - P - Q M - A - P - Q

Application converters (Concept™, and PL7™

software)

M - A - P M - A - P - Q M - A - P - Q

Utilities for updating PLC operating systems MM - A - P M - A - P - Q M - A - P - Q

Communication drivers for

Windows®2000/XP

MM - A - P M - A - P - Q M - A - P - Q

Unity Pro™ Servers - openness - M - A - P - Q

UDE support

OFS exchanges

Dynamic exchange with 3rd party tools, OFS M - A - P - Q

Static exchange thru XML/XVM export files MM - A - P M - A - P - Q

Compatible

Modicon

platforms

Modicon M340 PLCs MBMX P34 1000

BMX P34 20p0

BMX P34 1000

BMX P34 20p0

BMX P34 1000

BMX P34 20p0

BMX P34 1000

BMX P34 20p0

Atrium™ slot-PLCs A–TSX PCI 204M TSX PCI 204M

TSX PCI 354M

TSX PCI 204M

TSX PCI 354M

Premium™ CPUs P–

TSX P57 C

0244/0244M

TSX P57 104/1634/154M

TSX P57 204/2634/254M

TSX H57 24M

TSX P57 C

0244/0244M

TSX P57 104/1634/154M

TSX P57 204/2634/254M

TSX P57 304/3634/354M

TSX P57 4634/454M

TSX H57 24/44M

TSX P57 C

0244/0244M

TSX P57 104/1634/154M

TSX P57 204/2634/254M

TSX P57 304/3634/354M

TSX P57 4634/454M

TSX P57 5634/554M

TSX H57 24/44M

Quantum™ CPUs Q––140 CPU 311 10

140 CPU 434 12U

140 CPU 311 10

140 CPU 434 12U

140 CPU 651 50/60

140 CPU 671 60

Software name Unity Pro Small Unity Pro Medium Unity Pro Large Unity Pro Extra Large

Unity Pro™ software type UNY SPU SFp CD30 UNY SPU MFp CD30 UNY SPU LFp CD30 UNY SPU EFp CD30

Pages 4/27

4/3

EF/EFB function

development software in C

language

Software for firmware and

application loading

Software for designing and

generating batch/process

applications

SFC View application

diagnostic and monitoring

software

Pack for developing specific

solutions

Enhancement of EF and EFB

function block libraries:

vCreation of families

vDevelopment of functions in

C language

vAccess to all data and

variable types

vDebugging functions (step

by step, breakpoint)

vUse of functions created in

all languages

Supplied with:

vMicrosoft® Visual C++

vGNU source code and

compiler

Simple and easy to use

software to upgrade a

Modicon M340 PLC when the

user doesn’t need to

display/modify the program.

Upload/download:

vCPU and Ethernet module

firmware

vPLC project, including:

-Program

- Located and unlocated data

- User files and user web

pages

UAG specialist software for

designing and generating

batch/process applications in a

“Collaborative Automation”

environment. It provides the

unique project database:

vprocess and control (PLCs)

vMagelis® HMI user interface

vSCADA supervision

(Monitor Pro V7.2)

Based around re-usable

objects (PID, valves, etc) and

complying with standard ISA

S88, UAG generates the PLC

code and the elements

required for the HMI system.

Complies with the GAMP

standard (Good Automation

Manufacturing Practice)

ActiveX® control component

for monitoring and diagnostics

of chart status (SFC or Grafcet)

in sequential applications:

vOverview of charts and

detailed views

vCan be integrated in

human/machine interface

(HMI) applications

vAccess to PLC data via OFS

(OPC Factory Server)

Includes EFB function block

library for Unity Pro™ software

(for Premium™, Atrium™ and

Quantum™ CPUs)

Specialist software for

developing made-to-order

solutions (for example

interfaces with an electrical

CAD system, automatic

application generator, etc):

vAccess to Unity Pro™ object

servers

vReserved for IT

development engineers using

Visual Basic or C++

Compatible with:

vUnity Pro™ Small, Medium,

Large and Extra Large

programming software

vAll Modicon M340 PLCs

vAll Atrium™ slot-PLCs

vAll Premium™ Unity™ CPUs

vAll Quantum™ Unity™ CPUs

Compatible with:

vUnity Pro™ Small, Medium,

Large and Extra Large

programming software

vAll Modicon M340 PLCs

Compatible with:

vUnity Pro™Extra Large

programming software

vTSX P57 4634/454M and

TSX P57 5634/554M

Premium™ Unity™ CPUs

vAll Quantum™ Unity™ CPUs

Compatible with:

vUnity Pro™ Extra Large

programming software

vAll Modicon M340 PLCs

vAll Atrium™ slot-PLCs

vAll Premium™ Unity™ CPUs

vAll Quantum™ Unity™ CPUs

Compatible with:

vUnity Pro™ Extra Large

programming software

vAll Modicon M340 PLCs

vAll Atrium™ slot-PLCs

vAll Premium™ Unity™ CPUs

vAll Quantum™ Unity™ CPUs

Unity EFB Toolkit Unity Loader Unity Application Generator Unity SFC View Unity Developer’s Edition

UNY SPU ZFU CD30E UNY SMU ZU CD30 UNY SEW LFp CD23 UNY SDU MFp CD20 UNY UDE VFU CD21E

4/32 4/38 4/40 4/34 4/28

4/4

Presentation Modicon® Automation Platform 0

Unity Pro™ software

Unity Pro’s main screen provides access to all available tools in a user-friendly

format that has been redesigned on the basis of feedback received from users of

Concept™ and PL7™ application design software.

This main screen consists of a general view made up of a number of windows and

toolbars, which can be arranged as required on the screen:

1Menu bar from which all functions can be accessed

2Toolbar consisting of icons from which the most frequently used functions can be

accessed

3Application browser, which can be used to browse the application based on a

conventional and/or a functional view

4Editor windows area, which can be used to view a number of editors at the same

time (configuration editor, Structured Text/Ladder etc. language editors, data

editor)

5Tabs for direct access to editor windows

6Information window with tabs (User Errors, Import/Export, Search/Replace, etc.)

7Status bar

All functions can be accessed via drop-down menus from the menu bar. The toolbar,

which consists of icons, provides more rapid access to the most frequently used

functions. This toolbar, which is displayed by default, can be customized, and is

divided into three groups:

bMain toolbars, which are visible at all times

bContextual toolbar, which is displayed when the corresponding editor is selected

bToolbar with zoom functions (in and out), full-screen view for editor window

The three groups are classified according to the category of functions available:

bFile management (New Project, Open, Save, Print)

bEdit (Undo, Redo, Confirm, Go To)

bApplication services (Analyze Project, Build Project, Browse, Find, Access Library)

bAutomation platform operating mode (Upload/Download Project, Online/Offline,

Run/Stop, Animate, PLC/Simulation Mode)

bDebug mode (Set/Remove Breakpoint, etc.)

bWindow display (Cascade, Horizontal, Vertical)

bOnline help (non-contextual or contextual)

User interface

Accessing functions

File/Edit toolbar

FBD language editor contextual toolbar

PLC toolbar for debug mode

Toolbar with zoom (in and out)

Setup:

pages 4/5 and 4/8

Structure:

pages 4/9to 4/11

IEC language:

pages 4/12 to 4/17

Functions:

pages 4/18 to 4/28

References:

pages 4/29 and 4/31

4/5

Setup Modicon® Automation Platform 0

Unity Pro™ software

The project browser can be used:

bTo display the contents of a Modicon® M340™, Atrium™, Premium™ or Quantum™

PLC project

bTo move between the different components of the application (configuration,

program, variables, communication, DFB user function blocks, DDT derived function

blocks) created by the user

The project can be displayed using two types of view:

bThe structural view, which provides an overall view of the various components of

the application. This representation provides a view of the order in which the program

sections are processed in the PLC.

bThe functional view, which provides a view of the project based on specific

function modules. This representation provides a breakdown according to consistent

functions in relation to the process to be controlled.

These two types of view, which are available at any time, can be displayed separately

or at the same time (horizontal or vertical windows) by clicking the icons in the

toolbar.

This conventional view allows you to access all the different components of the

application (configuration, programming, function blocks, debugging, etc.) via the

application browser.

The browser gives an overall view of the program and offers fast access to all

application components.

1Configuration editor

2DFB (user function block) and DDT (Derived Data Type) editors

3Communication networks editor

4Program editor

5Variables editor

6Animation tables editor

7Operator screens editor

8Documentation editor

From any level in the tree structure, you can:

9Create a hyperlink to a comment or description

10Create a directory for storing hyperlinks used to access a set of user folders

From this level, it is also possible to zoom in and only view the detailed levels for a

component on this level.

Unity Pro software applications support the creation of an application structure for

Modicon® M340™, Atrium™, Premium™ and Quantum™ platforms based on function

modules comprising:

bSections (program code)

bAnimation tables

bRuntime screens

The designer can define a multi-level tree structure for the application, independently

of the multitask structure of the PLC.

Program sections written in Ladder (LD), Structured Text (ST), Instruction List (IL),

Function Block Diagram (FBD) or Sequential Function Chart (SFC) language can be

associated with each level, along with animation tables and runtime screens.

All or part of the tree structure can be exported as function modules. In this case, all

program sections on the various module levels are exported.

Utilities make it easy to reuse these modules in new applications by means of data

and module name reassignment services.

Project browser

Structural view

Functional view

Exporting/Importing function modules

Structural view

Functional view

Presentation:

page 4/4

Structure:

pages 4/9 to 4/11

IEC language:

pages 4/12 to 4/17

Functions:

pages 4/18 to 4/28

References:

pages 4/29 and 4/31

4/6

Setup (continued) Modicon® Automation Platform 0

Unity Pro™ software

The first step when creating an automation project based on a Modicon® M340™,

Atrium™, Premium™ or Quantum™ platform is to select the processor for which a rack

and power supply are defined by default.

The configuration editor supports the intuitive and graphics-based modification and

extension of this configuration with the following elements:

bRacks, power supply

bPCMCIA memory or communication cards (Atrium/Premium) on the processor

bDiscrete I/O, analog I/O or application-specific modules

bEtc

From the configuration screen for Modicon M340, Atrium, Premium or Quantum

racks, the parameters screen displayed for the module concerned can be used to

define the operating characteristics and parameters for the selected application, e.g.:

bFilter values for discrete I/O

bVoltage or current range for analog I/O

bThreshold counter values

bTrajectory of axes for position control

bWeigher calibration for weighing

bTransmission speed for communication

bPresymbolization for variables associated with modules

bEtc

The “Communication” folder in the structural view can be used to define the list of

networks connected to the PLC station. Then, the parameters for all elements

required for networks to function correctly can be set by:

bCreating a logical network to which comments can be associated

bConfiguring a logical network defining the various associated network services.

Once the network module has been created in the configuration, it must then be

associated with one of the logical networks.

Ethernet TCP/IP, Modbus Plus™ and Fipway® network modules are all configured in

this way.

Configuration editor

Hardware configuration

Configuration and parameter settings for I/O and application-specific modules

Configuration and parameter settings for communication networks

Hardware configuration

I/O modules parameter setting

Communication folder with 2 networks declared

Presentation:

page 4/4

Structure:

pages 4/9 to 4/11

IEC language:

pages 4/12 to 4/17

Functions:

pages 4/18to 4/28

References:

pages 4/29 and 4/31

4/7

Setup (continued) Modicon® Automation Platform 0

Unity Pro™ software

The following information can be accessed at any time during configuration:

bThe power consumption statistics for the power supply in each of the racks in the

PLC configuration, for all the different voltages provided by each of these power

supplies

bThe number of inputs/outputs configured (with a Modicon M340, Atrium™ or

Premium™ platform)

In the same way as for in-rack modules, the configuration of devices on CANopen

though a Modicon M340 is fully integrated in the configuration editor.

Unity Pro can be used to configure both the working environment (workstation

options) and the content of the project itself.

It is also possible to configure the toolbars and to run third-party applications from

Unity Pro.

In addition, users can choose the working language from the list of languages

selected when the software was installed.

The workstation options cover all the characteristics specific to a given workstation.

They are applied when Unity Pro is used to develop any project on that station.

The following elements can be configured:

v How the data in the project being developed is edited and presented (for example,

whether or not coils are positioned in the last column of the editor, or the position of

the cursor after confirmation of the data entered)

v The application conversion strategy from PL7™, and Concept™ software , IEC and

LL984 language

v The function library path

v The opening mode for Unity Pro: either programming or run mode

Configuration editor (continued)

Configuration check

Configuration of devices on CANopen

Workstation and project configuration

Workstation options

Power supply requirements analysis

Graphical configuration of devices on CANopen bus

“Data & Languages” tab in the workstation options

Presentation:

page 4/4

Structure:

pages 4/9 to 4/11

IEC language:

pages 4/12 to 4/17

Functions:

pages 4/18 to 4/28

References:

pages 4/29 and 4/31

4/8

Setup (continued) Modicon® Automation Platform 0

Unity Pro™ software

Unlike the workstation options, the project options cover characteristics that have a

direct impact on the programming and operating capabilities offered by the program

in the PLC. They are saved in the application, and, consequently, are attached to the

project. They can be modified during the course of the project.

Project option configuration covers the following elements:

v Building the project with all or part of the data it contains so that it can be retrieved

on a new terminal

v Use of diagnostic functions, and language for messages

v Warnings generated during project analysis: overlapping of addresses, unused

variables etc.

v Language extension: If none of the boxes are checked, the program is strictly

compliant with standard IEC 61131-3. Extensions are possible in all five of

Unity Pro's languages.

v Access management to runtime screens in online mode

Users can create their own toolbars by reusing the default icons provided in the

toolbars.

It is also possible to enhance Unity Pro's main menu bar by adding direct links to

other software tools.

A utility in the Unity Pro program group can be used to change the working language.

This is then applied the next time the program is launched. Six languages are

available: English, French, German, Italian, Spanish and Chinese.

Workstation and project configuration (continued)

Project options

Other possible options

“Build” tab in the workstation options

User-created toolbar

containing all the debugging tools

Menu for adding and deleting tool access from Unity Pro

Presentation:

page 4/4

Structure:

pages 4/9 to 4/11

IEC language:

pages 4/12 to 4/17

Functions:

pages 4/18 to 4/28

References:

pages 4/29 and 4/31

4/9

Software structure Modicon® Automation Platform 0

Unity Pro™ software

The Modicon M340, Atrium™, Premium™ and Quantum™ platforms set up by Unity

Pro software support two types of application structure:

bSingle-task: This is the more simple default structure, in which only the master

task is executed.

bMultitask: This structure, which is more suitable for high-performance real-time

events, consists of a master task, a fast task, periodic tasks, and high-priority

event-triggered tasks.

The master, fast and periodic tasks are made up of sections and subroutines. The

sections and subroutines can be programmed in any of the following languages:

Structured Text (ST), Instruction List (IL), Ladder (LD) or Function Block Diagram

(FBD). The event-triggered tasks use the same languages. Sequential Function

Chart (SFC) or Grafcet language is reserved for master task sections.

The table below lists the possible program tasks for Modicon M340, Atrium, Premium

and Quantum PLCs respectively.

The tasks of a Unity Pro program for Modicon M340, Atrium, Premium™ or

Quantum™ platforms are composed of several parts known as sections and

subroutines. Each of these sections can be programmed in the most appropriate

language for the process to be executed.

Such division into sections enables a structured program to be created and program

modules to be generated or added with ease.

Subroutines can be called from any section of the task to which they belong or from

other subroutines in the same task.

Compatibility of languages compliant with IEC standard 61131-3: Unity Pro

software can be configured (Tools/Project Settings/Language Extensions menu) to

ensure that applications generated are compliant with IEC standard 61131-3.

Furthermore, as long as you use only the standard instruction libraries, you will be

able to reuse programs created in this way on any Modicon M340, Atrium, Premium,

or Quantum platform.

Software structure

Platform Modicon M340 Premium Atrium Quantum

BMX P34 1000 BMX P34 20p0TSX P 57 Cp 244M

TSX P 57 0244M

TSX P 57 1p4M

TSX P 57 2p(3)4M

TSX P 57 3p(3)4M

TSX P 57 4p(3)4M

TSX P 57 554M

TSX P 57 5634M

TSX PCI 57 204 M

TSX PCI 57 454 M

140 CPU 31110

140 CPU 434 12U

140 CPU 651 p0

140 CPU 671 60

Cyclic or periodic

master task

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Periodic fast task Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Periodic auxiliary

tasks

––––4––4

Event-triggered

tasks

From modules 32 64 32 64 128 64 64 128

From timers 32 64 ––32 –16 32

Total 32 64 32 64 128 64 64 128

Structure, modular and portable programming

Airlock (LD)

Oven_1 (SFC)

Tunnel_1 (SFC)

Extractor (FBD)

Cleaning (ST)

Airlock_Alarm (LD)

Mon_Sec (LD)

Oven_Alarm (ST)

Cleaning_Alarm (ST)

SR0 SR0

Master task Fast task

Presentation:

page 4/4

Setup:

pages 4/5 to 4/8

IEC language:

pages 4/12 to 4/17

Functions:

pages 4/18 to 4/28

References:

pages 4/29 and 4/31

4/10

Memory structure (continued) Modicon® Automation Platform 0

Unity Pro™ software

Two types of cyclic execution are supported:

bNormal cyclic execution. This is the default option.

bPeriodic execution. This type of execution, as well as the period, are selected by

the user during programming when the task parameters are set (master task).

At the end of each scan, the PLC system launches a new scan. The execution time

of each scan is monitored by a software watchdog whose value is defined by the user

(max. 1500 ms).

In the event of overrun, a fault occurs causing:

bThe scan to stop immediately (STOP)

bA fault state to be displayed on the front panel of the processor

bThe alarm relay for the main rack power supply to be set to 0

A new scan is executed at the end of each period. The execution time of the scan

must be less than the time of the period defined (max. 255 ms). In the event of

overrun, the latter is stored in a system bit (%S19), which can be reset to 0 by the

user (via the program or terminal).

A software watchdog, which can be configured by the user (max. 1500 ms), monitors

the scan time. In the event of overrun, an execution fault is indicated (see normal

execution). The scan execution times (the last scan, the longest scan and the

shortest scan) are stored in system words %SW 30/31/32.

Modicon® M340™, Atrium™, Premium™ and Quantum™ platforms support a multitask

structure comprising:

b1 master task (divided into several sections programmed in ST, IL, LD, FBD, and

SFC languages)

b1 fast task (divided into sections)

b0 to 4 auxiliary tasks (divided into sections) (1)

b1 or more event-triggered tasks (only one section per task)

These tasks are independent and are executed in parallel, with the PLC processor

managing their execution priority. When an event occurs, or at the start of the fast

task scan:

bIf any lower-priority tasks are currently being executed, they are suspended.

bThe event-triggered task or fast task is executed.

bThe interrupted task resumes once execution of the priority task has been

completed.

This structure optimizes the way in which processing power is employed and can be

used to structure the application and simplify design and debugging, as each task

can be written and debugged independently of the others.

(1) Tasks reserved for top-of-the-range Premium TSX P57 5

4M and Quantum

140 CPU 651

0/67160 processors.

Single-task memory structure

Normal execution (cyclic)

Periodic execution

Multitask software structure

Cyclic execution

Internal processing

Input acquisition

(%I)

Updating of outputs

(%O)

Program processing

RUN STOP

Periodic execution

Program

processing

Updating of outputs

(%O)

Internal processing

End of period

Input acquisition

(%I)

Start of

period

STOPRUN

Event-triggered tasks Fast task Master task Auxiliary tasks (1)

Timer_1

EVT1

EVT0

Outside limits

Airlock_Alarm (IL)

Mon_Dry (LD)

Oven_Alarm (ST)

Cleaning_Alarm (ST)

Airlock (LD)

Oven_1 (SFC)

Tunnel_1 (SFC)

Extractor (FBD)

Drying (LD)

SR0SR0

Fast Mast

Aux1

Aux0

Process value

(FBD)

Oven Diag (ST)

Temp. (FBD)

SR0

Priority +…-

Presentation:

page 4/4

Software structure:

pages 4/9 to 4/11

IEC language:

pages 4/12 to 4/17

Functions:

pages 4/18 to 4/28

References:

pages 4/29 and 4/31

4/11

Memory structure (continued) Modicon® Automation Platform 0

Unity Pro™ software

This task, which can be periodic or cyclic, executes the main program. It is activated

systematically.

Each of its component sections and subroutines can be programmed in Ladder (LD),

Function Block Diagram (FBD), Structured Text (ST) or Instruction List (IL) language.

Several sections of the master task can be programmed in Sequential Function Chart

(SFC) or Grafcet language.

This task, which has a higher priority than the master task, is periodic to allow time

for tasks with lower priorities to be executed. It should be used when fast periodic

changes in discrete inputs need to be monitored and acknowledged.

The execution of the master task (lower priority) is suspended while the fast task is

being executed. Processing operations in this task must be as short as possible, to

avoid adversely affecting master task processing operations.

Each of the component sections and subroutines of the fast task can be programmed

in Instruction List, Structured Text, Ladder or Function Block Diagram language (ST,

IL, LD or FBD).

These tasks, which are available on top-of-the-range Premium™ TSX P57 5p4M and

Quantum™ 140 CPU 651 p0/67160 processors, are designed for use with slower

types of processing operation such as measurement, process control, HMI,

application diagnostics, etc.

Periodic type auxiliary tasks have the lowest level of priority and are executed once

the higher-priority periodic tasks (master and fast) have completed their scan.

Each of the component sections and subroutines of the fast task can be programmed

in Instruction List, Structured Text, Ladder or Function Block Diagram language (ST,

IL, LD or FBD).

Unlike the tasks described above, these tasks are not linked to one period. The

execution of these tasks is triggered asynchronously by:

An event from certain application-specific modules (e.g.: overrun of a counter

threshold, change of state of a discrete input)

An event from the event timers

These tasks are processed before all other tasks and are thus suitable for processing

requiring very short reaction times in comparison to the arrival of the event.

Modicon®M340™, Atrium™, Premium™ or Quantum™ platforms have 3 levels of

priority (these are, in descending order, module event EVT0, module events EVTi

and timer events Timeri).

These tasks, each comprised of a single section, can be programmed in Instruction

List, Structured Text, Ladder or Function Block Diagram language (ST, IL, LD or

FBD).

Each of the master, fast or event-triggered tasks reads (at the start of the scan) and

writes (at the end of the scan) the inputs assigned to it. By default, they are assigned

to the master task.

For the Quantum™ platform, the remote inputs/outputs (RIO) are only assigned to the

master task (these assignments can be made per station or for each of the

component sections of the task), while the distributed inputs/outputs (DIO) are all

assigned to the master task (without assignment to its component sections).

For event-triggered tasks, it is possible to assign input/output channels (1) other than

those relating to the event. Exchanges are then performed implicitly at the start of

processing for inputs and at the end of processing for outputs.

(1) These channel assignments are made per I/O module for Quantum PLC and per channel for

Atrium/Premium PLC inputs/outputs.

Multitask memory structure (continued)

Master task

Fast task

Auxiliary tasks

Event-triggered tasks

Assignment of I/O channels to tasks

Application browser

Input acquisition

Program processing

Updating of outputs

Program execution

Presentation:

page 4/4

Setup:

pages 4/5 and 4/6

IEC language:

pages 4/10 to 4/15

Functions:

pages 4/16 to 4/26

References:

pages 4/26 and 4/27

4/12

IEC language Modicon® Automation Platform 0

Unity Pro™ software

The five graphical or textual languages available in Unity Pro are used for

programming Modicon® M340™, Atrium™, Premium™ and Quantum™ automation

platforms.

The 3 graphical languages are:

bLadder (LD)

bFunction Block Diagram (FBD)

bSequential Function Chart (SFC) or Grafcet

The 2 textual languages are:

bStructured Text (ST)

bInstruction List (IL)

For these 5 languages, you can use the standard set of instructions compliant with

IEC standard 61131-3 to create applications, which can be transferred from one

platform to another. Unity Pro software also provides extensions to this standard set

of instructions. When they are specific to Modicon M340, Atrium/Premium and

Quantum™ PLCs, these extensions support the development of more complex

applications in order to maximize the potential of the specific features of each of

these platforms.

The editors for each of the 5 languages provide a number of common tools used for

writing, reading and analyzing programs in a user-friendly manner:

bThe text editors for Instruction List (IL) and Structured Text (ST) support:

v Text entry in insert or overwrite mode

v The use of dialog boxes for the assisted entry of variables, functions, function

blocks or assignment instructions

v Checks on data entry to detect syntax or semantics errors. The user is informed of

the result of this check by red wavy underlining or by a change in the color of the text

concerned.

v Access to a set of colors, which can be used to facilitate reading by distinguishing

text (black) from operators (red), language key words (blue), and program comments

(green)

bThe graphics editors for Ladder (LD) language, Function Block Diagram (FBD)

language and Sequential Function Chart (SFC) language feature:

v A set of graphic elements for direct access to the various graphic symbols in the

language via the mouse or keyboard

v A pop-up menu, which can be accessed by right-clicking with the mouse

bUnlimited number and length of comments. These comments can be positioned as

text objects in any cell (graphical languages) or at any point in expressions (textual

languages).

bAssisted data entry functions for:

v Accessing DFB function libraries, the variables editor or the text object for entering

comments

v Initializing a variable reference

v Initializing the animation table on selected variables

v Displaying and modifying the properties of the selected variable

v Creating variables in real time without having to use the data editor

bCut, Copy, Paste, Delete, Move ...

bSetting bookmarks on lines of text or in the margin so that you can:

v Easily locate lines in important program sections

v Browse in an editor by bookmark, label, or the line and column number

The five IEC languages

Functionality common to all five language editors

Presentation:

page 4/4

Setup:

pages 4/5 to 4/8

Structure:

pages 4/9 to 4/11

Functions:

pages 4/18 to 4/28

References:

pages 4/29 and 4/31

4/13

IEC languages (continued) Modicon® Automation Platform 0

Unity Pro™ software

Each section or subroutine using Ladder language consists of a series of rungs,

which are executed sequentially by the PLC. Each rung consists of graphic objects

(placed in cells arranged in columns and lines) corresponding to contacts, links, coils,

operation blocks, EF/EFB/DFB function blocks, jumps, SR calls, etc.

Each Ladder language section may contain:

bBetween 11 and 64 columns (number set by the user)

bUp to 2000 lines (for all rungs in the section)

Graphics palette in the Ladder language editor

Mixed Display mode supports the unrestricted display of comments, addresses and

symbols for the variables used for rungs.

Ladder (LD) language

Program structure (section or subroutine)

Presentation:

page 4/4

Setup:

pages 4/5 to 4/8

Structure:

pages 4/9 to 4/11

Functions:

pages /18 to 4/28

References:

pages 4/29 and 4/31

4/14

IEC languages (continued) Modicon® Automation Platform 0

Unity Pro™ software

Function Block Diagram language is a graphical language based on function blocks

associated with variables or parameters, which are linked together. This language is

particularly suitable for process control applications.

The graphical language FBD supports three types of function blocks:

bElementary blocks (EFs)

bElementary Function Blocks (EFBs), sorted into different libraries depending on

their type of use

bDerived Function Blocks (DFBs), which have a structure identical to that of EFBs

but are created by the user with the ST, IL, LD or FBD programming languages

Within the same section, subroutines can be called using a specific block. Program

jumps to a block instance can also be programmed.

A section programmed in FBD language contains the equivalent of a default grid with

30 columns and 23 rows. This can be extended to a wider page.

Function Block Diagram (FBD) language

Program structure (section or subroutine)

Function Block Assistant

Presentation:

page 4/4

Setup:

pages 4/5 to 4/8

Structure:

pages 4/9 to 4/11

Functions:

pages 4/18 to 4/28

References:

pages 4/29 and 4/31

4/15

IEC languages (continued) Modicon® Automation Platform 0

Unity Pro™ software

Sequential Function Chart (and Grafcet) language can be used to describe the

sequential part of an automation system in simple graphical format using steps and

transitions.

SFC language does not process charts in the same way as Grafcet language:

bSFC only authorizes one token in one chart.

bGrafcet language authorizes several tokens in one chart.

Unity Pro software has one editor for these two languages with the option of defining

behavior in the application settings (Tools/Project Settings/Language Extensions

menu).

SFC language is only used in sections belonging to the master task. Each SFC

section consists of a main chart sub-section CHART and sub-sections for each of the

macro-steps. The component parts of the charts are:

bMacro-steps, which are the sole representation of a set of steps and transitions

(used to set up a hierarchical chart structure)

bSteps

bTransitions and directed links between steps and transitions

Associated with steps and transitions respectively, the actions and transition

conditions can be:

bIntegrated into the CHART or macro-step charts, in which case the actions or

transition conditions are defined by a single variable

bProcessed in specific sections, in which case dedicated processing (to be

programmed in Ladder, Function Block Diagram, Structured Text or Instruction List

language) is necessary

In order to check that machine scans have been completed successfully, activity

times (minimum, maximum) can be associated with each step. These times are set

by the user.

For each SFC section, the graphics editor provides a maximum of:

bOne grid containing 32 columns and 200 rows, or 6400 cells. Steps, transitions or

jumps all need one cell respectively.

b1024 steps (macro-steps and steps in macro-steps)

b20 actions assigned to the same step

b100 steps activated at the same time

b100 actions activated at the same time

To help you to create basic charts, graphic screens can be used to create “n” steps

in series and “m” steps in parallel in a single operation.

Dialog boxes can be used to assign associated properties to steps (activity time,

actions), transitions (variable linked to transition condition), etc.

Sequential Function Chart (SFC) and Grafcet language

Program structure (master task section)

Program structure (section in master task)

SFC structure in the browser

SFC chart

Step properties

Presentation:

page 4/4

Setup:

pages 4/5 to 4/8

Structure:

pages 4/9 to 4/11

Functions:

pages 4/18 to 4/28

References:

pages 4/29 and 4/31

4/16

IEC languages (continued) Modicon® Automation Platform 0

Unity Pro™ software

Structured Text language is a sophisticated algorithmic type language, which is

particularly suitable for programming complex arithmetic functions, table operations,

message handling, etc.

Structured Text language, which can be used to directly transcribe an analysis based

on an organization chart, is structured into expressions composed of a series of

instructions organized in lines.

There is no limit to the number of characters an instruction line may contain. The only

limit is the program memory available for the Modicon M340, Premium™ and

Quantum™ platforms, except on TSX P57 10…40 processors, where the limit is 64

Kb.

Four preformatted expression structures can be called up directly from the toolbar:

bConditional action : IF…THEN…ELSIF…THEN…ELSE…END-IF;

bIterative conditional action: WHILE…DO…END_WHILE;

REPEAT…UNTIL…END_REPEAT;

bRepetitive action: FOR…TO…BY…DO…END_FOR;

bSelective action: CASE…OF…ELSE…END_CASE;

The operands used in the expressions are bit variables, word variables or variables

linked to function blocks.

To make the expressions easier to read, different colors are used to identify objects,

language key words and program comments.

Structured Text (ST) language

Program structure (section or subroutine)

Presentation:

page 4/4

Setup:

pages 4/5 to 4/8

Structure:

pages 4/9 to 4/11

Functions:

pages 4/18 to 4/28

References:

pages 4/29 and 4/31

4/17

IEC languages (continued) Modicon® Automation Platform 0

Unity Pro™ software

Instruction List language is a language representing the equivalent of a Ladder

diagram in text form. It can be used to write Boolean and arithmetic equations using

all the functions available in the Unity Pro language (calling of functions and function

blocks, assignment of variables, creation of program jumps, branching to

subroutines within a program section, etc.).

A program in Instruction List language comprises a sequence of instructions

classified into the following different families:

bBit instructions, e.g. read input: LD overspeed

bFunction block instructions, e.g. call timer: CAL MOTOR_TIMER

bNumerical instructions using single, double and floating point integers, e.g.: LD

Result ADD Surplus ST Archive

bWord table or character string instructions, e.g. make assignment: LD Result:10:=

Setpoint:10

bProgram instructions, e.g. SR call: CALL SR10

The operands used in the expressions are bit variables, word variables or variables

linked to function blocks.

Instruction List (IL) language

Program structure (section or subroutine)

Presentation:

page 4/4

Setup:

pages 4/5 to 4/8

Structure:

pages 4/9 to 4/11

Functions:

pages 4/18 to 4/28

References:

pages 4/29 and 4/31

4/18

Functions Modicon® Automation Platform 0

Unity Pro™ software

The data editor, which can be accessed from the structural view of the project,

provides a single tool for performing the following editing tasks:

bDeclaration of data including variables and function blocks (declaration of their

type, instants and attributes)

bUse and archiving of function block data types in different libraries

bHierarchical view of data structures

bSearching, sorting and filtering of data

bCreation of a hyperlink to access a description from any variable comment

The data is displayed under four tabs:

b“Variables” tab for the creation and management of the following data instances:

bits, words, double words, inputs/outputs, tables, and structures

b“DDT Types” tab for the creation of derived data types (tables and structures)

b“Function Blocks” tabs for the declaration of EFB and DFB function blocks

b“DFB Types” for the creation of DFB user function block data types

Each data instance has several attributes, of which:

bThe name and type of the variable are mandatory

bThe comment, physical address in the memory or initial values are optional

The data editor columns can be configured (number of columns, order). All the

attributes associated with a variable can be displayed in a properties window.

This editor can be accessed at any time during programming by selecting variables

for data modification or creation.

Data editor

ariable attributes

Presentation:

page 4/4

Setup:

pages 4/5 to 4/8

Structure:

pages 4/9 to 4/11

IEC language:

pages 4/12 to 4/17

References:

pages 4/29 and 4/31

4/19

Functions (continued) Modicon® Automation Platform 0

Unity Pro™ software

Users can create their own function blocks for specific application requirements on

Modicon® M340™, Atrium™, Premium™ and Quantum™ platforms using Unity Pro

software.

Once created and saved in the library, these user function blocks can be reused as

easily as EFBs (Elementary Function Blocks).

DFB user function blocks can structure an application, such as when a program

sequence is repeated several times in the application or for correcting a standard

programming routine. They can be read-only protected or read/write-protected. They

can be exported to all other Unity Pro applications.

Using a DFB function block in one or more applications:

bSimplifies program design and entry

bImproves program readability and comprehension

bFacilitates program debugging (all variables handled by the DFB block function are

identified in the data editor)

bEnables the use of private variables specific to the DFBs, which are independent

of the application

A DFB is set up in several phases:

bThe DFB is designed by assigning a name, a set of parameters (inputs, outputs,

and public and private internal variables), and a comment via the data editor.

bThe code is created in one or more sections of the program, with the following

languages selected according to requirements: Structured Text, Instruction List,

Ladder or Function Block Diagram (ST, IL, LD or FBD).

bThe DFB may be stored in a library with an associated version number.

bA DFB instance is created in the data editor or when the function is called in the

program editor.

bThis instance is used in the program in the same way as an EFB (Elementary

Function Block). (The instance can be created from within the program.)

DFB user function blocks

Main characteristics

Inputs 32 max. (1)

Outputs 32 max. (2)

Inputs/outputs 32 max. (1) (2)

Public internal variables Unlimited (3), can be accessed via the application program

Private internal variables Unlimited (3), cannot be accessed via the application program

Comment 1024 characters max.

Program sections Unlimited, each section can be programmed independently in

one of the 4 languages (IL, ST, LD, and FBD).

(1) The maximum cumulative total of inputs and inputs/outputs is 32.

(2) The maximum cumulative total of outputs and inputs/outputs is 32.

(3) For Premium processors, see page 1/9: characteristics of memories, maximal sizes of objects

zones, internal unlocated data, DFB & EFB function blocks.

Presentation:

page 4/4

Setup:

pages 4/5 to 4/8

Structure:

pages 4/9 to 4/11

IEC language:

pages /12 to 4/17

References:

pages 4/29 and 4/31

4/20

Functions (continued) Modicon® Automation Platform 0

Unity Pro™ software

The function and function block libraries manager contains all the elements provided

with Unity Pro software. The functions and function blocks are organized into

libraries, which themselves consist of families. Depending on the type of PLC

selected and the model of processor, the users will have a sub-set of these libraries

available to write their applications. However, the “Base Lib” library contains a set of

functions and function blocks, the majority of which are compatible with all platforms.

In particular, it contains the blocks compliant with IEC 61131-3.

The “Base Lib” library is structured into families:

bTimers and counters

bInternal process control

bArray management

bComparison

bDate and time management

bLogic processing

bMathematical processing

bStatistical processing

bCharacter string processing

bType-to-type data conversion

The “Base Lib” library, which covers standard automation functions, is supplemented

by other, more application-specific libraries, and some platform-specific functions:

bCommunication library, providing an easy means of integrating communication

programs from PLCs with those used by HMIs from the PLC application program.

Like other function blocks, these EFBs can be used in all languages to exchange data

between PLCs or to deliver data to be displayed on an HMI.

bProcess control library. The CONT_CTL library can be used to set up

process-specific control loops. In particular, it offers controller, derivative and integral

control functions. CONT_CTL comes with other families, providing additional

algorithms, e.g.: EFBs for calculating mean values, selecting a maximum value,

detecting edges or assigning a hysteresis to process variables.

bDiagnostics library, which can be used to monitor actuators. Also, it contains

EFBs for active diagnostics, reactive diagnostics, interlocking diagnostics,

permanent process condition diagnostics, dynamic diagnostics, monitoring of signal

groups, etc.

bI/O management library, providing services to handle information exchanged with

hardware modules (formatting data, scaling…)

bMotion Function Blocks library containing a set of predefined functions and data

structures to manage motion on drives and servo drives connected on CANopen.

bMotion library for motion control and fast counting

b“System” library, which provides EFBs for the execution of system functions

(such as evaluation of scan time, availability of several different system clocks, SFC

section monitoring, and display of system state) as well as management of files

inside the Modicon M340 memory cartridge.

bObsolete library containing all function blocks used by legacy programming

software that are needed to perform application conversions

Users may create libraries and families for storing their own DFB function blocks and

DDT data structures. This enhancement allows users to take advantage of

programming standards adapted to their needs, along with version management.

This means that it is possible to:

bCheck the version of the elements used in an application program against those

stored in the library

bPerform an upgrade, if necessary

Function block libraries

Management of user standards

Type library manager

User-defined library manager

Presentation:

page 4/4

Setup:

pages 4/5 to 4/8

Structure:

pages 4/9 to 4/11

IEC language:

pages 4/12 to 4/17

References:

pages 4/29 and 4/31

4/21

Functions (continued) Modicon® Automation Platform 0

Unity Pro™ software

Unity Pro software offers a complete set of tools for debugging Modicon® M340™,

Atrium™, Premium™ or Quantum™ applications. A tool palette provides direct access

to the main functions:

bDynamic program animation

bSetting of watchdogs or breakpoints (not authorized in event-triggered tasks)

bStep-by-step program execution. A function in this mode enables

section-by-section execution. Instruction-by-instruction execution can be launched

from the previous breakpoint. Three execution commands are therefore possible

when the element to be processed is a subroutine (SR) or DFB user block:

v Detailed step-by-step or “Step Into”. This command is used to move to the first

element of the SR or DFB.

v Overall step-by-step or “Step Over”. This command is used to process the entire

SR or DFB.

v Outgoing step-by-step or “Step Out”. This command is used to move to the next

instruction after the SR or DFB element.

bIndependent execution of the master (MAST), fast (FAST), auxiliary (AUX), and

event-triggered (EVTi) tasks.

Dynamic animation is managed section by section. A button in the toolbar is used to

activate or deactivate animation for each section.

When the PLC is in RUN, this mode can be used to view, simultaneously:

bThe animation of a program section, regardless of the language used

bThe variables window containing the application objects created automatically

from the section viewed

Several windows can be displayed and animated simultaneously. The “Tool tip”

function, which uses help balloons, can be used to view a variable and its content

simultaneously when the object is selected with the mouse (or other pointing device).

The user can add inspect windows to display variables inside the program.

Two types of animation are supported:

bStandard: The variables of the active section are refreshed at the end of the master

task (MAST).

bSynchronized: The watchpoint can be used to synchronize the display of animated

variables with a program element, to determine their value at this precise point in the

program.

Tables containing the variables of the application to be monitored or modified can be

created by data entry or initialized automatically from the selected program section.

In addition to data animation it is possible to:

bModify bit variables or force them to 0 or 1

bChange the display format

bCopy or move variables

bSearch by cross-reference

bDisplay the list of forced bits

These tables can be stored in the application.

The parameters and public variables of these blocks are displayed and animated in

real time using animation tables, with the possibility of modifying and forcing the

required objects.

In the same way as with other program elements, the watchpoint, breakpoint,

step-by-step execution, and program code diagnostics functions can be used to

analyze the behavior of DFBs. Setting a breakpoint in a DFB user function block

instance stops the execution of the task containing this block.

Debugging tools

Animation of program elements

Animation table

Debugging of DFB user function blocks

Insertion/removal of watchpoint

Execution: step-by-step command

Animation of ST program

Animation table

nimation of a DFB program

Presentation:

page 4/4

Setup:

pages 4/5 to 4/8

Structure:

pages 4/9 to 4/11

IEC language:

pages 4/12 to 4/17

References:

pages 4/29 and 4/31

4/22

Functions (continued) Modicon® Automation Platform 0

Unity Pro™ software

The various debugging tools are also available in SFC language. However, unlike

other sections (IL, ST, LD or FBD) an SFC section executed step by step does not

stop execution of the task but instead freezes the SFC chart. Several breakpoints

can be declared simultaneously within a single SFC section.

Numerous commands are available in this debugging mode via the control panel:

bDeactivate active step(s)

bActivate initial step(s)

bDisable step execution times

bFreeze chart regardless of transition conditions

bStop processing steps

bMove to the next step taking account of the transition conditions

bEnable transition and move to next step(s) (detailed step-by-step command, “Step

Into”)

bEnable transition in order to execute the end of the macro-step (outgoing

step-by-step command, “Step Out”)

bChart the steps for which markers have been set.

The simulator integrated in Unity Pro can be used to test the application program for

Modicon® M340™, Atrium™, Premium™ or Quantum™ PLCs from the PC terminal

without having to connect to the PLC processor. The functions provided by the

debugging tools are available for debugging the master, fast and auxiliary tasks.

As the simulator does not manage the PLC I/O, animation tables can be used to

simulate the state of inputs by forcing them to 0 or 1.

The simulator can be connected to third-party applications via an OPC server with

OFS (OPC Factory Server) software.

The documentation editor is built around the Documentation Browser, which shows

the file structure in tree form.

It allows all or part of the application file to be printed in A4 or U.S. letter format on

any graphics printer accessible under Windows® that uses True Type technology.

The documentation editor supports the creation of user-specific documentation files

using the following headings:

bTitle page

bContents

bGeneral information

bTitle block

bConfiguration

bEF, EFB and DFB type function blocks

bUser variables

bCommunication

bProject structure

bProgram

bAnimation tables and cross-references

bRuntime screens

The documentation editor can generate the documentation file based on two different

structures:

bStructural view: All the objects in the project are associated with their

corresponding headings.

bFunctional view: The objects in the project are associated with the function

modules to which they belong.

The documentation file can be created and saved as the project progresses, from

one Unity Pro session to another.

Debugging in Sequential Function Chart (SFC) language

PLC simulator

Documentation editor

SFC control panel

Simulator control panel

Access to documentation editor

Presentation:

page 4/4

Setup:

pages 4/5 to 4/8

Structure:

pages 4/9 to 4/11

IEC language:

pages 4/12 to 4/17

References:

pages 4/29 and 4/31

4/23

Functions (continued) Modicon® Automation Platform 0

Unity Pro™ software

Integrated diagnostics

The system diagnostics for the Modicon M340, Atrium, Premium, and Quantum

platforms supports the monitoring of system bits/words, and I/O modules, and the

activity times (minimum/maximum) of SFC steps. After the user chooses the relevant

option in the application configuration, any event will result in time-stamped messages

logged inside the diagnostic buffer in the PLC. These events are displayed on a

diagnostics viewer (1) automatically without the need of any additional programming.

With the assistance of Unity Pro's integrated diagnostics, this function can be used to

perform 1

level diagnostics of the elements in the configuration, up to and including

each I/O module channel.

(1) Diagnostics viewers are tools used to display and acknowledge error messages relating to

diagnostics. They are supplied as standard with Unity Pro, Vijeo Designer and Monitor Pro

software, with Magelis terminals, and with the PLC web server which is accessible through a

thin client Magelis iPC terminal.

Presentation

Diagnostics integrated into Modicon® M340™, Atrium™, Premium™ and Quantum™ automation platforms

The diagnostics offer for Modicon M340, Atrium, Premium, and Quantum platforms

is based on three components:

bSystem diagnostics

bDFB and EFB diagnostic function blocks (for system and application diagnostics)

bError message display system or viewers supplied as standard with Magelis®

XBT GT and iPC® terminals, Vijeo™ Designer/Monitor Pro™ supervisory software

and Unity Pro setup software.

Functions

System diagnostics

Processor for

system bits and

words

In-rack I/O

modules

Remote I/O

modules

on Fipio® bus

or CANopen

Higher-level

M.E.S.

Cell level

Machine level

Unity Pro

Diagnostics viewersSystem diagnostics

Application diagnostics

Ethernet TCP/IP

Vijeo Designer

Monitor Pro

Thin client Magelis iPC

Magelis XBT GT

Quantum,

Premium,

Modicon M340

Configuration level Module level

Channel levelViewer window (example with Unity Pro software)

4/24

Functions (continued) Modicon® Automation Platform 0

Unity Pro™ software

Integrated diagnostics

Unity Pro software also has a library of function blocks for monitoring, called diagnostic

DFBs and EFBs. The library of diagnostic function blocks contains:

bManufacturer blocks for system diagnostics

v IO_DIA input/output fault, which is used to monitor the state of inputs/outputs.

v ASI_DIA, which monitors whether an error has occurred on the AS-Interface bus

(module or bus fault, no slave, slave not configured or faulty).

bManufacturer blocks for application diagnostics, for example:

v EV_DIA, which monitors whether an event (bit status) has the correct value at a

given time (no notion of timing).

v MV_DIA, D_GRP, D_REA, which monitor whether an event (the change in the status

of a bit) occurs within the specified time conditions.

v ALRM_DIA, which monitors the combination of the status of 2 bits.

v NEPO_DIA and TEPO_DIA, which can be used to check, control and perform

diagnostics for elements in the working part of the system made up of the

combination of 2 actuators and 2 sensors.

bOpen diagnostics blocks

These enable users to create their own diagnostic function blocks to meet the

specific requirements of their applications and therefore to supplement the

manufacturer DFBs and EFBs described above. They can be created from 2 model

blocks, which must be written in Ladder (LD), Structured Text (ST), Function Block

Diagram (FBD) or Instruction List (IL) language.

When a fault occurs, Unity Pro analyzes the program sections concerned and opens

a second window displaying the causes and probable sources of the fault.

The user or process operator is guided though the fault-finding process, enabling

machine downtimes to be reduced.

The configuration module or instruction which is the source of the fault can also be

accessed via the diagnostics viewer integrated into Unity Pro, directly from the alarm

in the viewer output window (see page 4/22).

Application diagnostics

Diagnostics with fault cause analysis

COND ERROR

STATUS

AREA_NR

OP_CTRL

Usrst_dia

Outputs

Inputs

Fault cause analysis

Presentation:

page 4/4

Setup:

pages 4/5 to 4/8

Structure:

pages 4/9 to 4/11

IEC language:

pages 4/12 to 4/17

References:

pages 4/29 and 4/31

4/25

Functions (continued) Modicon® Automation Platform 0

Unity Pro™ software

Integrated diagnostics

Diagnostic viewers in Modicon® M340™, Atrium™, Premium™, and Quantum™

platforms automatically display diagnostic events for management of faults and

alarms.

The viewer function is supplied as standard with:

bVijeo™ Look and Monitor Pro™ V7 supervisory software

bUnity Pro programming software

bMagelis® XBT GT and Magelis® iPC HMI terminals

The viewer integrated in Unity Pro can also access the instruction or module which

is the source of the fault. See “Diagnostics with fault cause analysis”, page 4/21.

Modicon M340, Atrium, Premium and Quantum platforms have multiviewer capability

(can be used with a maximum of 15 viewers). A PC-compatible station with the

viewer function can be multi-PLC (can be used with a maximum of 15 Modicon M340,

Atrium, Premium, and/or Quantum platforms).

The viewer structure supports:

bA single point for fault management in each application

bTime-stamping of the occurrence of faults at the source

bStorage of intermittent faults in memory

bViewer functioning that is independent of the viewer used. The frame is identical

for all viewers.

bAutomatic archiving of all error messages

Output window

The diagnostics viewer takes the form of an output window divided into 2 sections:

bA message list indicating, for each alarm: state, DFB type, geographical zone,

dates and times of occurrence/correction associated message and status

bAn area for additional information about the selected message: type, comment,

date of occurrence, specific data, variables in error state, etc.

The operator screen tool is integrated into Unity Pro. The operator screens are

designed to facilitate the operation of automated processes during debugging,

startup and maintenance. The operator screens provide a set of information

(explanatory texts, display of dynamic values, push buttons, and synoptics), enabling

users to act quickly and easily to modify and dynamically monitor PLC variables.

The operator screens editor provides all the HMI elements needed for the animated

design and viewing of processes. It enables these screens to be designed using

specific tools:

bScreen: Create runtime screens, which can be classified according to family.

bMessage: Create messages to be displayed.

bObjects: Create a graphic objects library using:

v Geometrical elements (line, rectangle, ellipse, images, such as controller front

panels.)

v Control elements (buttons, data entry fields, screen browsing controls, etc.)

v Animation elements (colors, flashing elements, bar graphs, etc.)

When the station on which Unity Pro has been installed is connected to the PLC, the

user can obtain a dynamic display of the screens according to the state of the

process. Screen sequencing is possible, depending on the priority attributed, either

via the keyboard or a PLC request.

When online, the Unity Pro application program can be accessed directly from the

operator screens by clicking the selected object in a synoptic screen view. It is also

possible to activate the animation table or cross-reference functions by selecting one

or more variables on the screen. To make the display easier to read, the synoptic

views can be displayed in full-screen view.

Since it is possible to build or modify an operator screen while the PLC is running,

this service increases the productivity during the commissioning and maintenance

phases.

Diagnostics viewers

Operator screens

Viewer

Presentation:

page 4/4

Setup:

pages 4/5 to 4/8

Structure:

pages 4/9 to 4/11

IEC language:

pages 4/12 to 4/17

References:

pages 4/29 and 4/31

4/26

Functions (continued) Modicon® Automation Platform 0

Unity Pro™ software

Unity Pro enables changes to be made to the program when the PLC connected to

the programming terminal is in RUN. These modifications are made by performing

the following operations:

bWhen necessary, transferring the application from the PLC to the PC terminal

running Unity Pro.

bPreparing the program changes. These program modifications can be of any type

and in any language (IL, ST, LD, FBD, and SFC), for example adding/deleting SFC

steps or actions. Furthermore, modifications can be made to the code of a DFB user

function block (although its interface cannot be modified).

bUpdating the program in the PLC (in RUN) to reflect these program changes.

This function allows program code and data in different parts of the application to be

added or modified in a single modification session (thus making modification unified

and consistent with regard to the controlled process). This increased flexibility comes

at a cost in terms of the program memory volume required.

The Unity Pro Cross-References function, which is available in standalone mode

(offline) and when connected to the PLC (online), allows users to view all the

elements of a PLC application by searching for variables of any type. This view

indicates where the declared variable is used as well as the mode in which it is used

(write, read, etc.).

This function also provides access to the Search/Replace function for variable

names.

The variables search can be initialized from any editor (language, data, runtime

screen, animation table, etc.).

The import/export function available in Unity Pro supports the following operations

from the structural and functional project views:

bVia the import function, to reuse all or part of a project created previously in the

current project

bVia the export function, to copy all or part of the current project to a file for

subsequent reuse

The files generated on export are generally in XML format (1). However, variables

can also be exported or imported in the following formats:

b.xvm format compatible with OFS data server software

bSource format, in a .scy file compatible with PL7™ design software

bText format with separator (TAB), in a .txt file for compatibility with any other system

On import, data can be assigned to new instances of the following elements via an

assistant:

bDFB function blocks

bDDT data structures

bSimple data

Furthermore, when importing a function module, the data associated with animation

tables and operator screens is also reassigned.

The XML import function also supports the transfer of a Modicon® M340™, Atrium™,

Premium™ or Quantum™ PLC configuration prepared in the SIS Pro costing and

configuration tool for use in the creation of a project in Unity Pro.

This import function means that the user does not have to repeat the PLC

configuration process when this has already been completed in the SIS Pro tool.

(1) XML language: Open text-based language providing structural and semantic information.

Modifying the program with the PLC in RUN

Cross-References functions

Import/export function

Presentation:

page 4/4

Setup:

pages 4/5 to 4/8

Structure:

pages 4/9 to 4/11

IEC language:

pages 4/12 to 4/17

References:

pages 4/29 and 4/31

4/27

Functions (continued) Modicon® Automation Platform 0

Unity Pro™ software

Unity Pro's integrated conversion tools can be used to convert PLC applications

created with Concept™ and PL7™ programming and setup software in Unity Pro

applications.

The conversion can be performed from a Concept V2.5 application (possible in V2.11

or later but only once it has been updated to version V2.5). In order to perform the

conversion, the application must be exported to an ASCII file in Concept.

The export file is converted into Unity Pro source files automatically. This

source file is then analyzed by Unity Pro. At the end of the procedure, a conversion

report is generated and an output window displays any conversion errors from which

the part of the program to be modified can be accessed directly.

The Concept application converter converts the application into Unity Pro but does

not guarantee that it will operate correctly in real time. It is therefore essential to test

or debug any converted application.

The conversion can be performed from a PL7 application V4 or later (Premium PLC

or Atrium slot PLC). In order to perform the conversion, the source file (complete

application) or source file (user function block) must be exported in PL7.

The conversion procedure is similar to that of the Concept conversion described

above.

Note : Conversion of PLC applications created with Concept, Modsoft®, and ProWORX™

software, in LL984 is possible. Please consult your local sales office.

OS-Loader software is designed for updating operating systems on Atrium, Premium

and Quantum platforms and is supplied with Unity Pro software.

It can be used to upgrade the processor and modules from PL7 or Concept software

for compatibility with Unity Pro:

bPremium™ TSX P57 2p3M/2623M and TSX P57 3p3M/3623M processors

bQuantum™ 140 CPU 434 12A and 140 CPU 534 14A processors (requires PV 04

or later)

bEthernet TSX ETY p102 and 140 NOE 771 p1 communication modules

These operating system updates are performed as follows for the various types of

processor:

bUni-Telway RS 485 terminal link for Premium™ processors

bModbus® or Modbus Plus™ terminal link for Quantum processors

bEthernet TCP/IP network for integrated Ethernet port on Premium processors and

Ethernet Premium and Quantum processors (1)

Note: For Modicon M340 this service is supplied by Unity Loader (see page 4/38)

(1) Updating the OS on a Quantum 140 CPU 671 60 processor is performed through an Ethernet

network on its MT-RJ type optical fiber connector (and through a transceiver or a ConneXium

switch for electrical/optical interfacing)

Application converters

Concept™/Unity Pro™ software converter (Quantum™ PLC)

PL7™/Unity Pro™ software converter (Premium™ and Atrium™ slot PLC)

Operating system update utilities

Presentation:

page 4/4

Setup:

pages 4/5 to 4/8

Structure:

pages 4/9 to 4/11

IEC language:

pages 4/12 to 4/17

References:

pages 4/29 and 4/31

4/28

Functions (continued) Modicon® Automation Platform 0

Unity Pro™ software

The drivers used most frequently on the Atrium™, Premium™ and Quantum™

platforms are installed at the same time as the Unity Pro software.

Unity Pro also includes the following communication drivers, which can be installed

as required (1):

Advanced openness, which is reserved for experienced IT engineers, supports the

development of interfaces between Unity and expert tools as well as specific

user-defined functions.

This type of development requires expert IT knowledge in the following areas:

bC++ or Visual Basic languages

bClient/server architectures

bXML and COM/DCOM technologies

bIssues relating to data synchronization

As a supplement to the Unity Pro Extra Large software (3), the UDE (Unity

Developer's Edition) development tool UNY UDE VFU CD21E can be used to set up

made-to-order solutions. In addition to a development kit, it includes the Unity

servers and documentation.

Unity Developer’s Edition is compatible with:

bUnity Pro™ PLC configuration Extra Large.

bAll Modicon®M340™ processors.

bAll Atrium™ slot-PLCs.

bAll Premium ™ Unity™ processors.

bAll Quantum™ Unity™ processors.

(1) Also available as separate part TLX CD DRV 20M

(2) Windows® 98 only

(3) Only Unity Pro Extra Large implements dynamic databases management for OFS data

servers and 3rd party software.

Communication drivers

Driver type Windows ® XP

Windows®

2000

Windows®NT Windows®98

Millennium

Windows®95

Uni-Telway COM port V1.9 IE20 V1.9 IE17 V1.7 IE18 V7.8 IE18

Uni-Telway TSX SCP 114 V1.2 IE05

Modbus® COM port V1.6 IE29

Fip ISA TSX FPC10 card V1.4 IE06 V1.3 IE08 V1.4 IE06 V2.4 IE08

Fip TSX FPC20 PCMCIA card V1.2 IE03 V1.1 IE08 V1.2 IE04

Ethway V1.4 IE05 V1.1 IE03 V2.6 IE06 (2)

ISAway PCX 57, ISA card V1.2 IE04 V1.5 IE06 V1.2 IE04 V1.2 IE09

PCIway Atrium, PCI card V1.1 IE09 –

XIP X-Way on TCP/IP V1.10 IE22

USB for USB terminal port V1.2 IE17 –

Unity Developer’s Edition, advanced openness

Presentation:

page 4/4

Setup:

pages 4/5 to 4/8

Structure:

pages 4/9 to 4/11

IEC language:

pages 4/12 to 4/17

References:

pages 43/29 and 4/31

4/29

References Modicon® Automation Platform 0

Unity Pro™ software

The software is available in 4 versions:

b Unity Pro Small for programming and setting up Unity automation platforms:

v Modicon® M340™ PLC — BMX P34 1000 and BMX P34 20p0

b Unity Pro Medium for programming and setting up Unity automation platforms:

v Modicon M340 PLC — BMX P34 1000 and BMX P34 20p0

v Atrium™ PLC — TSX PCI 57 20

v Premium™ PLC — TSX 57 0p, 57 10 and 57 20 ®™

b Unity Pro Large for programming and setting up automation platforms:

v Modicon M340 PLC — BMX P34 1000 and BMX P34 20p0

v Atrium PLC — TSX PCI 57 20 and 57 30

v Premium PLC — TSX 57 0p, 57 10, 57 20, 57 30 and 57 40

v Quantum™ PLC — with 140 CPU 311 10, 434 12U and 534 14U processors

b Unity Pro Extra Large for programming and setting up all Unity automation

platforms:

v Modicon M340 PLC — BMX P34 1000, and BMX P34 20p0

v Atrium PLC — TSX PCI 57 20 and 57 30

v Premium PLC — TSX 57 0p, 57 10, 57 20, 57 30, 57 40 and 57 50

v Quantum PLC — with 140 CPU 311 10, 434 12U, 534 14U, 651 50, 651 60 and

Hot Standby 140 CPU 671 60 processors

Users who have already purchased these installed base software programs and

have a current subscription may purchase Unity Pro version V3.0 software at

reduced prices. These upgrades are only possible for licenses of the same type (from

Concept XL group license to Unity Pro Extra Large group license).

Unity Pro multilingual software is compatible with Windows® 2000 Professional and

Windows® XP operating systems.

It comprises:

bDocumentation in electronic format in 6 languages (English, Spanish, French,

German, Italian and Chinese)

bConverters for converting applications created with Concept and PL7 Pro

programming software

b PLC simulator

Cables for connecting the processor to the programming PC must be ordered

separately.

References

Unity Pro™ Small, Medium, Large and Extra Large software packages

Upgrade kits for Concept™, PL7 Pro™ and ProWORX™ software

OS Windows® composition and compatibility

Presentation:

page 4/4

Setup:

pages 4/5 to 4/8

Structure:

pages 4/9 to 4/11

IEC language:

pages 4/12 to 4/17

Functions:

pages 4/18 and 4/28

4/30

References (continued) Modicon® Automation Platform 0

Unity Pro™ software

References (continued)

Unity Pro Small version 3.0 software packages

For PLCs Description Type of license Reference Weight

BMX P34 1000

BMX P34 20p0

Unity Pro Small software

packages

Single-station UNYSPUSFUCD30 –

Group (3 stations) UNYSPUSFGCD30 –

Team (10 stations) UNYSPUSFTCD30 –

Software upgrades from:

- Concept S

-PL7Micro

-ProWORX

™ software

NxT/32 Lite

Single-station UNYSPUSZUCD30 –

Group (3 stations) UNYSPUSZGCD30 –

Team (10 stations) UNYSPUSZTCD30 –

Unity Pro Medium version 3.0 software packages

For PLCs Description Type of license Reference Weight

BMX P34 1000

BMX P34 20p0

TSX 57 0p…57 20

TSX PCI 57 20

Unity Pro Medium software

packages

Single-station UNYSPUMFUCD30 –

Group (3 stations) UNYSPUMFGCD30 –

Team (10 stations) UNYSPUMFTCD30 –

Software upgrades from:

- Concept S, M

- PL7 Micro, Junior

- ProWORX™ softwart

NxT/32 Lite

Single-station UNYSPUMZUCD30 –

Group (3 stations) UNYSPUMZGCD30 –

Team (10 stations) UNYSPUMZTCD30 –

Unity Pro Large version 3.0 software packages

For PLCs Description Type of license Reference Weight

BMX P34 1000

BMX P34 20p0

TSX 57 0p…57 40

TSX PCI 57 20/30

140 CPU 311 10

140 CPU 434 12U

140 CPU 534 14U

Unity Pro Large software

packages

Single-station UNYSPULFUCD30 –

Group (3 stations) UNYSPULFGCD30 –

Team (10 stations) UNYSPULFTCD30 –

Site (> 10 stations) UNYSPULFFCD30 –

Software upgrades from:

- Concept S, M

- PL7 Micro, Junior, Pro

- ProWORX™ software

NxT/32 Lite

Single-station UNYSPULZUCD30 –

Group (3 stations) UNYSPULZGCD30 –

Team (10 stations) UNYSPULZTCD30 –

Site (> 10 stations) UNYSPULZFCD30 –

Unity Pro Extra Large version 3.0 software packages

For PLCs Description Type of license Reference Weight

BMX P34 1000

BMX P34 20p0

TSX 57 0p…57 50

TSX PCI 57 20/30

140 CPU 311 10

140 CPU 434 12U

140 CPU 534 14U

140 CPU 651 50/60

140 CPU 671 60

Unity Pro Extra Large software

packages

Single-station UNYSPUEFUCD30 –

Group (3 stations) UNYSPUEFGCD30 –

Team (10 stations) UNYSPUEFTCD30 –

Site (> 10 stations) UNYSPUEFFCD30 –

Software upgrades from:

- Concept S, M, XL

- PL7 Micro, Junior, Pro

- ProWORX™ software

NxT Lite, Full

- ProWORX™ software

32 Lite, Full

Single-station UNYSPUEZUCD30 –

Group (3 stations) UNYSPUEZGCD30 –

Team (10 stations) UNYSPUEZTCD30 –

Site (> 10 stations) UNYSPUEZFCD30 –

Unity Developer’s Edition

For PLCs Description Type of licence Reference Weight

BMX P34 1000

BMX P34 20p0

TSX 57 0p…57 50

TSX PCI 57 20/30

140 CPU 311 10

140 CPU 434 12U

140 CPU 534 14U

140 CPU 651 50/60

140 CPU 671 60

UDE Unity Developer’s Edition

Requires Unity Pro Extra Large

Single-station UNYUDEVFUCD21E –

Presentation:

page 4/4

Setup:

pages 4/5 and 4/6

Software structure:

pages 4/7 to 4/9

IEC language:

pages 4/10 to 4/15

Functions:

pages 4/16 to 4/26

4/31

References (continued) Modicon® Automation Platform 0

Unity Pro™ software

(1) With TSX CUSB 485 converter, use the TSX CRJMD 25 cord set (equipped with 1 x mini-DIN

and 1 x RJ45 connectors.

References (continued)

Documentation for Unity Pro version 3.0

For PLCs Description Type of license Reference Weight

Hardware and software

manuals (on DVD)

Platform setup for:

- Modicon M340

- Atrium/Premium

- Quantum

- Momentum

Electromagnetic compatibility

of networks and fieldbuses

Software setup for:

- Unity Pro

- EF/EFB/DFB function blocks

library

Multilingual: English, Spanish,

French, German, Italian and

Chinese

UNYUSE909CDM –

Separate parts

Description Use from processor To PC port Length Reference Weight

PC terminal connection

cables

USB Mini B port

Modicon M340

BMX P34 1000/20p0

USB port 1.8 m BMXXCAUSBH018 0.065

4.5 m BMXXCAUSBH045 0.110

Mini-DIN port for

Premium TSX 57 1p/2p/3p/4p

Atrium TSX PCI 57

RS 232D (15-pin

SUB-D connector)

2.5 m TSXPCX1031 0.170

USB port

(USB/RS 485

converter)

0,4 m TSXCUSB485

(1)

0,144

USB port

(Mini-DIN/RJ45

cordset)

2.5 m TSXCRJMD25 0.150

Modbus port

15-pin SUB-D Quantum

140 CPU 311 10

140 CPU 434 12A

140 CPU 534 14A

RS 232D (15-pin

SUB-D connector)

3.7 m 990NAA26320 0.300

15 m 990NAA26350 0.180

USB port Premium TSX 57 5p

Quantum 140 CPU 6p1

USB port 3.3 m UNYXCAUSB033 –

RJ45 connector for Modbus

port Quantum 140 CPU 6p1

RJ45 connector 1 m 110XCA28201 –

3 m 110XCA28202 –

6 m 110XCA28203 –

TSX PCX 1031

TSX CUSB 485

BMXXCAUSBH0pp

4/32

Presentation,

setup

Modicon® M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Unity™ EFB Toolkit software

Unity EFB Toolkit is the software for developing EF functions and EFB function

blocks in C language and is optional software for Unity Pro. It can be used to develop

new functions (whose internal code is written in C language) to extend and complete

the set of functions proposed as standard in Unity Pro. This software comes with

Microsoft® Visual C++ @.Net which can be used to debug the functions used on the

Unity Pro PLC simulator. Unity EFB Toolkit also includes a service for creating and

managing families of functions, with a view to their integration in the Unity Pro

function libraries.

C language development software is a tool for managing the whole function while it

is being performed. It provides:

bA user-friendly creation interface, integrated in Unity Pro, with automatic file

organization

bPowerful tools for testing and debugging

bManagement of compatibilities and software versions of created functions

bGeneration of files for subsequent installation of functions on other development

stations

The software can be used to define different function families. Functions, known as

EFs/EFBs are stored in families, making it possible to create an organized library of

functions written in C language.

Once created, these families can be distributed and integrated in the Unity Pro

libraries.

They are:

bArranged in families/functions

bUsed in all languages with the same flexibility as standard functions (data entry

wizard)

bManaged by the Unity Pro library tool (version management)

The various tabs in the EFB Toolkit software editor allow the user to create the

function by:

bDeclaring the interface; all data types are possible (elementary, structures, tables)

bSupporting public and private variables

Writing the source code file in C language

A function written in C language can access numerous internal PLC services such

as the real-time clock, PLC variables, system words, and math functions. In

particular, it is possible to perform numerical processing in floating point format.

Presentation

Setup

Managing function families

Editing functions

4/33

Setup (continued),

reference

Modicon® M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Unity™ EFB Toolkit software

The function created can be tested after insertion in an application and loading into

the Unity Pro PLC simulator.

The Microsoft® Visual C++ tool is used to debug the function.

It is used to:

bInsert breakpoints

bPerform step by step execution

bDisplay the code with the breakpoints visible

bDisplay manipulated data

Note: To generate the code for a Modicon M340 platform, a specific GNU compiler is used. It is

supplied with the Unity EFB Toolkit.

Once the function has been debugged, it can be generated and distributed, and the

updating tool supplied with Unity Pro can be used to enhance the libraries on a user

station.

Version management means that at any time the user knows the level of functions

installed on a station and can update the application with the latest existing versions.

Unity EFB Toolkit is compatible with Unity Pro Small, Medium, Large, and

Extra Large.

Developing EF functions and EFB functions is possible for the Modicon® M340™,

Premium™, Atrium™, and Quantum™ platforms.

The companion software for Unity Pro, Unity EFB Toolkit can be used to create EF

elementary blocks and EFB elementary function blocks. These are developed in

Visual C++ language and are integrated in Unity Pro function block libraries.

The Unity EFB Toolkit software and its documentation are supplied in electronic form

on CD-ROM in English.

Setup (continued)

Debugging functions

Enhancing the function library

Compatibility

References

Description Type of

license

Language Reference Weight

Unity EFB Toolkit, kit for

developing EF and EFB

blocks

Single

(1 station)

English

(software and

electronic

documentation)

UNYSPUZFUCD30E –

4/34

Presentation Modicon® M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Unity™ SFC View software

Unity SFC View is integrated in human/machine interface (HMI) applications for

monitoring Unity Pro sequential applications written in sequential function chart

language (SFC or Grafcet) executed by a PLC.

Set up in the same way as an ActiveX® control component, Unity SFC View is used

to display status information relating to SFC charts executed by a Modicon®M340™,

Premium™ or Quantum™ PLC. Installed on an HMI station, Unity SFC View monitors

and controls the status of SFC charts in real time, supplying detailed diagnostic data.

Unity SFC View reads the necessary data from the Unity project database in offline

mode. The PLC data is accessed online via the OFS (OPC Factory Server).

Without needing to recreate SFC charts in the HMI environment, Unity SFC View

reads the structure of the SFC charts directly from the Unity project database.

Modifications made to the SFC application are detected and updated at any time.

In online mode, Unity SFC View accesses the PLC diagnostic data, thus enabling

awareness and tracking of the occurrence of the first fault and subsequent faults.

System downtime is much reduced since Unity SFC View enables maintenance staff

to locate the source of the problem much more quickly.

Unity SFC View is designed for end users and system designers who wish to

integrate this control into their HMI system. Unity SFC View is compatible with most

HMI platforms handling ActiveX® Control components, such as Vijeo™ Look control

software or Monitor Pro™ supervisory software, or in a programming environment

such as Visual Basic.

Presentation

4/35

Presentation (continued) Modicon® M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Unity™ SFC View software

Unity SFC View offers 3 views:

bAn overview for managing selection of SFC charts

bTwo detailed views presenting the status and diagnostic data of the selected SFC

chart

The overview provides a general view of all the SFC charts in a Unity project. It

contains real-time data such as current step, simultaneous steps, chart error with

indication of the SFC chart status. The overview makes it easy to browse through

SFC charts and switch quickly to the detailed view of the desired SFC chart in the

Unity Pro application.

The simple detailed view shows the elementary data on the active step (or selected

step) of the SFC chart in real time. The data displayed may include the name,

comment, chart and step status, as well as the activity times (min, max, actual). You

can also enable the chart navigation option.

Because of the compact size of the simple detailed view, it is possible to place

several instances of it on a single HMI screen relating to a certain part of the process.

From this simple detailed mode, you can navigate between HMI screens with SFC

View controls and display the detailed view of SFC charts.

The detailed view illustrates the details of an SFC chart in real time. The display

indicates the current step, the transition awaiting activation and the next step. The

actions associated with the steps are displayed along with sequence selections or

parallel branches. The detailed diagnostic data includes analysis of the causes of the

fault at transition level. Depending on the diagnostic mode, the error grid contains the

causes of errors or all the variables assigned to the transition logic. The current state

of the various variables and selected errors are identified by different colors.

Transition logic diagnostics is a key function of Unity SFC View. It minimizes system

downtimes in the event of a fault.

Two different diagnostic modes are available:

bUnity SFC View reads the data in the Unity PLC diagnostic buffer. It provides

information about faulty or missing events that are preventing the transition from

being enabled. This mode does not require any configuration or additional

programming in the PLC program.

bUnity SFC View monitors the internal logic of the transition conditions

back-to-front. This mode provides diagnostic data concerning all the inputs

connected to the transition (not limited to faulty inputs). In this mode, for Premium™,

Atrium™ and- Quantum™ platforms, Unity SFC View uses specific EFB function

blocks linked to the transition conditions. The library for these blocks is supplied with

the Unity SFC View software.

Unity SFC View offers a programming interface which can be used to integrate the

ActiveX® Control component in an HMI application and customize its functions and

its operator interface.

The ActiveX® Control component in Unity SFC View can be customized. It accepts

properties, methods and events (all the properties have a default value).

The properties pages simplify configuration. Unity SFC View accepts scripts with

functions such as browsing through charts, and status control of charts, and also

events such as error notification or chart selection. This data can be used to launch

programs or operator screens.

The 3 Unity SFC View views

Overview

Simple detailed view

Detailed view

Diagnostic mode

SFC View properties page

Customization

4/36

Presentation (continued) Modicon® M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Unity™ SFC View software

Unity SFC View is used in a configuration where the OFS and Unity Pro software

reside on the same PC platform as the HMI application.

In a distributed configuration, the OFS and Unity Pro software can be installed on

different servers.

Possible architectures

Basic architecture

Operator station with HMI

application and Unity Pro,

OFS and SFC View

programs and projects

Modicon M340, Premium, Atrium or

Quantum with Unity SFC program

Distributed architecture

Operator station with HMI

application and SFC View

projects

Ethernet TCP/IP

Unity projects

OFS server

P Server (Unity)

PLC network

COM or

DCOM

Modicon M340, Premium, Atrium or

Quantum with Unity SFC program

4/37

Presentation (continued) Modicon® M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Unity™ SFC View software

When integrated in an HMI application, Unity SFC View can be used to monitor and

control charts in applications developed in Sequential Function Chart (SFC)

language running on Premium™/Quantum™ Unity PLCs.

The HMI station, compatible with Windows® 2000 or Windows®XP Professional

operating systems, must support ActiveX® Control components.

Unity SFC View V2.0 requires:

bUnity Pro V3.p XL, to be ordered separately

bOFS V3.3 data server software, to be ordered separately

Unity SFC View multilingual software, supplied on a CD-ROM, includes:

bThe SFC View ActiveX® Control component

bThe EFB function block library for Unity Pro V3.p

bAn example of how to integrate SFC View in Unity Pro projects

bThe electronic documentation (English, French and German)

The Unity SFC View integration example illustrates the main possibilities offered by

Unity SFC View. This is an executable program which does not need HMI software

in order to run. It helps the user understand how to configure and use the Unity SFC

View ActiveX® Control component.

References

Description Type of license Reference Weight

Unity SFC View software

packages

(version V2.0)

Single (1 station) UNYSDUMFUCD20 –

Team (10 stations) UNYSDUMFTCD20 –

Site (100 stations) UNYSDUMFFCD20 –

4/38

Presentation,

setup

Modicon® M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Unity™ Dif application comparison software

Unity Dif application comparison software for Modicon M340/Premium/Atrium/

Quantum platforms is an optional program which complements the Unity Pro

Extra Large programming software. It is used to compare two Unity applications

generated by Unity Pro and automatically provide an exhaustive list of all the

differences between them.

The Unity Dif program increases productivity in the main life phases of a control

system based on a M340/Premium/Atrium/Quantum platforms:

bApplication development and debugging.

bStarting up installations and processes.

bOperation and maintenance of installations and processes.

Unity Dif software is an efficient tool for handling Unity applications for:

bControl system design offices.

bOperation and maintenance managers.

bInstallers and systems integrators.

The Unity Dif software can be used in one of two modes:

bInteractive mode, when the comparison is launched by an operator command

(double-click on the Unity Dif software icon).

bAutomatic mode, when it is launched by a previously established call command.

These comparison commands locate all the differences between two applications in

terms of:

bThe hardware configuration (Modicon M340/Premium/Atrium/Quantum)

bThe network configuration (Ethernet TCP/IP network, CANopen bus and RIO

remote I/O)

bThe entire of variables and function block instances

bThe application structure and its content (regardless of the language(s) used)

bThe function modules.

bThe code for the DFB user function blocks and DDT coumpound data.

bThe project options.

The result of the comparison between the two applications can be:

bDisplayed.

bPrinted.

bSaved in .txt format in a differences list.

The end of the comparison operation is signalled by the appearance of the

application browser with its two tabs.

1 Identification tab for accessing the

characteristics of the two applications being

compared. The differences are marked by the

sign #.

2 Browser tab for accessing the application

multilevel tree structure.

(1) RIO remote I/O for Modicon Quantum platform.

Presentation

Software setup

Comparison

4/39

Setup (continued),

reference

Modicon® M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Unity™ Dif application comparison software

The representation of the application multilevel tree structure, which can be

accessed via the browser tab after launching a comparison, is annotated by

4 symbols in which the information associated with application 1 appear in blue and

those associated with application 2 appear in red:

In the example opposite, a difference on the rung causing changeover to manual

mode is detected:

1This line displayed in blue belongs to application 1 [Prj1]

2This line displayed in red belongs to application 2 [Prj2]

The source code extracts of both applications can be used to locate the differences

precisely.

The “Report” command allows to generate the report file (.txt):

This software extension used to compare two PL7 applications generated by Unity Pro software

version uV2.1

Setup (continued)

Display of results

This branch, found in this level of the tree structure, contains at least

one difference

This block contains at least one difference

This section is only present in application 1

This section is only present in application 2

Differentiation report

Reference

Function Target

extension PLC

target

Type of device Reference Weight

Unity Dif application

comparison software

extension

CD-Rom containing

software and electronic

documentation (English-

French)

Unity Pro

Extra Large

Modicon M340/

Premium/Atrium

Quantum

Single

(1 station)

UNYSDUDFUCD20 –

4/40

Presentation,

functions

Automation platform 0

Modicon® M340™ PLC

Unity™ Loader software

Unity Loader is companion software to Unity Pro and is used to perform maintenance

operations on automation applications. Its easy setup and the small size of its

executable make it an essential tool for updating Modicon M340 PLC projects when

it is not necessary to read or modify the program. It is also essential software for

updating the embedded software on the M340 PLC. It performs the following two

main functions:

bTransfer of automation project components from the PC to the PLC or from the

PLC to the PC, such as the program, data, files and user Web pages stored in the

memory cartridge

bTransfer of embedded software from the PC to the processor or Ethernet

communication modules

The software is designed to be used by people with limited automation expertise. The

interface consists of four tabs, and buttons within each of the tabs to perform different

operations.

bThe first tab, Project, is used for project transfers: program, data and user files. The

three exchange operations between the PC and the processor can be sequenced

together in a single command.

bThe second tab, Operating System, is used to update the embedded software in

the PLC. The screen displays the detailed content of the PLC firmware versions, and

when a file is selected on the PC, the characteristics of that file are displayed.

bThe third tab, Options, is used to configure the working environment, including the

location of files on the PLC, and selection of one of six languages (English, Spanish,

French, German, Italian, and Chinese) for the interface and online help.

The last tab can be used to display information about the software.

Note: Regardless of which tab is selected, the connection status with the PLC is displayed, along

with commands for connecting/disconnecting and changing the PLC operating mode.

The software can be used to transfer the components of a project in either direction:

bProgram: binary and source, if the application has been built using the source

format

bData file: located and unlocated data

bData on the processor memory cartridge: user files (if the cartridge allows this)

Unity Pro can be used to transfer the application from either the application file .stu,

or the archive file .sta. The program file and data formats, along with the functions

performed by Unity Loader, are identical to those built and used by Unity Pro.

When the cartridge-based user files are transferred from the PLC to the PC, a private

file specific to Unity Loader is created. The operation is then possible in the other

direction. Unity Pro cannot be used to perform this type of transfer.

In order to simplify project management, Unity Loader defaults to store the three files

read in the PLC in the same directory with an identical file name (the project name

by default), but with a different file extension. The default choice suggested can be

modified by the user.

Once connected to the PLC, Unity Loader displays the characteristics of the data

read in the PLC. Similarly, when the files are selected on the PC, the corresponding

characteristics are also displayed. All the data necessary to decide on the action

required is displayed on a single screen. The three components of the project are

selected by default, provided that they are valid for the chosen direction of transfer.

Transfer of one or two of the components can be disabled. All of the transfers are

performed in a single command.

Presentation

Software graphic interface

Modicon® M340™ PLC project transfer

Exchanges between the PC and the PLC processor

Unity Loader: Project tab

Unity Loader: Operating System tab

4/41

Functions (continued),

reference

Automation platform 0

Modicon® M340™ PLC

Unity™ Loader software

The BMX NOE 0100/BMX NOE 0110 communication modules contain a memory

cartridge that can store user web pages, depending on the model used. When Unity

Loader is connected to the communication module, web pages can be transferred

from the module to the PC or vice versa. The operating mode is identical to that

available for exchanges with the processor.

Firmware can be updated by following the same principle as that used for transferring

projects.

Once connected to the PLC, Unity Loader displays the characteristics of the firmware

read in the PLC. Similarly, when a file corresponding to a valid file for the firmware is

selected on the PC, the corresponding characteristics are also displayed. All the data

necessary to decide on whether the update should be performed is displayed on a

single screen.

Unity Loader uses two communication vectors, USB and Ethernet. USB is always

available for exchanges with the PLC processor. Ethernet is essential for exchanges

with the Ethernet modules and can also be used for exchanges with processors

which have an integrated Ethernet port.

When Unity Loader is connected to an Ethernet network, it is possible to define a

range of addresses to be scanned and thus display all the devices recognized on the

network. By selecting the Modicon M340 PLC, the transfer operations can then be

performed.

All connection and transfer operations, along with any errors, are recorded in a trace

file stored in the PC.

Unity Loader is compatible with Modicon M340 PLCs.

Its use is totally independent from Unity Pro. Program files and PLC data are

compatible between Unity Pro and Unity Loader.

Unity Loader is available in two formats. It is automatically provided with all versions

of Unity Pro Small, Medium, Large and Extra Large. It can also be ordered

separately.

The product includes a graphic interface and documentation in six languages

(English, Spanish, French, German, Italian, and Chinese).

Modicon® M340™ PLC project transfer (continued)

File transfer to the Modicon M340 PLC Ethernet communication module

Updating embedded software in the Modicon®M340™ processor

and Ethernet communication modules

Communication between the PC and the PLC

PLC Type Ethernet port USB port

BMX P34 1000 CPU

BMX P34 2010 CPU

BMX P34 2020 CPU

BMX P34 2030 CPU

BMX NOE 0100 Ethernet module

BMX NOE 0110 Ethernet module

Supported

Compatibility

Reference

Description Type Reference Weight

Unity Loader Single license UNYSMUZUCD30 –

Unity Loader: Network scanning

4/40

Modicon® Premium™/Quantum™

automation platform 0

Unity™ Application Generator

Unity Application Generator for designing and generating

process applications

Unity Application Generator (UAG) is a specialized software productivity tool for

modeling and generating process applications in a collaborative environment.

For process type applications, UAG provides a single database containing all the

project information (process model, control conﬁ guration and SCADA integration).

Using an approach based on reusable control devices (PID, motor, valve,etc.), UAG

which complies with the standard ISA S88 and generates the PLC code (Unity Pro &

Concept), plus all the elements required by the HMI monitoring system (Magelis) or

SCADA (Monitor Pro V7.2 (1) or third-party supervision system).

Single entry and central information management ensure data consistency and the

integration of the control (PLC) and monitoring (HMI/SCADA) systems.

Process models

Physical model (process view)

Process components and logical structureation of the process are based on the ISA

S88 standard.

Adopting the ISA S88 standard provides the following beneﬁ ts:

■ Considerable process ﬂ exibility.

■ Signiﬁ cant reduction in development and delivery timescales.

■ A standardized, uniform solution.

■ Reuse of sub-elements.

UAG offers the 6 structural levels from the ISA S88 standard (site, area, process cell,

unit, equipment module and control module):

These levels can be found again within the applications structure (supervision and

PLC) generated by UAG. Process parameters for control devices, such as motors,

control loops and valves, are set at control module level.

Topological model (automation view)

In a Collaborative Control environment, UAG can be applied to the entire process’

control, monitoring and supervision topology. The topological view includes all

devices with I/O points, as well as the communication channels between these

devices.

UAG supports:

■ Architectures comprising automation platforms.

□ Modicon Quantum, Premium and Atrium with Unity Pro.

□ Modicon Quantum and Momentum with Concept.

■ SCADA systems (Monitor Pro, iFix or generic), Magelis panels.

■ Ethernet TCP/IP and Modbus Plus communication networks.

■ Third-party devices.

The process for conﬁ guration of networks, PLC applications with their I/O and other

devices of the topological model , takes place directly in UAG.

Complet model (project view)

The physical and topological models are independent and can be created in

parallel by independent process and automation experts.

The models are integrated via simple drag & drop operations between the two views..

This integration simply involves assigning PLC I/O points to control devices

(valves, motors, etc.).

Presentation

4/41

Modicon® Premium™/Quantum™

automation platform 0

Unity™ Application Generator

Integrating your expertise in UAG

Smart Control Devices (SCoDs)

UAG software is an object-oriented tool based on these Smart Control Devices.

These elements describe a part of the process, including all the aspects of the

process control system:

■ Links to the PLC logic.

■ Links to the graphic representation in the supervisory system.

■ Description of I/O interfaces.

■ Description of interfaces intended for HMI/SCADA supervisory.

■ Information related for handling alarms and events.

■Documentation.

In UAG these multi-faceted elements are called SCoDs (Smart Control Devices).

They are created using UAG’s speciﬁ c SCoD editor.

A SCoD is deﬁ ned for each control devices, and is created with the help of the SCoD

editor by:

■ Using the DFB or EFB interface of the PLC logic (Unity Pro/Concept) by importing

FBD Language.

■ Assigning a supervisory graphic reference (Monitor Pro (1) or others).

■ Deﬁ ning the Smart control Device parameters and their behavior in the process

control system:

□ control device parameters and attributes from the process side (operating modes,

threshold limits, alarm texts, etc.).

□ I/O parameters and attributes for PLC logic,

□ parameters and attributes for HMI/SCADA supervisory.

■ Deﬁ ning conﬁ guration screens for the UAG user interface.

■ Deﬁ ning default or initial parameters.

This means that you can integrate your process expertise and know-how in your

own SCoD libraries and reuse them again and again in all your UAG applications.

Customization

UAG can be used to deﬁ ne your own standards and apply them. It provides a uniform

solution based on your standards, and prepares for validation operations.

During the design phase, the risk of error is kept to a minimum, thereby reducing

debugging and maintenance costs too.

UAG can be used to customize:

■ The selection of SCoD libraries.

■ The symbols nomenclature used in UAG.

■ The selection of PLC platforms and modules.

■ The deﬁ nition of access levels, display formats, units of measurement, etc. used

for HMI/SCADA supervisory.

■ The user documentation.

■ Security.

This means that you can integrate your process expertise and standards in all

your UAG applications.

Documentation

PLC Logic Maintenance

DiagnosticLocking

Documentation

Security I/O interfaces

Alarms/

events

Graphic

representation

PLC

IHM

ontrol Loop

Documentation

PLC Logic Maintenance

DiagnosticLocking

Documentation

Security I/O interfaces

Alarms/

events

Graphic

representation

PLC

IHM

ontrol Loop

Presentation (continued)

4/42

Modicon® Premium™/Quantum™

automation platform 0

Unity™ Application Generator

Integrating your expertise in UAG (continued)

Modeling process applications

Once you have created the customization based on your standards and chosen your

SCoD libraries, UAG offers you a simple, user-friendly, application-speciﬁ c method

of working.

The process is deﬁ ned using the physical model (process view), exploiting the

expertise provided at customization and SCoD library creation stages. This means

that the process behavior and the process conﬁ guration screens match exactly your

requirements.

The process control is deﬁ ned using the topological model (automation view), again,

in accordance with your customization.

■ Process design using UAG is made easy through functional analyses. It allows

the user to reliably track the exact project status. In order to be able to detect any

error or oversight as soon as possible, UAG analyzes the project and ﬂ ags any bugs

at the various levels of the project, for instance:

■ At physical model level:

□ SCoD instance attributes that are missing or over limit,

□ invalid or missing interlock parameters.

■ At topological model level:

□ Communication channels between devices that are not deﬁ ned,

□ invalid or missing communication parameters.

■ At project level:

□ SCoD data is being transmitted from another PLC, but communication with this

device has not been conﬁ gured,

□ the SCoD data is not assigned to any PLC I/O variable,

□ behavior on response time for I/O variables that is not deﬁ ned.

This means that your process expertise and know-how is made available to be

used in UAG, ensuring consistent process application modeling.

Generating process applications

UAG provides at a single point all the process information intended for the project’s

multiple applications (PLCs, HMI/SCADA), along with the communication

parameters.

When applications are generated this information is used to create the conﬁ guration

and part of the control logic in using IEC 61131-3 FBD functional language. The

following items are generated:

■ At PLC level:

□ Hardware conﬁ guration,

□ localized and non-localized data with its initial value and symbol,

□ initialization,

□ inter-PLC communication and distributed I/O (I/O Scanning on Ethernet or Peer

Coop on Modbus Plus),

□ DFB/EFB block data (information from SCoDs),

□ interlocks.

■ At HMI/SCADA level:

□ Data for graphic animations,

□ localized data with its corresponding symbol (display, alarm, archiving

information.),

□ user access rights.

■ At communication level:

□ Communication driver conﬁ guration (Monitor Pro (1) and iFIX),

□ conﬁ guration data for third-party devices (via an XML interface).

The generation process in UAG is incremental, which makes it possible to

supplement the various applications with their dedicated tools outside UAG without

any risk. Incremental generation in UAG only impacts changed elements within the

applications, which ensures that any additions made using the dedicated tools are

stored permanently. This means that your process expertise and know-how is

quickly operational in your process without any errors or oversights.

Presentation (continued)

4/43

Modicon® Premium™/Quantum™

automation platform 0

Unity™ Application Generator

Validation

UAG is a specialized functional tool for process experts and has been developed to

comply with the following process standards:

■ ISA S88.

■ GAMP (Good Automation Manufacturing Practice).

UAG uses ISA S88 standard terminology for batch control and adopts the GAMP

methodology for creating an automated system.

The inclusion of these two standards provides major support in the task of approving

and validating processes. Validation according to FDA 21CFR Part 11 regulations is

simpliﬁ ed by UAG, as it provides:

■ All process information at a single point, based on functional analysis.

■ Automatic generation of process applications by UAG.

■ Archiving in compliance with FDA regulations.

■ A log of all interactions by UAG.

■ Electronic documentation.

UAG tracks and documents every modiﬁ cation made. The version control system, in

compliance with regulation FDA 21 CFR Part 11, ensures simple, straightforward

validation.

Active collaboration

Compatible with third-party tools

UAG arranges existing information according to your operating objectives and

constraints. Open import/export interfaces are available at every level, facilitating the

connection of third-party tools at any time. This means that you can share your

expertise by reusing, for example, data from your CAD tools.

Total user accessibility

With its multi-user environment and common language, UAG facilitates sharing

among process and PLC developers, as well as maintenance engineers and

operating staff.

UAG ensures optimum productivity throughout your application’s entire life

cycle.

Associated

System

build

Validation procedures

Associated

Process

applications,

Documentation

Validation

Qualiﬁ cation

(IQ, OQ)

Modeling

software

PLC/IHM

application

software

User feedback report

(UFR)

Performance

qualiﬁ cation (PQ)

Functional

speciﬁ cations

Operational

qualiﬁ cation

(OQ)

Detailed system

requirements

Installation

qualiﬁ cation

Good Automation

Manufacturing Practice

Associated

System

build

Validation procedures

Associated

Process

applications,

Documentation

Validation

Qualiﬁ cation

(IQ, OQ)

Modeling

software

PLC/IHM

application

software

User feedback report

(UFR)

Performance

qualiﬁ cation (PQ)

Functional

speciﬁ cations

Operational

qualiﬁ cation

(OQ)

Detailed system

requirements

Installation

qualiﬁ cation

Good Automation

Manufacturing Practice

Presentation (continued)

4/44

Modicon® Premium™/Quantum™

automation platform 0

Unity™ Application Generator

Interfacing with SCADA applications

UAG can openly interface with many of the SCADA systems currently available on

the market.

Direct integration

Direct integration by UAG automatically generates the Monitor Pro V7.2 supervisory

application elements, which are:

■ Variables with symbol and attributes.

■ Alarm server conﬁ guration.

■ Trend server conﬁ guration (real time and historical).

■ Mimics (graphic objects) of the devices.

■ Conﬁ guration of the Modbus TCP/IP communication driver.

In addition, for each modiﬁ cation by UAG, the Monitor Pro V7.2 application is

automatically updated without any conﬂ icts or risk of disruption of added or changed

elements.

UAG therefore ensures data consistency between the automation control and the

supervory level.

This type of direct integration is also available with the iFix supervisory and control

system (GE Fanuc).

Open integration

Open integration is based on all the UAG application information made available via

XML ﬁ le format. This XML ﬁ le is generated by UAG and can be imported into many

third-party SCADA systems, once it has been customized using the XLS style sheets

speciﬁ c to the third-party system.

Regardless of whether direct or open integration is involved, UAG provides

you with total consistency within your control, monitoring and supervision

system throughout the application’s entire life.

Presentation (continued)

4/45

Modicon® Premium™/Quantum™

automation platform 0

Unity™ Application Generator

References

This specialized software program UAG (Unity Application Generator) is multilingual

(available in English, French and German) and is compatible with the Windows 2000

Professional and Windows XP operating systems.

UAG can be used to model and generate process applications in a collaborative

environment. It generates the PLC code (Unity Pro & Concept) and the elements

required by the HMI monitoring system (Magelis), SCADA (Monitor Pro V7.2 or

third-party supervision systems).

There are two types of software license available for UAG: Medium (M) and Large

(L). They are determined by the functional level of the HMI integration:

■ The Medium version generates HMI information using customizable XML ﬁ les

(XSL style sheets).

■ The Large version also provides customizable XML ﬁ les, direct integration for

Monitor Pro and iFix supervision systems featuring the generation of SCADA

applications with variables and attributes, mimics (graphic objects), alarm tables and

communication driver conﬁ guration.

Documentation is supplied in electronic format.

UAG software suites

Description Type

Code generated License type Reference Weight

UAG software suites

(Unity Application

Generator)

Medium Single

(1 machine)

UAGSEWMFUCD21 –

Site UAGSEWMFFCD21 –

Large Single

(1 machine)

UAGSEWLFUCD21

–

Site UAGSEWLFFCD21 –

Coming soon!

References

05/0

5/1

Contents 5 - Connection interfaces

Advantys™ Telefast® ABE7 pre-wired I/O system

bPresentation, combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/8

bReferences

vPassive connection sub-base for discrete inputs/outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/10

vAdaptation sub-bases with soldered relays and removable terminal blocks 5/12

vAdaptation sub-bases for or with plug-in relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/13

vPlug-in relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/15

vConnection sub-bases for counter and analog channels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/16

vAccessories for connection sub-bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/17

bDimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5/18

Phaseo® power supplies

bPhaseo Universal range of regulated switch mode power supplies . . . . . . . . 5/20

Human/machine Interfaces

5/2

Selection guide

Connection interfaces 0

Advantys™Telefast®ABE7 pre-wired system

Discrete input and/or output sub-bases

Applications Discrete inputs or outputs

Optimum “Low cost” Optimum “Miniature” Universal

Relay amplification –

Equipped with relay –

Control voltage 24V c

Output voltage 24V c

Output current per channel 0.5 A

Modularity 16 8 -12 -16

No. of terminals per channel 11 to 3 1 2

Type of connection terminals Signal Signal, common

(configurable 24 V c or

0V)

Signal Signal, common (configurable 24 V c or 0 V)

Connectors 20-pin HE10 connector

Terminal

block

Removable No No

Terminal type Screw Screw or spring

Additional or optional*

function

Low cost version

fitted with cable

Miniature sub-bases Compact size *Type 2 input *

(1)

Isolator *

Device type ABE7H20Eppp

ABE7H32Eppp

ABE7H16Cpp ABE7HppR1p

ABE7HppR50

ABE7HppR2pABE7HppS21

Pages 5/10 5/11

(1) For TSX Micro and Premium PLCs

817437

817438

817436

5/3

Discrete inputs and outputs

Optimum “Miniature” Optimum

–Plug-in electromechanical or solid state

–No Yes

24V c

24V c 24V c (solid state)

5... 24V c 230 V a (electromechanical)

0.5 A 0.5 A 5 A (E.M.), 2 A (solid state) 5 A (th)

16 16

8 passive inputs

8 relay outputs

1 2 1

Signal,

2 common connections between

the inputs and the outputs.

Signal, common,

2 common connections between

the inputs and the outputs.

1 N/O contact and common, 4 output channels

2 input connection points

20-pin HE10 connectors

Screw

Miniature sub-base

Synergy with Tego® Power and Micro PLC

Miniature sub-base - Common per 4 channels

Synergy with Tego® Power and Micro PLC

ABE7H16CM11 ABE7H16CM21 ABE7P16M111 ABE7R16M111

5/10 5/14 5/13

817432

521500

5/4

Selection guide (continued)

Connection interfaces 0

Advantys™Telefast®ABE7 pre-wired system

Discrete input and output sub-bases

Applications Discrete output

“Optimum” “Universal” “Optimum” “Universal”

Relay amplification Electromechanical, fixed Electromechanical or solid state

Equipped with relay Yes Yes No No

Control voltage 24 V c

Output voltage 5 V c ... 30 V

230 V a

5 V c ... 150 V

230 V a

24 V c (solid state)

5 V c ... 24 V, a 230 V (E.M.)

5 V c ... 150 V

230 V a

Output current per channel 2 A (th) 3 A (th) 5 A (th) 2 A (solid state),

6 A (electromechanical)

Depends on

relay mounted

0.5 to 10 A

Modularity 88 - 16 16 8 or 16

No. of terminals per channel 2 1 2 1 2 to 3

Type of connection terminals 1 N/O contact

and common

Voltage-free

1 N/O contact 1 N/O contact

and common

1 N/O contact Signal,

Polarities

Connectors 20-pin HE 10 connector

Terminal

block

Removable Yes Yes Yes No No

Terminal type Screw or spring Screw Screw or spring

Additional or optional*

function

Miniature sub-base

Latching relay

voltage-free

or common per 8 channels

Miniature sub-bases

Common per 4 channels

Isolator and fuse

Device type ABE7R08S216pABE7RppS1pp ABE7RppS2pp ABE7R16T111 ABE7P16T111 ABE7P16T2ppp

ABE7P08T3ppp

Pages 5/12 5/13 5/14

817440

5/5

Discrete outputs Discrete inputs

“Universal” “Universal”

Electromechanical, plug-in Solid state, fixed – – Solid state, fixed Solid state, plug-in

Yes Yes – – Yes No

24 V c From 24 V c

to 230 V a

From 5 V TTL

to 230 V a

5 V c ... 150 V

230 V a

24 V c

5A (th) 8 A (th) from 0.5 to 2 A 125 mA 0.5 A 125 mA 12 mA

2 to 3 2 to 6 2 3 2

1 C/O contact or

1 N/O contact

and common

1 C/O contact

or 2 C/O contacts

and common

Signal and 0 V Signal 24 V c

and 0 V

Signal can be

isolated,

Protected common

Signal Signal and

common

20-pin HE 10 connector

No Yes No No Yes No

Screw Screw or spring Screw Screw or spring

Voltage-free or common: Fault signal Isolator and fuse

(indicator)

3-wire proximity

sensor

Isolator and fuse

(indicator)

–

8 channels 4 channels

ABE7R16T2pp ABE7R16T3pp ABE7SppS2BpABE7H16F43 ABE7H16R3pABE7H16S43 ABE7S16E2pp ABE7P16F31p

5/13 5/12 5/11 5/12 5/15

817439

5/6

Selection guide (continued)

Connection interfaces 0

Advantys™Telefast®ABE7 pre-wired system

Analog and application-specific sub-bases

Applications Analog signals and special functions

Compatibility TSX Micro™ PLC Premium™ PLC Standard Modicon® M340™ PLC

BMX ART 0414 / 0814

BMX AMI 0410

Type of signal Counter inputs

and analog I/O

Counter inputs

Axis control

Position control

Analog inputs

Current

Voltage

Pt 100

Analog outputs

Current

Voltage

Analog inputs

Functions Passive connection, point-to-point with shield continuity Direct connection

Cold-junction compensation

or distributed 4 protected

isolated power supplies

Modularity 1 counter channel or 8 analog inputs + 2

analog outputs

8 channels 4 channels 4 channels

Control voltage 24 V c –

Output voltage 24 V c –

Output current per channel 25 mA –

No. of terminals per channel 22 or 4 2 or 4 2 or 4

Connector type 15-pin SUB-D + 9-pin SUB-D 25-pin SUB-D 25-pin SUB-D

Terminal

block

Removable No No No

Terminal type Screw Screw Screw

Device type ABE7CPA01 ABE7CPA02 ABE7CPA21 ABE7CPA412/410

Pages 5/16

817431

5/7

Analog signals and special functions

Standard Premium

TSX AEY810

Premium

TSX CAYp1

TSX CTY2C

Premium

TSX AEY1614

Premium

TSX PAY2p2

Analog inputs

Current

Voltage

Pt 100

Isolated analog inputs Inputs

Counter

Inputs for thermocouples Inputs/outputs

Distribution of sensor

power supplies per limiter

(25 mA)

Distribution of isolated sensor

power supplies per converter

Acquisition of value

from an absolute encoder

Connection of 16

thermocouples with

cold junction compensation

Safety module (BG)

8 channels 8 channels 1 channel 16 channels 12 Emergency stops

24 V c

25 mA –

2 or 4 –2 or 4 1

25-pin SUB-D 25-pin SUB-D 15-pin SUB-D 25-pin SUB-D 50-pin SUB-D

No No No No No

Screw Screw or spring Screw Screw Screw

ABE7CPA03 ABE7CPA31pABE7CPA11 ABE7CPA12 ABE7CPA13

5/16

817435

817434

817435

5/8

Presentation Connection interfaces 0

Advantys™Telefast®ABE7 pre-wired system

Interface with Modicon® M340™ I/O modules

1Discrete BMX DDI pp02K input modules, BMX DDO pp02K output modules and BMX DDM 3202K mixed I/O

modules equipped with one or two 40-pin connectors. The module modularity (pp) is 32 or 64 channels.

2Cord set equipped with connectors (one 40-pin connector with one or two 20-pin HE 10s). 2 models are

available: cord sets with one or two 20-wire sheaths (22 AWG) equipped with an HE 10 moulded connector,

BMX FCC pp1/pp3.

These cord sets are available in 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5 or 10 m lengths.

316-channel Optimum or Universal Advantys Telefast ABE7 passive connection sub-bases or adapter

sub-bases.

4Cord set equipped with connectors (including one 25-pin SUB-D type on the sub-base end). 2 models are

available, depending on the type of connections on the analog module side:

v 20-pin screw terminal block, BMX FCApp0 cord set for ABE7CPA410 sub-bases

v 40-pin connector, BMX FCApp2 cord set for ABE7CPA412 analog input module

These cord sets are available in 1.5, 3 or 5 m lengths.

5Sub-bases for analog input modules:

v ABE7CPA410 for connection on a screw terminal block of 4 current/voltage inputs of the BMX AMI 0410 analog

module, with supply of 4 isolated protected power supplies for the current loop inputs.

v ABE7CPA412 for connection on a screw terminal block of 4 thermocouple inputs for the BMX ART 0414/0814

analog module, with supply of cold-junction compensation for these inputs.

6ABE7ACC02 sub-base for splitting 16 into 2 x 8 channels, allows connection to an 8-channel sub-base.

78-channel Optimum or Universal Advantys Telefast ABE7 passive connection sub-bases or adapter sub-bases.

Q8Q9Q10Q11Q12Q13Q14Q15

+24Vdc0Vdc

Fus I = 1A max

Q0Q1Q2Q3

ABE7P16T214

16 Relays Outputs

Q4Q5Q6Q7

200

201

202

203

204

205

206

207

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

208

209

210

211

212

213

214

215

108

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

(1) Connection of the 24 V

power supply is only possible using Advantys Telefast ABE7 sub-bases. Equipotentiality of the 0 V

supplies is required.

References:

pages 5/10 to 5/16

Dimensions:

pages 5/18 and 15/19

5/9

Combinations Connection interfaces 0

Advantys™Telefast®ABE7 pre-wired system

Interface with Modicon® M340™ I/O modules

(1) Via the ABE7ACC02 splitter sub-base used to separate 16 channels into 2 x 8 channels

I/O modules on the Modicon M340 platform

Discrete 24 V c Analog

Inputs Outputs Inputs/

Outputs

Inputs Outputs

2 x 16 I 4 x 16 I 2 x 16 Q 4 x 16 Q 1 x 16 I

1 x 16 Q

4 I 4 I 2 x 4 I 2 Q

With Modicon M340 modules BMX DDI

3202K

DDI

6402K

DDO

3202K

DDO

6402K

DDM

3202K

AMI

0410

ART

0414

ART

0814

AMO

0210

Preformed cord sets (at both ends) BMX FCCpp1/FCCpp3FCCpp3FCApp0FCApp2FCApp0

Passive connection sub-bases

Optimum

16 channels

ABE7H20Epp0 low-cost

ABE7H16Cpp miniature

Universal

8 channels

ABE7H08Rpp (1) (1) (1) (1) (1)

ABE7H08S21 (1) (1) (1) (1) (1)

Universal

16 channels

ABE7H16R1pp

ABE7H16R50p

ABE7H16R2pp

ABE7H16S21p

ABE7H16R3p

ABE7H16R23

ABE7H16S43

ABE7H16F43

Input adapter sub-bases with solid state relays

Universal

16 channels

ABE7S16E2ppp

Welded solid state relays, removable terminal blocks

ABE7P16F31p

Removable solid state relays

Output adapter sub-bases with welded relays, removable terminal blocks

Optimum &

Universal

8 channels

ABE7S08S2Bpp

Solid state relays

(1) (1) (1)

ABE7R08S111p/7R08S21pp

Electromechanical relays

(1) (1) (1)

Optimum &

Universal

16 channels

ABE7S16SpBpp

Solid state relays

ABE7R16S111p/7R16S21pp

Electromechanical relays

Output adapter sub-bases with removable relays

Universal

8 channels

ABE7P08T330p

Solid state relays

(1) (1) (1)

Optimum &

Universal

16 channels

ABE7R16Tppp/7R16M111

Electromechanical relays

ABE7P16Tppp/7P16M111

Solid state and/or electromechanical relays

Sub-bases for analog I/O

4 channels ABE7CPA410

ABE7CPA412

ABE7CPA21

Preformed cord sets

References:

pages 5/10 to 5/16

Dimensions:

pages 5/18 and 5/19

5/10

References Connection interfaces 0

Advantys™ Telefast® ABE7 pre-wired system

Passive connection sub-bases

(1) 8 I + 8 O: these products have 2 common connections which enable inputs and outputs to be

connected to the same sub-base at the same time.

Passive connection sub-base for discrete inputs/outputs

Optimum Low Cost sub-bases

Function No.

of chan-

nels

No. of terminals For PLCs Length of

PLC

connection

cable

Type of

connection

Reference Weight

per

channel

on row

number

mkg

Input or output 16 1 2 Modicon M340

Modicon TSX Micro

Modicon Premium

1ScrewABE7H20E100 0.330

2ScrewABE7H20E200 0.410

3ScrewABE7H20E300 0.480

Siemens S7 1.5 Screw ABE7H32E150 0.360

3ScrewABE7H32E300 0.460

Optimum Miniature sub-bases

Function No. of

chan-

nels

No. of terminals LED

per channel

Polarity

distribution

Type of

connection

Reference Weight

per

channel

on row

number

Input or output 16 1 1 No No Screw ABE7H16C10 0.160

Yes No Screw ABE7H16C11 0.160

2 2 Yes 0 or 24 V Screw ABE7H16C21 0.205

3 3 Yes 0 or 24 V Screw ABE7H16C31 0.260

Input and output

(1)

16 1 1 Yes No Screw ABE7H16CM11 0.160

2 2 Yes 0 or 24 V Screw ABE7H16CM21 0.200

ABE7H20E

ppp

ABE7H16C21

ABE7H16CM21

Presentation, compatibility:

pages 5/8 to 5/9

Dimensions:

pages 5/18 to 5/19

5/11

References (continued) Connection interfaces 0

Advantys™ Telefast® ABE7 pre-wired system

Passive connection sub-bases

(1) For Modicon Premium.

(2) With LED to indicate blown fuse.

Passive connection sub-base for discrete signals (continued)

Universal sub-bases

Function No. of

chan-

nels

No. of terminals LED per

channel

Polarity

distribution

Isolator (I)

Fuse (F)

per

channel

Type of

connection

Reference Weight

per

channel

on row

number

Input or output 81 1NoNo – ScrewABE7H08R10 0.187

Yes No – Screw ABE7H08R11 0.187

2 2 Yes 0 or 24 V – Screw ABE7H08R21 0.218

IScrewABE7H08S21 0.245

12 1 1 No No – Screw ABE7H12R10 0.274

Yes No – Screw ABE7H12R11 0.274

2NoNo – ScrewABE7H12R50 0.196

2 2 No 0 or 24 V – Screw ABE7H12R20 0.300

Yes 0 or 24 V – Screw ABE7H12R21 0.300

IScrewABE7H12S21 0.375

16 1 1 No No – Screw ABE7H16R10 0.274

Yes No – Screw ABE7H16R11 0.274

Spring ABE7H16R11E 0.274

2NoNo – ScrewABE7H16R50 0.196

Spring ABE7H16R50E 0.196

2 2 No 0 or 24 V – Screw ABE7H16R20 0.300

Yes 0 or 24 V – Screw ABE7H16R21 0.300

Spring ABE7H16R21E 0.300

IScrewABE7H16S21 0.375

Spring ABE7H16S21E 0.375

3 3 No 0 or 24 V – Screw ABE7H16R30 0.346

Yes 0 or 24 V – Screw ABE7H16R31 0.346

Type 2 input (1) 16 2 2 Yes 0 or 24 V – Screw ABE7H16R23 0.320

Input 16 2 1 Yes 24 V I, F (2) Screw ABE7H16S43 0.640

Output 16 2 1 Yes 0 V I, F (2) Screw ABE7H16F43 0.640

ABE7H16R50

ABE7H16R31

Presentation, compatibility:

pages 5/8 to 5/9

Dimensions:

pages 5/18 to 5/19

5/12

References (continued) Connection interfaces 0

Advantys™ Telefast® ABE7 pre-wired system

Discrete input/output adaptation sub-bases

with soldered relays and removable terminal blocks

(1) A fault on a sub-base output Qn will set PLC output Qn to special mode, which will be

detected by the PLC.

(2) Can only be used with modules with protected outputs.

Adaptation sub-bases with soldered relays, removable terminal blocks

Input Universal sub-bases with solid state relays

No. of

channels

No. of

terminals

per channel

Isolation PLC/

Operative part

Voltage Type of

connection

Reference Weight

16 2 Yes 24 V c Screw ABE7S16E2B1 0.370

Spring ABE7S16E2B1E 0.370

48 V c Screw ABE7S16E2E1 0.370

Spring ABE7S16E2E1E 0.370

48 V a Screw ABE7S16E2E0 0.386

Spring ABE7S16E2E0E 0.386

110 V a Screw ABE7S16E2F0 0.397

Spring ABE7S16E2F0E 0.397

230 V a Screw ABE7S16E2M0 0.407

Spring ABE7S16E2M0E 0.407

Output Universal sub-bases with solid state relays

No. of

channels

Isolation

PLC/Oper-

ative part

Output

voltage

Output

current

Fault

detection

signal (1)

Type of

connection

Reference Weight

8No 24 V c 0.5 A Yes (2) Screw ABE7S08S2B0 0.252

Spring ABE7S08S2B0E 0.252

2A Yes (2) Screw ABE7S08S2B1 0.448

Spring ABE7S08S2B1E 0.448

16 No 24 V c 0.5 A Yes (2) Screw ABE7S16S2B0 0.405

Spring ABE7S16S2B0E 0.405

Non Screw ABE7S16S1B2 0.400

Spring ABE7S16S1B2E 0.400

Output Optimum & Universal sub-bases with electromechanical relays

No. of

channels

Relay

width

Number

of contacts

Output

current

Polarity

distribution/

operative part

Type of

connection

Reference Weight

85 mm 1 N/O 2 A Contact common

per group of 4

channels

Screw ABE7R08S111 0.252

Spring ABE7R08S111E 0.252

Latching 2 A Voltage-free Screw ABE7R08S216 0.448

Spring ABE7R08S216E 0.448

10 mm 1 N/O 5 A Voltage-free Screw ABE7R08S210 0.448

Spring ABE7R08S210E 0.448

16 5 mm 1 N/O 2 A Contact common

per group of

8 channels

Screw ABE7R16S111 0.405

Spring ABE7R16S111E 0.405

10 mm 1 N/O 5 A Voltage-free Screw ABE7R16S210 0.405

Spring ABE7R16S210E 0.405

Common per

group of

8 channels on

both poles

Screw ABE7R16S212 0.400

Spring ABE7R16S212E 0.400

ABE7R08S216

Presentation, compatibility:

pages 5/8 to 5/9

Dimensions:

pages 5/18 to 5/19

5/13

References (continued) Connection interfaces 0

Advantys™ Telefast® ABE7 pre-wired system

Discrete input/output adaptation sub-bases

for or with plug-in relays

(1) Not equipped with relays.

(2) Both technologies (electromechanical and solid state) may be combined on the same

sub-base.

(3) 2 connection methods are available, enabling inputs and outputs to be connected to the same

sub-base at the same time.

(4) Per group of 8 channels.

(5) Per group of 4 channels.

Adaptation sub-bases, for plug-in relays

Input Universal sub-bases for solid state relays (1)

No. of

channels

No. of

terminals

per channel

For

relay type

Isolation

PLC/Oper-

ative part

Input

connection

Type of

connection

Reference Weight

16 2ABS7E

ABR7

ABS7S33E

Yes Voltage-free Screw ABE7P16F310 0.850

Spring ABE7P16F310E 0.850

Polarity

distribution

Screw ABE7P16F312 0.850

Output Optimum & Universal sub-bases with electromechanical relays (2)

No. of

channels

Relay

width

For

relay

type

No. and

type of

contacts

Polarity

distribution/operative part

Reference Weight

16 5 mm ABR7S11 1 N/O Contact common per group of

4 channels

ABE7R16T111 0.600

Contact common per group of

4 output channels

+ 2 input common terminals

ABE7R16M111

(3)

0.600

10 mm ABR7S21 1 N/O Voltage-free ABE7R16T210 0.735

Common on both poles (4) ABE7R16T212 0.730

ABR7S23 1 C/O Voltage-free ABE7R16T230 0.775

Contact common (4) ABE7R16T231 0.730

12 mm ABR7S33 1 C/O Voltage-free ABE7R16T330 1.300

Common on both poles (5) ABE7R16T332 1.200

ABR7S37 2 C/O Voltage-free ABE7R16T370 1.300

ABE7R16M111

ABE7R16T210

Presentation, compatibility:

pages 5/8 to 5/9

Dimensions:

pages 5/18 to 5/19

5/14

References (continued) Connection interfaces 0

Advantys™ Telefast® ABE7 pre-wired system

Discrete output adaptation sub-bases

for plug-in relays

(1) Not equipped with relays.

(2) 2 connection methods are available, enabling inputs and outputs to be connected to the same

sub-base at the same time.

(3) With relay ABR7S21 for sub-base ABE7P16T210, with relay ABR7S23 for sub-base

ABE7P16T230p.

(4) Per group of 8 channels.

(5) Per group of 4 channels.

Adaptation sub-bases for plug-in relays (1)

Output Optimum & Universal sub-bases for solid state and/or electromechanical relays (2)

No. of

chan-

nels

Relay

width

For

relay type

Isolator

per

channel

Fuse per

channel

Polarity

distribution/operative part

Type of

connection

Reference Weight

16 5 mm ABR7S11

ABS7SC1B

No No Contact common per group

of 4 channels

ABE7P16T111 0.550

Contact common per group

of 4 output channels and

2 common input terminals

ABE7P16M111 (2) 0.550

10 mm ABR7S2p

ABS7SA2p

ABS7SC2p

ABE7ACC20

No No Voltage-free Screw ABE7P16T210 (3) 0.615

ABE7P16T230 (3) 0.655

Spring ABE7P16T230E (3) 0.655

Yes Voltage-free Screw ABE7P16T214 0.675

No Common on both poles (4) Screw ABE7P16T212 0.615

Yes Common on both poles (4) Screw ABE7P16T215 0.670

812 mm ABR7S33

ABS7A3p

ABS7SC3pp

ABE7ACC21

No No Voltage-free Screw ABE7P08T330 0.450

Spring ABE7P08T330E 0.450

16 12 mm ABR7S33

ABS7A3p

ABS7SC3pp

ABE7ACC21

No No Voltage-free Screw ABE7P16T330 0.900

Spring ABE7P16T330E 0.900

Common on both poles (5) Screw ABE7P16T332 0.900

ABR7S33

ABS7A3M

ABS7SC3E

ABE7ACC21

No Yes Voltage-free Screw ABE7P16T334 0.900

Yes Yes Common on both poles (5) Screw ABE7P16T318 1.000

Spring ABE7P16T318E 1.000

ABE7P16T2

Presentation, compatibility:

pages 5/8 to 5/9

Dimensions:

pages 5/18 to 5/19

5/15

References (continued) Connection interfaces 0

Advantys™ Telefast® ABE7 pre-wired system

Plug-in relays

(1) See characteristics table for specifications of relays in the sub-bases.

Plug-in solid state relays

Relay

width

Functions Input circuit Output circuit Unit reference

Sold in lots of 4

Weight

Current Nominal

voltage

Current (1) Nominal

voltage

5mm Output c 24 V 2 A 24 V c ABS7SC1B 0.010

10 mm Output c 24 V 0.5 A 5…48 V c ABS7SC2E 0.016

24…240 V a ABS7SA2M 0.016

12 mm Input c 5V TTL – 24V c ABS7EC3AL 0.014

24 V

Type 2

–24V c ABS7EC3B2 0.014

48 V

Type 2

–24V c ABS7EC3E2 0.014

a 50 Hz 48 V – 24 V c ABS7EA3E5 0.014

a 60 Hz 110…130 V – 24 V c ABS7EA3F5 0.014

a 50 Hz 230…240 V – 24 V c ABS7EA3M5 0.014

Output c 24 V 2 A

Self-protected

24 V c ABS7SC3BA 0.016

1.5 A 5…48 V c ABS7SC3E 0.016

24…240 V a ABS7SA3MA 0.016

Plug-in electromechanical relays

Relay width Control

voltage

Output

current (1)

Number of

contacts

Sold in

lots of

Unit

reference

Weight

5mm 24 V c 5 A (Ith) 1 N/O 4ABR7S11 0.005

10 mm 24 V c 5 A (Ith) 1 N/O 4ABR7S21 0.008

1 C/O 4ABR7S23 0.008

12 mm 24 V c 10 A (Ith) 1 C/O 4ABR7S33 0.017

8 A (Ith) 2 C/O 4ABR7S37 0.017

48 V c 8 A (Ith) 1 C/O 4ABR7S33E 0.017

Accessory

Description Reference Weight

Extractor for 5 mm miniature relays ABE7ACC12 0.010

ABS7SC1B

ABR7S2

ABR7S3

Presentation, compatibility:

pages 5/8 to 5/9

Dimensions:

pages 5/18 to 5/19

5/16

References Connection interfaces 0

Advantys™ Telefast® ABE7 pre-wired system

Connection sub-bases

for counter and analog channels

Connection sub-bases for counter and analog channels

Functions For Modicon

PLCs

Compatible

modules

Type of

connection

Telefast 2 side

Type of

connection

Reference Weight

Counting

and analog

TSX Micro Integrated

analog

and counter

TSX 37 22

TSX CTZpA

15-pin SUB-D Screw ABE7CPA01

0.300

Counting, Axis control,

Position control

Premium TSX CTYpA

TSX CAYp1

15-pin SUB-D Screw ABE7CPA01

(

0.300

Parallel output absolute

encoder connection

Premium TSX CTYpA

TSX CAYp1

15-pin SUB-D Screw ABE7CPA11 0.330

Distribution of

4 thermocouples

Modicon M340 BMX ART 0414

BMX ART 0814

25-pin SUB-D Screw ABE7CPA412 0.180

Distribution of

16 thermocouples

Premium TSX AEY1614 25-pin SUB-D Screw ABE7CPA12 0.300

Passive distribution of

8 channels on screw

terminal block with

shielding continuity

Premium TSX ASY810

TSX AEY1600

TSX ApY800

25-pin SUB-D Screw ABE7CPA02 0.290

Distribution and supply of

4 analog channels

protected isolated

Modicon M340 BMX AMI 0410 25-pin SUB-D Screw ABE7CPA410 0.180

Distribution of 4 analog

output channels

Premium TSX ASY410

TSX AEY420

25-pin SUB-D Screw ABE7CPA21 0.180

Distribution and supply

of 8 analog channels with

limitation of each current

loop

Premium TSX AEY800

TSX AEY1600

25-pin SUB-D Screw ABE7CPA03 0.330

Distribution and supply

of 8 analog input channels

isolated

from each other with

25 mA/ channel limiter

Premium TSX AEY810 25-pin SUB-D Screw ABE7CPA31 0.410

Spring ABE7CPA31E 0.410

Safety Premium TSX PAY2p2 25-pin SUB-D Screw ABE7CPA13 0.290

816478

ABE7CPA01

ABE7CPA412/410/21

816477

ABE7CPA02

Presentation, compatibility:

pages 5/8 and 5/9

Dimensions:

pages 5/18 and 5/19

5/17

References (continued) Connection interfaces 0

Advantys™ Telefast® ABE7 pre-wired system

Accessories for connection sub-bases

Software

Description Operating system Reference Weight

Software for marking

customer labels

Under Windows®

version 3.1 or 95

ABE7LOGV10 0.350

Pack of 25

pre-cut label sheets

(160 labels)

–ABE7LOGF25 0.200

Accessories

Description No. of channels Characteristics Sold in lots of Unit

reference

Weight

Kit for mounting

on solid plate

––10 ABE7ACC01 0.008

Splitter sub-base – 16 as

2 x 8 channels

1ABE7ACC02 0.075

Redundant output

sub-base

– 16 as

2 x 16 channels

1ABE7ACC10 0.075

Redundant input

sub-base

– 16 as

2 x 16 channels

1ABE7ACC11 0.075

Plug-in continuity blocks – Width 10 mm 4ABE7ACC20 0.007

Width 12 mm 4ABE7ACC21 0.010

Locating device for

removable terminal block

––100 ABE7ACC30 0.100

Enclosure feedthrough

with industrial connector

32 40-pin 1ABE7ACC80 0.300

Plug-in 40-pin

male connector

32 For mounting on

ABE7ACC80

1ABE7ACC81 0.370

Enclosure feedthrough

with CNOMO M23

connector

(1 x 20-pin HE 10 connector,

PLC end)

16 19-pin 1ABE7ACC82 0.150

8 and 12 19-pin 1ABE7ACC83 0.150

Impedance adapter

for Type 2 compatibility

– Used with

ABE7ACC82 and

ABE7ACC83

1ABE7ACC85 0.012

IP 65 cable gland – For 3 cables 5ABE7ACC84 0.300

Additional snap-on

terminal blocks

(shunted terminals)

8 10 screw terminals 5ABE7BV10 0.030

10 spring terminals 5ABE7BV10E 0.030

16 20 screw terminals 5ABE7BV20 0.060

20 spring terminals 5ABE7BV20E 0.060

I/O simulator sub-base 16 Display, forcing

inhibition, continuity

1ABE7TES160 0.350

Self-adhesive

marker tag holder

– For 6 characters 50 AR1SB3 0.001

Quick-blow fuses

5 x 20, 250 V, UL

–0.125 A10 ABE7FU012 0.010

0.5 A 10 ABE7FU050 0.010

1 A 10 ABE7FU100 0.010

2 A 10 ABE7FU200 0.010

4 A 10 ABE7FU400 0.010

6.3 A 10 ABE7FU630 0.010

Jumper accessories

Description For common Color Distance between

cable ends

Reference Weight

cm kg

Jumper

Modularity 8 x 1 mm2

Coil White 12 ABFC08R12W 0.020

2ABFC08R02W 0.010

aRed 12 ABFC08R12R 0.020

2ABFC08R02R 0.010

cBlue 12 ABFC08R12B 0.020

2ABFC08R02B 0.010

816483

ABE7ACC02

816480

ABE7ACC80 + ABE7ACC81

816481

ABE7BV20

201

580700

ABE7TES160

816479

AR1SB3

816484

ABFC08R

ppp

Presentation, compatibility:

pages 5/8 and 5/9

Dimensions:

pages 5/18 and 5/19

5/18

Dimensions Connection interfaces 0

Advantys™ Telefast® ABE7 pre-wired system

Common side view ABE7H20Eppp ABE7H16Cpp/ABE7H16CMpp,ABE7H16R50, ABE7H12R50,

ABE7H08R1p, ABE7H08R21,

ABE7R08S111/S111E,

ABE7H08S21, ABE7CPA21/40/412

ABE7H32Eppp ABE7p16M111/ABE7p16T111

ABE 7H20E/7H32Eppp ABE 7H16Cpp,

7H16CMpp 7p16M111,

7p16T111

ABE 7H16/12/08ppp

7CPA21/410/412

7R08S111p

b 67 a 106 110 b 70 77

b1 56 b 49 89 b1 58 58

c 59 b1 41.5 58 c 58 58

c60 54

1Additional shunt terminal block ABE7BV10/7BV20

Common side view ABE7H16R2p, ABE7H12R2p, ABE7H16R3p,ABE7R16S21p, ABE7H16p43

ABE7H16R1p, ABE7H12R1p, ABE7H12S21, ABE7S16S2B0/S2B02E,

ABE7H16S2p, ABE7R16S11p, ABE7R08S210, ABE7S16E2pp/S16E2ppE,

ABE7S08S2B0, ABE7CPA02, ABE7CPA03 ABE7S08S2B1/S08S2B1E

ABE7S16S1B2, ABE7R08S216 ABE7CPA31

ABE 7pppppp 7pR08S210p, 7S16S1B2p, 7R08S216 All sub-bases

b7077 b1

b1 58 58 c 58

c5858

1Additional shunt terminal block ABE7BV10/7BV20

ABE7R16T2pp, ABE7P16T2pp ABE7CPA01, ABE7CPA11/CPA12/CPA13

Note : details of the front view are the same as for the

ABE7CPA01.

ABE7R16T3pp, ABE7P16T3pp, ABE7P16F31pABE7P08T330

Common side view

c + 9

b + 12

125

206

211

143

272

150

5/19

Dimensions (continued) Connection interfaces 0

Advantys™ Telefast® ABE7 pre-wired system

ABE7ACC02 ABE7ACC03 ABE7ACC04, ABE7ACC05

ABE7ACC10, ABE7ACC11

Note : Drawing representing ABE7ACC04 and

ABE7ACC05

ABE7ACC80 ABE7ACC82, ABE7ACC83

ABE7ACC84 ABE7TES160

Mounting hole dimensions for sub-bases using mounting kit ABE7ACC01

ABE7 G H ABE7 G H ABE7 G H

ACC02 38 82 H12R1p113 82 H16F43 194 82

ACC03 53 101 H12R2p113 82 H16S43 194 82

ACC04 53 101 H16R1p113 82 S16E2pp 194 82

ACC05 53 101 H16R2p113 82 S16S1B2 113 82

ACC10/11 53 101 H16R3p113 82 S16S2pp 194 82

H08Rpp 72 82 H12S21 113 82 R16T2pp 199 101

H08S21 72 82 H16S21 113 82 P16T2pp 199 101

H12R50 72 82 R08S210 113 82 R16T3pp 260 101

H16R50 72 82 R16S111 113 82 P08T330 150 101

R08S111 72 82 R16S21p194 82 P16T3pp 260 101

CPA01 131 82 S08S2B0 113 82 P16F3pp 260 101

CPA02 113 82 S08S2B1 194 82

CPA1p131 82

CPA03 113 82

ABC

ACD

64,5

140

112

130

25 34

65 52

103

120

170

G = a-12 6

H = b+12

Presentation, compatibility:

pages 5/8 and 5/9

References:

pages 5/18 to 5/19

Selection guide

Power supplies and transformers 0

Power supplies for DC control circuits

Phaseo® power supplies

Power supplies Regulated switch mode

Phaseo Modular range and Optimum range industrial power supplies

Input voltage 100...240 V a

120...250 V c (see pages 13 and 14)

Connection to

world-wide line supplies

United States

- 120 V (in phase-to-neutral)

- 240 V (in phase-to-phase)

Single-phase (N-L1) or 2-phase (L1-L2) connection

Europe

- 230 V (in phase-to-neutral)

- 400 V (in phase-to-phase)

Single-phase (N-L1) connection

United States

- 277 V (in phase-to-neutral)

- 480 V (in phase-to-phase)

–

IEC 61000-3-2 conformity Yes for ABL 7RP, not for ABL 8REM and not applicable for ABL 8MEM and ABL 7RM

Protection against undervoltage (U > 19 V) Yes

Protection against overloads and short-circuits Yes, voltage detection. Automatic restart on elimination on the fault

Diagnostic relay –

Compatibility with function modules –

Power reserve (Boost) 1,25 to 1,4 In during 1 minute, depending on model (with ABL 8MEM) No

Output voltage 5V c 12 V c 24 V c 48 V c

Output current 0.3 A ABL 8MEM24003

(Modular)

0.6 A ABL 8MEM24006

(Modular)

1.2 A ABL 8MEM24012

(Modular)

2A ABL 8MEM12020

(Modular)

2.5 A ABL 7RM24025

(Modular)

ABL 7RP4803

(Optimum)

3A ABL 8REM24030

(Optimum)

4 A ABL 8MEM05040

(Modular)

5A ABL 7RP1205

(Optimum)

ABL 8REM24050

(Optimum)

10 A

20 A

40 A

Pages Consult our “Phaseo Power supplies and transformers” catalog

(1) Except ABL 8RPM24200. a 100...120 V and a 200...240 V.

(2)

converter module, requires to be associated with the Phaseo Universal range power supply.

5/21

Regulated switch mode

Phaseo Universal range industrial power supplies

100...120 V a and 200...500 V a (1) 380...500 V a 24 V c

Single-phase (N-L1) or 2-phase (L1-L2)

connection

– –

3-phase (L1-L2-L3) connection –

Yes –

Yes, current limitation or undervoltage detection Yes, current limitation

Yes, depending on model

Yes with buffer module, battery and battery check modules, redundancy module and discriminating downstream protection module

1,5 In during 4 secondes No

24 V c 5V c 7...12 V c

ABL 8DCC12020 (2)

ABL 8RPS24030

ABL 8RPS24050

ABL 8DCC05060 (2)

ABL 8RPS24100

ABL 8RPM24200 ABL 8WPS24200

ABL 8WPS24400

29 Consult our “Phaseo Power supplies and transformers” catalog

5/22

Presentation

Power supplies and transformers 0

Power supplies for DC control circuits

Regulated switch mode power supplies

Phaseo® power supplies, Universal range

The ABL 8RPS/RPM/WPS power supply offer is designed to provide the DC voltage

necessary for the control circuits of automation system equipment. Comprising six

products, this range meets the needs encountered in industrial and commercial

applications. These compact electronic switch mode power supplies provide a

quality of output current that is suitable for the loads supplied and compatible with the

Modicon M340, Premium and Quantum ranges. When used with additional

function modules, they ensure continuity of service in the event of network power

outages or application malfunctions. Clear guidelines are given on selecting the

function modules and upstream protection devices which are often used with them,

and thus a comprehensive solution is provided that can be used in total safety.

The Universal range of Phaseo power supplies must be connected in

phase-to-neutral or phase-to-phase for ABL 8RPS/RPM, and in 3-phase for

ABL 8WPS. They deliver a voltage that is precise to 3%, whatever the load and

whatever the type of line supply, within the ranges:

v 85 to 132 V a and 170 to 550 V a for ABL 8RPS

v 85 to 132 V a and 170 to 264 V a for ABL 8RPM

v 340 to 550 V a for ABL 8WPS

Their very wide input voltage range allows a considerable reduction of parts held in

stock and offers a distinct advantage in terms of machine design.

Conforming to IEC standards and UL and CSA certified, they are suitable for

universal use.

ABL 8RPS/RPM and ABL 8WPS power supplies are all equipped with a harmonic

filter, ensuring compliance with standard 61000-3-2 concerning harmonic pollution.

All the Universal range of Phaseo power supplies have protection devices to ensure

optimum performance of the automation system. Their operating mode can be

configured as required by the user:

bManual reset protection mode: Priority is given to the voltage so as to guarantee

the PLC logic states and nominal operation of the supplied actuators.

bAutomatic reset protection mode: Priority is given to the current to allow

troubleshooting for example, or to ensure continuity of service until the arrival of the

maintenance team.

The Universal range of Phaseo power supplies also has a power reserve, allowing

them to deliver a current of 1.5 In at regular intervals. This avoids the need to

oversize the power supply if the device has a high inrush current, while ensuring

optimum performance of the automation system.

The diagnostics for the Universal range of Phaseo power supplies are available on

the front of the device via LEDs (Uout and Iout) and via a volt-free relay contact

(whether or not the PLC states are guaranteed).

All products are equipped with an output voltage adjustment potentiometer in order

to be able to compensate for any line voltage drops in installations with long

connection cable runs.

These power supplies are designed for direct mounting on a 35 mm 5 rail.

Switch mode power supplies: Universal range

ABL 8RPS24050 Modicon M340 automation platform

Description:

page 23

Characteristics:

pages 24 to 28

References:

page 29

Dimensions:

page 30

Schemes:

page 31

5/23

Presentation (continued),

description

Power supplies and transformers 0

Power supplies for DC control circuits

Regulated switch mode power supplies

Phaseo® powwer supplies, Universal range

There are four references available in the Universal range of Phaseo power supplies

for phase-to-neutral or phase-to-phase connection:

The Universal range of Phaseo power supplies also features two references for

3-phase connection:

A range of function modules also allows functions to be added to the Universal range

of Phaseo power supplies so as to ensure continuity of service:

v A Buffer module or Battery check modules combined with their batteries to ensure

continuity of service in the event of a network power outage

v A Redundancy module to meet the most demanding requirements for continuity of

service even if the power supply fails

v Downstream electronic Protection modules to ensure that the protection in the

application is discriminating

v Converter modules delivering nominal voltages of 5 and 12 V cfrom the 24 V c

output of the Universal range of Phaseo power supplies

The Universal range of Phaseo regulated switch mode power supplies,

ABL 8RPS24pp0/RPM24200/WPS24p00, comprise:

1Spring clip for 35 mm 5 rail

24mm

2 enclosed screw terminals for connection of the AC voltage (single-phase,

phase-to-phase or 3-phase connection)

3Protective glass flap

4Clip-on marker label

5Locking catch for the glass flap (sealable)

6Protection mode selector

7Output voltage adjustment potentiometer

8Output voltage status LED (green and red)

9Output current status LED (green, red and orange)

10Screw terminals for connection of the diagnostic relay contact, except

ABL 8RPS24030

114mm

2 (10 mm2 on ABL 8WPS24p00 and ABL 8RPM24200) enclosed screw

terminals for connection of the DC output voltage

Switch mode power supplies: Universal range (continued)

bABL 8RPS24030 72 W 3 A 24 V c

bABL 8RPS24050 120W 5A 24 V c

bABL 8RPS24100 240 W 10 A 24 V c

bABL 8RPM24200 480 W 20 A 24 V c

bABL 8WPS24200 480 W 20 A 24 V c

bABL 8WPS24400 960 W 20 A 24 V c

Description

Universal range of power supplies

ABL 8WPS24200

Premium automation platform

Characteristics:

pages 24 to 28

References:

page 29

Dimensions:

page 30

Schemes:

page 31

5/24

Characteristics

Power supplies and transformers 0

Power supplies for DC control circuits

Regulated switch mode power supplies

Phaseo® power supplies, Universal range

(1) No ground screw on ABL 8RPM 24200 power supply

Technical characteristics

Type of power supply ABL 8RPS24030 ABL 8RPS24050 ABL 8RPS24100 ABL 7RPM24200

Certifications CB scheme EN 60950-1, UL (pending), cCSAus

Conformity to standards Safety IEC/EN 60950-1, EN 61204, SELV

EMC EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-4, EN 61204-3

Input circuit

Input values

phase-to-neutral (N-L1) or

phase-to-phase (L1-L2)

Nominal voltage V100…120 V a/200…500 V a100…120 V a/

200…240 V a

Limit voltage V85…132 V a/170…550 V a85…132 V a/

170…264 V a

Permissible frequencies Hz 47…63

Maximum inrush current A30 for 2 ms max.

Power factor 0.59 at 120 V a/0.51 at 240 V a 0.69 at 120 V a/0.68 at 240 V a

Efficiency at nominal load >87% >88%

Dissipated power at nominal load W7.8 15.5 31 57.6

Anti-harmonic filtering Yes, via integrated PFC (Power Factor Correction) passive filter

Output circuit

Compatibility with function modules Buffer, battery and battery check unit, redundancy, discriminating protection

Diagnostics LEDs on front panel Current (green, orange and red), voltage (green, red and off)

Relay –Relay closed UOut >21.6 V

contact 230 V a, 0.5 A max; 24 V c, 5 mA min

Nominal output values Nominal output voltage (UOut)V24 c

Current A3510 20

Power W72 120 240 480

Permissible temporary inrush current (boost) A1.5 In for 4 s maximum, see curves on page 5/27

Precision Nominal output voltage (UOut)VAdjustable 24…28.8

Line and load regulation 1 %...3 %

Residual ripple - noise mV < 200 (peak-peak)

Holding time for I max. UIn = 100 V ams u 20

UIn = 240 V ams u 40

UIn = 400 V ams u 120 –

Protection Against short-circuits Permanent, automatic or manual restart

Against overloads < 1.10 In (after "boost" function)

Against overvoltages V30…32 c

Against undervoltages VTripping if UOut < 21.6 (in manual mode)

Thermal Yes

Operating and environmental characteristics

Connections Input mm

2 x 0.5….4 screw terminals (22….12 AWG) + ground

Output mm

4 x 0.5….4 screw terminals (24….10 AWG) + ground (1)

Diagnostic relay mm

–2 x 2.5 removable screw terminal block

Mounting On 5 rail 35 x 7.5 mm and 35 x 15 mm

Operating position Vertical

Connections Series Possible, see page 5/28

Parallel Possible, see page5/28

Degree of protection IP 20 conforming to IEC 60529

Environment Operating temperature °C - 25…+ 60 (derating from 50°C, see page 5/26)

Storage temperature °C - 40…+ 70

Maximum relative humidity 90% during operation, 95% in storage

Vibration acc. to EN 61131-2 3...11.9 Hz amplitude 3.5 mm & 11.9 -150 Hz acceleration 2 g

Protection class According to VDE 0106 1 Class I

Dielectric strength

50 Hz for 1 min

Input/output V rms 4000 a3000 a

Input/ground V rms 3500 a2500 a

Output/ground V rms 500 a

Input fuse incorporated No

Emissions

according to EN 61000-6-3

Radiation EN 55022 Class B and GL levels

Conducted on the power line EN 55022 Class B and GL levels

Harmonic currents IEC/EN 61000-3-2

Immunity

according to EN 61000-6-2

and GL

Electrostatic discharge IEC/EN 61000-4-2 (6 kV contact/8 kV air)

Radiated electromagnetic fields IEC/EN 61000-4-3 level 3 (10 V/m)

Induced electromagnetic fields IEC/EN 61000-4-6 level 3 (10 V/m)

Rapid transients IEC/EN 61000-4-4 (4 kV)

Surges IEC/EN 61000-4-5 (2 kV)

Primary outages IEC/EN 61000-4-11 (voltage dips and interruptions)

Description:

page 23

References:

page 29

Dimensions:

page 30

Schemes:

page 31

5/25

Characteristics (continued)

Power supplies and transformers 0

Power supplies for DC control circuits

Regulated switch mode power supplies

Phaseo® power supplies, Universal range

Technical characteristics

Type of power supply ABL 8WPS24200 ABL 8WPS24400

Certifications CB scheme EN 60950-1, UL (pending), cCSAus

Conformity to standards Safety EN 60950-1, EN 61204, SELV

EMC EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-4, EN 61204-3

Input circuit

LED indication –

Input values

3 phase (L1-L2-L3)

Nominal values V380-500 V a

Permissible values V320-550 V a

Permissible frequencies Hz 47…63

Maximum inrush current A25 for 2 ms max.

Power factor 0.65 0.85

Efficiency at nominal load > 92%

Dissipated power at nominal load W38.4 76.8

Anti-harmonic filtering Yes, via integrated PFC (Power Factor Correction) passive filter

Operating mode in the event of phase failure VOperation possible for a few minutes then protection trips

Output circuit

Compatibility with function modules Buffer, battery and battery check unit, redundancy, discriminating protection

Diagnostics LEDs on front panel Current (green, orange and red), voltage (green, red and off)

Relay Closed relay Uout > 21.6 V, contact 230 V a, 0.5 A max; 24 V c, 5 mA min

Nominal output values Output voltage (UOut)V24 c

Current A0...20 0...40

Power W480 960

Permissible temporary inrush current (boost) A1.5 In for 4 s maximum, see curves on page 5/27

Precision Output voltage (UOut)VAdjustable 24…28.8

Line and load regulation 1 %...3 %

Residual ripple - noise mV < 200 (peak-peak)

Holding time

for I max

UIn = 400 V ams u 18 u 14

Protection Against short-circuits Permanent, automatic or manual restart

Against overloads < 1.10 In (after "boost" function)

Against overvoltages V30…32 c

Against undervoltages VTripping if UOut < 21.6 (in manual mode)

Thermal Yes

Operating and environmental characteristics

Connections Input mm

3 x 0.5….4 screw terminals (22….12 AWG) + ground

Output mm

4 x 0.5….10 screw terminals (22….8 AWG)

Diagnostic relay mm

2 x 2.5 removable screw terminal block

Mounting On 5 rail 35 x 7.5 mm and 35 x 15 mm

Operating position Vertical

Connections Series Possible, see page 5/28

Parallel Possible, see page 5/28

Degree of protection IP 20 conforming to IEC 60529

Environment Operating temperature °C - 25…+ 60 (derating from 50°C, see page 5/26)

Storage temperature °C - 40…+ 70

Maximum relative humidity 90% during operation, 95% in storage

Vibration acc. to EN 61131-2 3...11.9 Hz amplitude 3.5 mm & 11.9 -150 Hz acceleration 2 g

Protection class according to VDE 0106 1 Class I

Dielectric strength

50 Hz for 1 min

Input/output V rms 4000 a

Input/ground V rms 3500 a

Output/ground V rms 500 a

Input fuse incorporated No

Emissions

according to EN 61000-6-3

Radiation EN 55022 Class B and GL levels

Conducted on the power line EN 55022 Class B and GL levels

Harmonic currents IEC/EN 61000-3-2

Immunity

according to EN 61000-6-2

and GL

Electrostatic discharge IEC/EN 61000-4-2 (6 kV contact/8 kV air)

Radiated electromagnetic fields IEC/EN 61000-4-3 level 3 (10 V/m)

Induced electromagnetic fields IEC/EN 61000-4-6 level 3 (10 V/m)

Rapid transients IEC/EN 61000-4-4 (4 kV)

Surges IEC/EN 61000-4-5 (1 kV)

Primary outages IEC/EN 61000-4-11 (voltage dips and interruptions)

Description:

page 23

References:

page 29

Dimensions:

page 30

Schemes:

page 31

5/26

Output characteristics

Power supplies and transformers 0

Power supplies for DC control circuits

Regulated switch mode power supplies

Phaseo® power supplies, Universal range

The ambient temperature is a determining factor that limits the power an electronic

power supply can deliver continuously. If the temperature around the electronic

components is too high, their life will be significantly reduced.

The nominal ambient temperature for the Universal range of Phaseo power supplies

is 50°C. Above this temperature, derating is necessary up to a maximum

temperature of 60°C.

The graph below shows the power (in relation to the nominal power) that the power

supply can deliver continuously, depending on the ambient temperature.

ABL 8RPM, ABL 8RPS, ABL 8WPS mounted vertically

Derating should be considered in extreme operating conditions:

v Intensive operation (output current permanently close to the nominal current,

combined with a high ambient temperature)

v Output voltage set above 24V (to compensate for line voltage drops, for example)

v Parallel connection to increase the total power

In all cases, there must be adequate convection around the products to assist

cooling. There must be sufficient clearance around the Universal range of Phaseo

power supplies:

v 50 mm above and below

v 10 mm on the sides

Output characteristics

Derating

010 20 30 40 50 60 70

100

120

140

P/Pn (%)

Maximum operating temperature (°C)

General rules to be complied with

Intensive operation See derating on above graph.

Example for ABL 8RPS:

- Without derating, from 0°C to 50°C

- Derating of nominal current by 2%, per additional °C, up to 60°C

Rise in output

voltage

The nominal power is fixed.

Increasing the output voltage means that the current delivered must be

reduced.

Mounting To allow heat dissipation, the power supplies must not be in contact with

each other.

Description:

page 23

References:

page 29

Dimensions:

page 30

Schemes:

page 31

5/27

Output characteristics

(continued)

Power supplies and transformers 0

Power supplies for DC control circuits

Regulated switch mode power supplies

Phaseo® power supplies, Universal range

Behavior in the event of overloads:

bAutomatic reset protection mode (current limiting): If the output current

exceeds approximately 1.2 In, the output current is limited to this value. The value of

the output voltage can then be less than 21 V but the diagnostic relay opens, allowing

the anomaly to be fed back to the automation system and thus prevent feedback of

any undefined logic state. On elimination of the overload, the output voltage reverts

to its preset value.

bManual reset protection mode (undervoltage detection): If the output current

exceeds approximately 1.2 In, the power supply stops completely before the output

voltage drops below 21 V and no longer delivers any current. The fault is memorized

as long as voltage is present at the power supply primary. The power supply will

become operational again, if the fault has disappeared, after de-energizing the

primary for a few seconds.

Nota : In both these modes, any overload of less than 1.5 In and lasting less than 4 s will be

absorbed by the "boost" circuit and the voltage delivered will stay within the specified limits

(adjustment voltage +/- 3%).

The ABL 8RPS/RPM/WPS Universal range of Phaseo power supplies has a power

reserve, allowing them to supply the application with energy up to 1.5 times the

nominal current at the intervals illustrated by the graph opposite.

The "boost" amplitude and repeat accuracy depend on:

v The overload duration

v The overload intensity

v The period between each consumption peak

When the power supply can no longer cope (repeated overloads, overload duration

> 4 seconds, power rating > 150% of nominal power) the integrated protection trips.

This type of operation is described in detail in the user manual, which can be

downloaded from our website, www.telemecanique.com.

The ABL 8WPS24p00 Universal range of Phaseo power supplies is capable of

starting and delivering a nominal current and voltage for a few minutes in the event

of failure of one phase. Their protection (thermal) then trips and they are reset

automatically.

Output characteristics (continued)

Behavior in the event of overloads

Load limit

Manual reset protection mode Automatic reset protection mode

ABL 8RPM24200/ABL 8RPS24ppp/ABL 8WPS24ppp ABL 8RPM24200/ABL 8RPS24ppp/ABL 8WPS24ppp

U out

I out

28,8

21,6

In 1,5 In1,2 In

Boost 4 s

U out

I out

28,8

21,6

In 1,5 In1,2 In

Boost 4 s

"Boost" repeat accuracy

150 %

75 %

0 %

30 s

30 s4 s

Pout

Behavior in the event of phase failure on three-phase power supplies

Description:

page 23

References:

page 29

Dimensions:

page 30

Schemes:

page 31

5/28

Output characteristics

(continued),

selection,

schemes

Power supplies and transformers 0

Power supplies for DC control circuits

Regulated switch mode power supplies

Phaseo® power supplies, Universal range

Output characteristics (continued)

Series or parallel connection

Series connection Parallel connection

Family Series Parallel

ABL 8RPS/8RPM/8WPS 2 products max. (1) 2 products max.

Nota : Series or parallel connection is only recommended for products with identical references.

For better availability, the power supplies can also be connected in parallel using the ABL8 RED24400 Redundancy module.

Selection of protection on the power supply primaries

Type of line supply 115 V a phase-to-neutral 230 V a phase-to-phase 400 V a phase-to-phase

Type of protection Thermal-magnetic

circuit-breaker

gG/gL

fuse

Thermal-magnetic

circuit-breaker

gG/gL

fuse

Thermal-

magnetic

circuit-

breaker

gG/gL

fuse

Telemecanique

GB2 (IEC)

(2)

Merlin Gerin

C60N (IEC)

C60N (UL)

Telemecanique

GB2 (IEC)

(2)

Merlin Gerin

C60N (IEC)

C60N (UL)

Telemecanique

GV2

(IEC/UL)

ABL 8RPS24030 GB2 CD07 MG24443 2A

(8 x 32)

GB2 CD07 MG24443 2A

(8 x 32)

GV2 RT06 2A

(14 x 51)

ABL 8RPS24050 GB2 CD08 MG24444 4A

(8 x 32)

GB2 CD07 MG24443 2A

(8 x 32)

GV2 RT06 2A

(14 x 51)

ABL 8RPS24100 GB2 CD12 MG24447 6A

(8 x 32)

GB2 CD08 MG24444 4A

(8 x 32)

GV2 RT07 4A

(14 x 51)

ABL 8RPM24200 GB2 CD16 MG24449 10 A

(8 x 32)

GB2 CD12 MG24447 6A

(8 x 32)

– –

ABL 8WPS24200 – –––––GV2 ME07 2A

(14 x 51)

ABL 8WPS24400 – –––––GV2 ME08 4A

(14 x 51)

Schemes

GB2 CDpp GV2 RTpp GV2 MEpp

(1) Two Shottky diodes Imin = power supply In and Vmin = 50 V

(2) UL certification pending

ABL 8RP

ABL 8WP

(1) (1)

ABL 8RP

ABL 8WP

2 x 24 V c/I out

ABL 8RP

ABL 8WP

ABL 8RP

ABL 8WP

24 V c/2 x I out

2/T1

4/T2 (14)

1/L1

3/L2 (13)

2/T1

4/T2

6/T3

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

2/T1

4/T2

6/T3

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

Description:

page 23

References:

page 29

Dimensions:

page 30

Schemes:

page 31

5/29

References

Power supplies and transformers 0

Power supplies for DC control circuits

Regulated switch mode power supplies

Phaseo® power supplies, Universal range

Regulated switch mode power supplies: Phaseo Universal range

Input

voltage

Secondary Reset Conforming

to standard

EN 61000-3-2

Reference Weight

Output

voltage

Nominal

power

Nominal

current

Single-phase (N-L1) or phase-to-phase (L1-L2) connection

100…120 V -

200...500 V a

-15%,+10%

50/60 Hz

24...28.8 V

c72 W 3 A Auto/man Yes ABL 8RPS24030 0.300

120 W 5 A Auto/man Yes ABL 8RPS24050 0.700

240 W 10 A Auto/man Yes ABL 8RPS24100 1.000

100…120 V/200..

.240 V a

-15%,+10%

50/60 Hz

24...28.8 V

c480 W 20 A Auto/man Yes ABL 8RPM24200 1.600

3-phase connection (L1-L2-L3)

380…500 V a

±10%

50/60 Hz

24...28.8 V

c480 W 20 A Auto/man Yes ABL 8WPS24200 1.600

960 W 40 A Auto/man Yes ABL 8WPS24400 2.700

Function modules for continuity of service

Function Use Designation Reference Weight

Continuity after

a power outage

Holding time 100 ms at 40 A and 2 s at

Buffer module ABL 8BUF24400 1.200

Holding time 9 min at 40 A...2 hrs at

1 A (depending on use with a battery

check module-battery unit and load)

(1)

Battery check module

20 A output current

ABL 8BBU24200

r0.500

Battery check module

40 A output current

ABL 8BBU24200

r0.700

3.2 Ah battery module (2) ABL 8BPK24A03

r3.500

7 Ah battery module (2) ABL 8BPK24A03

r6.500

12 Ah battery module (2) ABL 8BPK24A12

r12.000

Continuity after

a malfunction

Paralleling and redundancy of the

power supply to ensure uninterrupted

operation of the application excluding

AC line failures and application

overloads

Redundancy module ABL 8RED24400 0.700

Discriminating

downstream

protection

Electronic protection (1...10 A

overload or short-circuit) with 4 output

terminals from a Universal range

Phaseo power supply

Protection module with

single-pole breaking (3)

ABL 8PRE24100

r0.270

Protection module with

2-pole breaking (4) (3)

ABL 8PRP24100

r0.270

c/c converters (for use with Universal range of Phaseo power supplies)

Primary (5) Secondary Reference Weight

Input voltage Universal range power supply

module output current

Output

voltage

Nominal

current

24 V c

- 9%, + 24%

2.2 A 5...6.5 V c6 A ABL 8DCC05060 0.300

1.7 A 7...15 V c2A ABL 8DCC12020 0.300

Separate and replacement parts

Designation Description Composition Unit reference Weight

Fuse

assemblies

For ABL 8PRp24100 discriminating

Protection modules

4 x 3 A, 4 x 7.5 A and 4 x

15 A

ABL 8FUS01 –

For ABL 8BKP24App Battery 4 x 20 A and 6 x 30 A ABL 8FUS02 –

Clip-on marker

labels

All products except ABL 8PRpppppp Order in multiples of 100 LAD 90 0.030

ABL 8PRpppppp Order in multiples of 22 ASI20MACC5 –

DIN rail

mounting kit

For ABL 8BPK2403 Battery Module Single unit ABL 1A02 –

Cables Connection cable between ABL8 BBU

and PC for updating the software

RS232 3 m SR2CBL01 0.150

USB 3 m SR2USB01 0.150

EEPROM

memory

Backup and duplication of ABL8 BBU

parameters

Single unit SR2MEM02 0.010

(1) For table of compatibility of battery check module-battery unit with holding time depending on the load, consult

our “Phaseo Power supplies and transformers” catalogue.

(2) Supplied with 20 or 30 A fuse depending on the model.

(3) Supplied with four 15 A fuses.

(4) Local reset via pushbutton or automatic reset on elimination of the fault and diagnostic relay.

(5) Voltage from a 24 V

Universal range Phaseo power supply.

r Available 2nd quarter 2007.

ABL 8RPS24050

ABL 8RPM24200

ABL 8WPS24200

ABL 8BUF24400

ABL 8BBU24200

ABL 8RED24400

Description:

page 23

Characteristics:

pages 24 to 28

Dimensions:

page 30

Schemes:

page 31

5/30

Dimensions,

internal schemes

Power supplies and transformers 0

Power supplies for DC control circuits

Regulated switch mode power supplies

Phaseo® power supplies, Universal range

Dimensions

ABL 8RPS24ppp/ABL 8RPM24200/ABL 8WPS24ppp

Common side view

ABL 8 a b

RPS24030 120 44

RPS24050 120 56

RPS24100 140 85

RPM24200 140 145

WPS24200 155 95

WPS24400 155 165

+IN OUT



125

143

L1 N/L2 L3

11 14

Description:

page 23

Characteristics:

pages 24 to 28

References:

page 29

Schemes:

page 31

Internal schemes

ABL 8RPS24030 ABL 8RPS24050 ABL 8RPS24100

ABL 8RPM24200 ABL 8WPS24200 ABL 8WPS24400

PFC

+HV

PFC

+HV

PFC

+HV

PFC

+L3

PFC

+L3

PFC

5/31

Connections

Power supplies and transformers 0

Power supplies for DC control circuits

Regulated switch mode power supplies

Phaseo® power supplies, Universal range

Line supply connection schemes

Single-phase (L-N) 100 to 120 V Phase-to-phase (L1-L2) 200 to 500 V 3-phase (L1-L2-L3) 3 x 380 to 500 V

Single-phase (L-N) 200 to 500 V

LV C HV

100

120

200

500

Ph 1

Ph 2

LV C HV

100

120

200

500

L 1

L 2

L 3

L1 L2 L3

3x380 - 500 VAC

LV C HV

100

120

200

500

Description:

page 23

Characteristics:

pages 24 to 28

References:

page 29

Dimensions:

page 30

5/32

Selection guide

Human/Machine Interfaces 0

Operator dialogue terminals

Magelis® display units and terminals

Applications Display of text messages Display of text messages and/or semi-

graphics

Type of unit Compact display units

Display Type Back-lit green LCD,

height 5.5 mm

Back-lit green, orange or red LCD,

height 4.34…17.36 mm

Back-lit monochrome matrix LCD

(240 x 64 pixels),

height 5.3 or 10.6 mm

Capacity 2 lines of 20 characters or

1 to 4 lines of 5 to 20 characters

4 to 8 lines of 20 to 40 characters

Data entry Via keypad with

8 keys (4 with changeable legends)

Display only

via keypad with 4 function keys + 1 service key

5 service keys

Memory capacity Application 512 Kb Flash 384 Kb Flash EPROM

Extension via type II PCMCIA –

Functions Maximum number of pages 128/200 application pages

256 alarm pages

600 application pages

256 alarm pages

256 print-out form pages (1)

Variables per page 40…50 50

Representation of variables Alphanumeric Alphanumeric, bargraph, gauge

Recipes –

Curves –

Alarm logs Depending on model

Real-time clock Access to the PLC real-time clock

Alarm relay –No

Communication Serial link RS 232 C/RS 485 RS 232C or RS 422/485

Downloadable protocols Uni-TE, Modbus Uni-TE, Modbus, AEG and for PLC brands:

Allen-Bradley, GE Fanuc, Omron, Siemens

Printer link RS 232C serial link (1)

Development software XBT L1001 and XBT L1003 (under Windows 98, 2000 and XP)

Operating systems Magelis

Type of terminal XBT N XBT HM

Pages Consult our “Human/Machine Interfaces” catalogue

(1) Depending on model.

5/33

Display of text messages

Control and parametering of data

Display of text messages and/or semi-graphics

Control and parametering of data

Compacts terminals

Back-lit green, orange and red LCD, height 4.34…17.36 mm Back-lit monochrome matrix LCD (240 x 64 pixels),

height 5.3 or 10.6 mm

1 to 4 lines of 5 to 20 characters 4 to 8 lines of 20 to 40 characters

Via keypad with

12 keys for function or numeric input (according to the context)

+ 8 service keys

Via keypad with

12 function keys

10 service keys

12 numeric keys

4 soft function keys

512 Kb Flash 512 Kb Flash EPROM

–

128/200 application pages

256 alarm pages

800 application pages

256 alarm pages

256 print-out form pages (1)

40…50 50

Alphanumeric Alphanumeric, bargraph, gauge

–

Depending on model

Access to the PLC real-time clock

RS 232C/RS 485 RS 232C or RS 422/485

Uni-TE, Modbus Uni-TE, Modbus, AEG and for PLC brands: Allen-Bradley, GE Fanuc, Omron,

Siemens

RS 232C serial link (1)

XBT L1001 and XBT L1003 (under Windows 98, 2000 and XP)

Magelis

XBT R XBT PM

Consult our “Human/Machine Interfaces” catalogue

5/34

Selection guide

Human/Machine Interfaces 0

Operator dialogue terminals

Magelis® graphic terminals

Applications Display of text messages and graphic objects

Control and parametering of data

Type of unit Graphic terminals

Display Type Colour LCD TFT with touch-sensitive screen (320 x 240 pixels) with optimum viewing angle (1)

Capacity 5,7” (color) 10,4” (color)

Data entry Via keypad with:

- 10 static function keys

- 8 soft function keys

- 12 service keys

- 12 alphanumeric keys

Via touch-sensitive

screen

Via keypad with:

- 12 static function keys

- 10 soft function keys

-12 service keys

- 12 alphanumeric keys

Memory capacity Application 16 Mb Flash EPROM (via PCMCIA type II card)

Extension –

Functions Maximum number of pages 50 to 720 application, alarm, help and print-out

form pages depending on the memory card

used (512 alarms maximum)

30 to 480 application, alarm, help and print-out

form pages depending on the memory card

used (512 alarms maximum)

Variables per page 64

Representation of variables Alphanumeric, bitmap, bargraph, gauge, potentiometer, selector

Recipes 125 records maximum with 5000 values maximum

Curves 16

Alarm logs Yes

Real-time clock Access to the PLC real-time clock

Discrete inputs/outputs 1 alarm relay

Multimedia inputs/outputs –

Communication Downloadable protocols Uni-TE, Modbus, KS and for PLC brands:

GE Fanuc, Omron, Allen-Bradley and Siemens

Uni-TE, Modbus, KS, Modbus TCP/IP, Uni-TE

TCP/IP (1) and for PLC brands: GE Fanuc,

Omron, Allen-Bradley and Siemens

Asynchronous serial link RS 232C or RS 422/485

USB Ports –

Bus and networks Modbus Plus, Fipio/Fipway avec carte additive PCMCIA type III (1),

–Ethernet TCP/IP (10BASE-T/100BASE-TX) (1)

Printer link RS 232C serial link (1)

Development software XBT L1003 (under Windows 98, Windows 2000 and Windows XP)

Operating systems Magelis

Type of terminal XBT F01 XBT F02/F03

Pages Consult our “Human/Machine Interfaces” catalogue

(1) Depending on model.

(2) Uni-TE version V2 for Twido/TSX Micro/Premium PLCs.

5/35

Display of text messages and graphic objects

Control and parametering of data

New Technology touch-sensitive graphic terminals

Back-lit monochrome

(amber or red mode)

LCD STN

(320 x 240 pixels)

Back-lit monochrome or

colour LCD STN or

back-lit colour LCD TFT

(320 x 240 pixels)

Back-lit colour LCD STN

or color LCD TFT

(640 x 480 pixels)

Back-lit colour LCD STN

or color LCD TFT

(640 x 480 pixels)

Back-lit colour LCD TFT

(800 x 600 pixels)

Back-lit colour LCD TFT

(1024 x 768 pixels)

3,8” (monochrome) 5,7” (monochrome or

colour)

7,5” (colour) 10,4” (colour) 12,1” (colour) 15” (colour)

Via touch-sensitive

screen

6 dynamic function keys

Via touch-sensitive screen

8 Mb Flash EPROM 16 Mb Flash EPROM 32 Mo Flash EPROM

–By Compact Flash card 128, 256, 512 Mb or 1 Gb (except XBT GT2110 model)

Limited by the internal

Flash memory capacity

Limited by the internal Flash memory capacity or Compact Flash card memory capacity

Unrestricted (8000 variables max.)

Alphanumeric, bitmap, bargraph, gauge, tank, curves, polygons, button, light

32 groups of 64 recipes of 1024 ingredients max.

Yes, with log

Yes

Built-in

–1 input (reset) et 3 outputs (alarm, buzzer, run)

–1 audio input (microphone), 1 composite vidéo input (numerical or analog camera), 1 audio input

(loudspeaker) (1)

Uni-TE (2), Modbus, Modbus TCP/IP (1) and for PLC brands: Mitsubishi, Omron, Allen-Bradley and Siemens

RS 232C/485 (COM1) RS 232C/RS 422/485 (COM1) and RS 485 (COM2)

–1 (application download) 2 (application download and peripherals)

–

Ethernet TCP/IP

(10BASE-T) (1)

Ethernet TCP/IP (10BASE-T/100BASE-TX) (1)

–RS 232C serial link (COM1), USB port for parallel printer

Vijeo Designer VJD ppD TGS V44M (under Windows 2000 and Windows XP)

Magelis

(CPU 100 MHz RISC)

Magelis

(CPU 133 MHz RISC)

Magelis (CPU 266 MHz RISC)

XBT GT11 XBT GT21/22/23 XBT GT42/43 XBT GT52/53 XBT GT63 XBT GT73

Consult our “Human/Machine Interfaces” catalogue

5/36

Selection guide Human/Machine Interfaces 0

Magelis® iPC industrial PCs

Applications “All in One” compact products

Model

15” screen

XGA (1024 x 768)

Data entry via keyboard

Data entry via keyboard and

touch screen

Data entry via touch screen p

12” screen

XGA (1024 x 768)

Data entry via touch screen

12” screen

SVGA (800 x 600)

Pages 43632/7

Model Smart iPC

Control box Processor Intel Celeron M 600 MHz VIA 667 MHz

Storage 1 GB Compact Flash

RAM 256 MB expandable up to 1024 MB 256 MB expandable up to 512 MB

CD-ROM drive –

Floppy disk drive –

Slots available for expansion 1 x PCMCIA slot

1 x type III/type I

1 x PCMCIA slot

1 x type III or 2 x type I

Ethernet TCP/IP Network 2 x 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX (RJ45) 1 x 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX (RJ45)

I/O ports 4 x USB + 1 x USB on front panel,

1 x RS232

2 x USB, 1 x COM1, 1 x COM2,

1 x parallel

1 x PS2 keyboard, 1 x PS2 pointing device

Operating system Windows Embedded XPe SP2

Pre-installed application or

software package

Web edition or

HMI edition - Vijeo Designer Run-Time

Power supply a 100...240 V c 24 V

Type of PC or Control box MPC ST2 1NAJ 10pMPC ST5 2NDJ 10p

Pages Consult our “Human/Machine Interfaces” catalogue

5/37

“All in One” compact products Modular products

(Control box to be connected to a front panel or used as a stand-alone device) (1)

Front panel

MPC NA5 0NNN 20N

MPC NB5 0NNN 20N

pMPC NT5 0NNN 20N

43634/6 43631/7

Compact iPC Control box 102 Control box 402

Intel Celeron M 1.3 GHz VIA 667 MHz or

Pentium 4 M 1.7 GHz

Intel Celeron M 1.3 GHz or

Intel Pentium M 1.6 GHz

Hard disk u 40 GB Hard disk u 20 GB Hard disk u 40 GB, removable

512 MB expandable up to 1024 MB

256 or 512 MB depend. on model 512 MB expandable up to 2 GB

–Yes Yes, removable. Combined DVD-R/CD-RW drive available as an option.

–Yes Yes

1 x PCI bus slot

1 x PCMCIA slot

1 x type III/type I

1 x PCI bus slot

1 x PCMCIA slot

1 x type III or 2 x type II

1 x PCI bus slot and

2 x type 1/2 (or 1 x type III) PCMCIA slots

4 x PCI bus slots and

2 x type 1/2 (or 1 x type III) PCMCIA slots

2 x 10BASE-T/100 BASE-TX

(RJ45)

1 x 10BASE-T/100 BASE-TX

(RJ45)

1 x 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX (RJ45)

4 x USB + 1 x USB on front

panel

1 x RS232

2 x USB, 1 COM1,

1 x COM2, 1 x parallel

2 x PS2

2 x USB, 1 x COM1, 1 x COM4 and 1 x parallel, 1 x VGA external video port,

1 x PS/2 port (2)

Windows 2000 or Windows XP Pro Windows XP Pro or Windows 2000 operating system pre-installed

Vijeo Designer Run-Time Package A: Vijeo Look Run-Time Package A: Vijeo Look Run-Time or

Package B: Vijeo Look Build-Time

a 100...240 V a 115…230 V or c 24 V depending on the model

MPC KT2 2NAp 00pMPC KT5 pNAp 00pMPC EN0 pNpp 00N MPC DN0 pNpp 00N

Consult our “Human/Machine Interfaces” catalogue

(1) To use a Control box without a front panel screen, you will require the mounting panel MPC NP0 0NNN 00NN.

(2) Port not operational when the Control box is fitted with the front panel screen.

5/38

Selection guide

Human/Machine Interfaces 0

HMI software and Web servers

Applications Traditional architecture, HMI executed on dedicated terminal or PC platform

Configuration software for user interface applications

Target products Type Magelis XBT N/R

Magelis XBT H/P/E/HM/PM

Magelis XBT F/FC

(1)

Magelis XBT G (1)

Magelis XBT GT

Operating system on terminals Proprietary Magelis operating system

Functions Reading/writing of PLC variables Yes

Display of variables Yes

Data processing –Yes, with Java programming

Sharing of variables between HMI

applications

–

Saving of variables to external

database

–

Development of

graphics

applications

Native library of graphic objects Yes

Container Active X –

Java Beans –Yes

Curves and alarms Yes, with XBT F/FC terminal + alarms via

diagnostic buffer (2)

Yes, with log

Scripts –Java

Online modification of applications –

Communication between PLCs and HMI application Via I/O drivers

Uploading of applications Yes –

Simulation of HMI applications Yes

Redundancy –

Recipe management Yes –

Report printing Form, historical data and alarm pages On the fly alarms, historical data

Access security Linked to user profiles

Software compatible with OS Windows 98, 2000 or Windows XP Windows 2000 or Windows XP

Type of software XBT L1000 Vijeo Designer

Pages Consult our “Human/Machine Interfaces” catalogue

(1) Magelis XBT terminals behave transparently on restoration of power.

5/39

Web architecture, embedded HMI in PLC

SCADA supervisory software Ethernet TCP/IP modules with embedded Web server

Magelis Compact iPC industrial PCs

Magelis Modular iPC industrial PCs

PC micro-computers

Servers

TSX Micro TSX ETZ

Premium TSX ETY

Quantum 140 NOE 771

FactoryCast Gateway TSX ETG 10p0

Premium TSX WMY 100

Quantum 140 NWM 100 00

Microsoft Windows

Yes –Yes

Yes

Client/server architecture

–

Yes –Yes + E-mail transmission triggered by event

Yes –

–Yes

Alarms via diagnostic buffer (2)

C compiler integrated –

Yes –Yes

Via OFS data server Via internal bus on Premium/Quantum platforms

Yes

–Yes

Yes –

All information in the real-time database –

Windows XP, Servers Windows 98/2000/NT, Windows XP Windows 2000 or Windows XP

Vijeo Citect FactoryCast FactoryCast HMI

Consult our “Human/Machine Interfaces” catalogue

(2) Specific memory area with Modicon Premium (with PL7 or Unity Pro software) and Quantum (with Unity Pro software) PLC platforms.

06/0

6/1

Contents 6 - Services

Technical information

bStandards, certifications, and environmental conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/2

bAutomation product certifications and community regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/6

bPower consumption table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/8

Index

bProduct reference index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/9

6/2

Modicon® M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Standards, certifications and environmental

conditions

Modicon M340 PLCs have been developed to conform to the principal national and

international standards concerning electronic equipment for industrial automation

systems.

bRequirements specific to programmable controllers: functional characteristics,

immunity, resistance, safety, etc.: IEC/EN 61131-2, CSA 22.2 N° 142, UL 508.

bMerchant navy requirements of the main international bodies (with ABS, BV, DNV,

GL, LR, RINA, RMRS): IACS (International Association of Classification Societies)

bCompliance with European Directives:

v Low Voltage: 73/23/EEC amendment 93/68/EEC,

v Electromagnetic Compatibility: 89/336/EEC amendments 92/31/EEC and

93/68/EEC.

bElectrical qualities and self-extinguishing capacity of insulating materials:

UL 746C, UL 94.

bHazardous areas classification: CSA 22.2 No. 213, Class I, Division 2, Groups A,

B, C and D.

Modicon M340 PLCs meet the requirements of “TC” treatment (

Treatment for all

Climates

For installations in industrial production workshops or environments corresponding

to “TH” treatment (treatment for hot and humid environments), Modicon M340 PLCs

must be embedded in envelopes with a minimum IP 54 protection, in compliance with

IEC/EN 60664 and NF C 20 040.

Modicon M340 PLCs themselves offer

protection to IP 20 level

and

protection

against pins

(enclosed equipment) (1).

They can therefore be installed without an

envelope in reserved-access areas which do not exceed pollution level 2 (control

room with no dust-producing machine or activity). The pollution level 2 does not take

account of more severe environmental conditions: air pollution by dust, smoke,

corrosive or radioactive particles, vapors or salts, attack by fungi, insects, ...

(1) In the case where a position is not occupied by a module, a BMX XEM 010 protection cover

must be installed.

Standards and certifications

Characteristics

Service conditions and recommendations relating to environment

Temperature Operation °C 0...+ 60

Storage °C - 40...+ 85

Relative humidity Operation %93…95 without condensation according to IEC/EN 60060-2-30 Db

Storage %93…95 without condensation according to IEC/EN 60060-2-30 Db

Altitude m0…4000,

temperature derating above 3000 m: 1 °C / 400 m, equals + 55 °C at 4000 m

Supply voltage BMX CPS 2010 BMX CPS 3020 BMX CPS 2000 BMX CPS 3500

a: according to

IEC/EN 61131-2

Nominal voltage V24 c 24...48 c 100...240 a 100...240 a

Limit voltages 18...31.2 c 18...62.4 c 85...264 a 85...264 a

c: according to IACS E10

battery without charge

Nominal frequencies Hz ––50/60 50/60

Limit frequencies Hz ––47/63 47/63

Protective treatment of Modicon® M340™ PLCs

Standards and

certifications

6/3

Modicon® M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Standards, certifications and environmental

conditions

Environment tests

Immunity to LF interference (e) (1)

Name of test Standards Levels

Voltage and frequency variation IEC/EN 61000-4-11

IACS E10 / IEC 60092-504

0.9 Un/0.95 Fn for 30 minutes; 1.10 Un/1.05 Fn for 30 minutes;

0.8 Un/0.9 Fn for 1,5/5 seconds; 1.2 Un/1.1 Fn for 1,5/5 seconds

Direct voltage variation IEC/EN 61131-2

IEC/EN 61000-4-11

IEC 60092-504

IACS E10 (battery without

charge)

0.85 Un...1.2 Un for 30 minutes with 5% ripple (peak values)

Harmonic 3 IEC/EN 61131-2 10% Un; 0° for 5 min...180° for 5 min

Inter harmonic IACS E10 / IEC 60092-504 H2...H200 - 10% (H15), - 10%...1% (H15...H100) and 1% (H100...H200)

Short momentary interrupt IEC/EN 61131-2

IEC/EN 61000-4-11/-6-2

10 ms with a supply; 1 ms with c supply

Voltage shut-down/start-up IEC/EN 61131-2 Un-0-Un; Un for 60 s; 3 cycles separated by 10 s

Un-0-Un; Un for 5 s; 3 cycles separated by 1 to 5 s

Un-0.9-Udl; Un for 60 s; 3 cycles separated by 1 to 5 s

Where:

Un: nominal voltage

Fn: nominal frequency

Udl: detection level when powered

Immunity to HF interference. (e) (1)

Name of test Standards Levels

Damped oscillatory wave IEC/EN 61000-4-12

IEC/EN 61131-2 Zone C

a / cmain supply, a auxiliary supply, discrete a I/O (unshielded): 2.5 kV in common mode,

1 kV in differential mode

c auxiliary supply, discrete a I/O (unshielded) and analog I/O: 1 kV in common mode,

0.5 kV in differential mode

All shielded cable: 0.5 kV in common mode

Electrical fast transient bursts IEC/EN 61000-4-4

IEC 61131-2 / IACS E10

a / cmain and auxiliary supplies, discrete a I/O (unshielded): 2 kV in wire mode, 2 kV in

common mode

Discrete c I/O (unshielded), analog I/O and all shielded cable: 1 kV in common mode

Surge IEC/EN 61000-4-5

IEC/EN 61131-2 Zone B

IACS E10

a / cmain and auxiliary supplies, discrete a I/O (unshielded): 2 kV in common mode, 1 kV

in differential mode

Discrete a I/O (unshielded) and analog I/O: 0.5 kV in common mode, 0.5 kV in differential

mode

All shielded cable: 1 kV in common mode

Electrostatic discharges IEC/EN 61000-4-2

IEC/EN 61131-2 Zone B

IACS E10

6 kV contact, 8 kV air

Radiated electromagnetic field IEC/EN 61000-4-3 15 V/m : 80 MHz...2 GHz

Sinusoidal modulation amplitude 80% / 1 kHz + internal clock frequency

Conducted interference induced

by radiated field

IEC/EN 61000-4-6

IEC/EN 61131-2

IACS E10

10 V : 0,15 MHz...80 MHz

Sinusoidal modulation amplitude 80% / 1 kHz + spot frequency

Electromagnetic emissions (e) (1) (2)

Name of test Standards Levels

Interference voltage EN 55011, Class A

IEC/EN 61131-2

IEC/EN 61000-6-4

FCC part 15

150 kHz...500 kHz: quasi-peak 79 dB (µV); average 66 dB (µV)

500 kHz...30 MHz: quasi-peak 73 dB (µV); average 60 dB (µV)

IACS E10 Values according general power distribution zone

Interference field EN 55011, Class A

IEC/EN 61131-2

IEC/EN 61000-6-4

FCC part 15

30 MHz...230 MHz: quasi-peak 40 dB (measurement at 10 m), quasi-peak 50 dB

(measurement at 3 m)

230 MHz...2 GHz: quasi-peak 47 dB (measurement at 10 m), quasi-peak 57 dB (measurement

at 3 m)

IACS E10 Values depending on general power distribution zone

(1) Devices must be installed and wired in compliance with the instructions provided in the

manual “Grounding and Electromagnetic Compatibility of PLC Systems”, pdf format on

CD-Rom support included in Unity Pro software packages or on DVD UNY USE 909 CD M

reference (see page 4/31).

(2) These tests are performed without a cabinet, with devices fixed on a metal grid and wired

as per the recommendations in the manual “Grounding and Electromagnetic Compatibility of

PLC Systems”.

(e): tests required by European directives

. and based on IEC / EN 61131-2 standards.

Environment tests

6/4

Environment tests (continued) Modicon® M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Standards, certifications and environmental

conditions

Environment tests (continued)

Immunity to climatic variations

Name of test Standards Levels

Dry heat IEC/EN 60068-2-2 Bd

IACS E10

60 °C for 16 hours

Cold IEC/EN 60068-2-1 Ab & Ad

IACS E10

0 °C for 16 hours with start at 0 °C

Continuous humid heat IEC/EN 60068-2-78 Ca 60 °C with 93% relative humidity for 96 hours

Cyclical humid heat IEC/EN 60068-2-30 Db 55 °C; 25 °C with 93...95% relative humidity with 2 cycles of 12 hours/12 hours

Cyclical temperature variations IEC/EN 60068-2-14 Na & Nb

IEC/EN 61131-2

0...60 °C with 5 cycles of 3 hours/3 hours

Withstand to climatic variations

Name of test Standards Levels

Dry heat (power off) IEC/EN 60068-2-2 Bb & Bd 85 °C for 96 hours

Cold (power off) IEC/EN 60068-2-1 Ab & Ad

IEC/EN 60068-2-48

- 40 °C for 96 hours

Humid heat (power off) IEC/EN 60068-2-30 dB 25...60 °C with 93...95% relative humidity with 2 cycles of 12 hours/12 hours

Heat shocks (power off) IEC/EN 60068-2-14 Na & Nb - 40...85 °C with 2 cycles of 3 hours/3 hours

6/5

Environment tests (continued) Modicon® M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Standards, certifications and environmental

conditions

(1) Devices must be installed, wired and maintained in compliance with the instructions provided

in the users manual.

(2) In case of using fast actuators (response time y 15ms) driven by relay outputs: 15 g - 11 ms;

3 shocks/direction/axis\

(3) In case of using fast actuators (response time y 15ms) driven by relay outputs: 15 g - 6 ms;

100 bumps/direction/axis.

(e): tests required by European directives (

), and based on IEC / EN 61131-2 standards.

Environment tests (continued)

Immunity to mechanical constraints (1) (power on)

Name of test Standards Levels

Sinusoidal vibrations IEC/EN 60068-2-6 Fc

IACS E10

3 Hz...100 Hz/1 mm amplitude / 0.7 g, transition frequency 13.2 Hz

Endurance to resonance frequency 90 min/axis

Application coefficient < 10

Sinusoidal vibrations

(Class 3M7)

IEC/EN 60068-2-6 Fc

IEC/EN 61131-2

Specific profile

5...150 Hz with 10 mm amplitude / 3 g, transition frequency 9 Hz

Endurance: 10 cycles of 1 octave/min

Shocks IEC/EN 60068-2-27 Ea 30 g - 11 ms; 3 shocks/direction/axis

(2)

Bumps IEC/EN 60068-2-29 Eb 25 g - 6 ms; 100 bumps/direction/axis

(3)

Plugging / unplugging IEC/EN 61131-2 For modules and connectors

50 operations for permanent connections

500 operations for non-permanent connections

Withstand to mechanical constraints (power off)

Name of test Standards Levels

Flat free-fall IEC/EN 60068-2-32 Ed

method 1

IEC/EN 61131-2

10 cm / 2 falls

Controlled position free-fall

(for handheld product)

IEC/EN 60068-2-31 Ec

IEC/EN 61131-2

30 ° or 10 cm / 2 falls

Random free-fall

(equipment in packaging)

IEC/EN 60068-2-32

method 1

IEC/EN 61131-2

1 m / 5 falls

Vibrations, transports

(Class 2M3)

IEC/EN 60721-4-2

IEC/EN 60068-2-64 Fh

Stationary vibrations, random: 5 m2/s3 from 10…100 Hz, 7 dB/octave from 100…200 Hz,

2/s3 de 200…2000 Hz, 30 min duration

Equipment and personnel reference information (1) (e)

Name of test Standards Levels

Dielectric strength UL 508/CSA 22-2 No.142 /

IEC/EN 61131-2

2 Un + 1000 V / 1 min

Insulation resistance UL 508/CSA 22-2 No.142 /

IEC/EN 61131-2

Un y 50 V: 10 MΩ

50 V y Un y 250 V: 10 MΩ

Continuity of earth ground UL 508/CSA 22-2 No.142 /

IEC/EN 61131-2

30 A for 2 min, R < 0,1 Ω

Leakage current IEC/EN 61131-2 I < 3.5 mA after disconnecting

Protection offered by enclosures IEC/EN 61131-2 IP 20 and protection

Withstand to impacts UL 508/CSA 22-2 No.142 /

IEC/EN 61131-2

500 g sphere: fall from 1.3 m

Stored energy injury risk IEC/EN 61131-2 After 10 s, max. 37 % Un

Overload UL 508/CSA 22-2 No.142 /

IEC/EN 61131-2

50 cycles 1 s / 9 s to Un and 1.5 In

Endurance UL 508/CSA 22-2 No.142 /

IEC/EN 61131-2

12 cycles 100 ms / 100ms, 988 cycles 1 s / 1 s and 5000 cycles 1 s / 9 s to Un and In

Temperature rise IEC/EN 61131-2/UL 508

CSA 22-2 No.142/UL 1604

CSA 22-2 No.213 / FM

Ambient temperature 60 °C

6/6

Technical information 0

Automation products certifications

In some countries, certiﬁ cation of certain electrical components is enforced by law.

A standard conformity certiﬁ cate is then issued by the ofﬁ cial organization. Each

certiﬁ ed product must carry approval symbols when enforced. Use aboard

merchant navy vessels generally requires prior approval (= certiﬁ cation) of an

electrical device by certain marine classiﬁ cation authorities.

Key Certiﬁ yrtnuoCydob noitac

CSA Canadian Standards Association Canada

C-Tick Australian Communication Authority Australia

GOST Gost Standard Scientiﬁ c Research Institute C.I.S., Russia

UL ASUseirotarobaL sretirwrednU

Key Classiﬁ yrtnuoCytirohtua noitac

IACS International Association of Classiﬁ cation Societies International

ABS ASUgnippihS fo uaer

uB naciremA

BV ecnarFsatireV uaeruB

DNV yawroNsatireV eksroN teD

GL ynamreGdyolL rehcsinamreG

LR modgniK detinUret

sigeR s’dyolL

RINA ylatIelavaN onailatI ortsigeR

RMRS Russian Maritime Register of Shipping C.I.S.

The table below shows the situation as at 01.10.2006 for certiﬁ cations obtained

or pending from organizations for base PLCs. An overview of certiﬁ cates for

Telemecanique products is available on our Internet website:

www.telemecanique.com

Product certiﬁ cations

Approvals

C-Tick

Hazardous

locations

Class I, Div 2 (1)

Certiﬁ ed

Pending

certiﬁ cation XETATSOGACAASCLU

USA Canada Australia CIS, Russia USA, Canada Europe

Advantys STB FM

Advantys Telefast ABE 7

ConneXium (2)

Magelis iPC (3) UL

Magelis XBT GT Cat 3 G-D

Magelis XBT F/FC/HM/PM

Magelis XBT N/R CSA/UL Cat 3 G-D

Modicon M340 CSA

Modicon Momentum

Modicon Premium (2) CSA

Modicon Quantum (2) FM (2)

Modicon TSX Micro

Twido (3) (2) UL (2)

(1) Hazardous locations: UL 1604, CSA 22.2 no. 213 or FM 3611, certiﬁ ed products are

acceptable for use in hazardous locations of Class I, division 2, groups A, B, C and D or

unclassiﬁ ed only.

(2) Depending on product, consult our website: www.telemecanique.com

(3) cULus North American certiﬁ cation (Canada and USA).

Local certiﬁ cations

BG Germany TSX DPZ 10D2A safety module (TSX Micro).

TSX PAY 262/282 safety modules (Premium).

SIMTARS Australia Modicon TSX Micro automation platform

Modicon Premium automation platform (PL7)

AS-Interface Europe TWD NOI 10M3 master module (Twido).

TSX SAZ 10 master module (TSX Micro).

TSX SAY 1000 master modules (Premium).

6/7

Technical information 0

Automation products certifications

Community regulations

Marine classiﬁ cation

Marine classiﬁ cation authorities

Certiﬁ ed

Pending

certiﬁ cation

ABS BV DNV GL LR RINA RMRS

USA France Norway Germany UK Italy C.I.S.

Advantys STB (1)

Advantys Telefast ABE 7

ConneXium (2)

Magelis iPC

Magelis XBT GT

Magelis XBT F/FC/HM/PM

Magelis XBT N/R

Modicon M340 (3)

Modicon Momentum

Modicon Premium (4) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2)

Modicon Quantum )2()2(

Modicon TSX Micro

Twido (2) (2) (2)

(1) Also meets US Navy requirements, ABS-NRV part 4.

(2) Depending on product, consult our website: www.telemecanique.com.

(3) Request for Marine certiﬁ cations forecast 1st quarter of 2007.

(4) Modicon Premium, also KRS (Korean register of Shipping) certiﬁ ed.

Community regulations

European directives

The opening of European markets implies a harmonization of regulations in the

various European Union member states.

European Directives are documents used to remove obstacles to the free movement

of goods, and their application is compulsory in all states of the European Union.

Member states must transcribe each Directive into their national legislation

and, at the same time, withdraw any conﬂ icting regulations.

The Directives, particularly those of a technical nature, only set objectives,

called “general requirements”.

Manufacturers must take all necessary measures to ensure that their products

conform to the requirements of each Directive relating to their equipment.

As a general rule, manufacturers afﬁ rms that their products conform to the

necessary requirements of the Directive(s) by applying the e label to their product.

The e marking is applied to Telemecanique products where relevant.

The signiﬁ cance of e marking

The e marking on a product means that the manufacturer certiﬁ es that its product

conforms to the relevant European Directives; it is necessary so that a product

which is subject to any Directive(s) can be marketed and freely moved within the

European Union.

The e marking is intended solely for the national authorities responsible for

market regulation.

For electrical equipment, conformity of the product to standards indicates that it is

suitable for use. Only the guarantee of a recognized manufacturer provides an

assurance of high quality.

One or more Directives, as appropriate, may apply to our products, in particular:

The Low Voltage Directive 72/23/EEC amended by Directive 93/68/EEC: The e

marking under the terms of this Directive is compulsory as of January 1, 1997.

The Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive 89/336/EEC, amended by Directives

92/31/EEC and 93/68/EEC: The e marking on the products covered by this Directive

has been compulsory since January 1, 1996.

Directive e ATEX 94/9/EC.

■

6/8

Choice of BMX CPS ppp0

power supply modules

Modicon®M340™ Automation

Platform 0

Power consumption table

The power required to supply each BMX XBP pp00 rack depends on the type and number of modules installed. It is therefore necessary to

create a power consumption table for each rack to define the most suitable BMX CPS ppp0 power supply module for each rack.

The table below can be used to calculate the consumption on the 2 or 3 different voltages (depending on model) to be supplied by the

BMX CPS ppp0 power supply module: 3,3 V c , 24 V c rack, 24 V c sensors.

Procedure:

bEnsure that the power supply module corresponds to the power supplies available for the two or three voltages.

bEnsure that the total power absorbed on these three voltages does not exceed the overall power of the power supply module.

b Values to be entered according to the type of Modicon M340 configuration.

Module reference Format Number Consumption in mA (1)

Rack n° S : standard

D : double

Voltage

3,3 V c

Voltage

24 V rack

Voltage

24 V c sensors

Module Total Module Total Module Total

Processors BMXP341000 S72

BMXP342010 S190

BMXP342020 S95

BMXP342030 S135

Discrete I/O

BMXDAI1602

S90

BMXDAI1603

S90

BMXDAI1604

S90

BMXDAO1605

S100

BMXDDI1602

S90 60

BMXDDI1603

S90

BMXDDI3202K

S140 110

BMXDDI6402K

S200 110

BMXDDM16022

S100 30

BMXDDM16025

S100 50 30

BMXDDM3202K

S150 55

BMXDDO1602

S100

BMXDDO1612

S100

BMXDDO3202K

S150

BMXDDO6402K

S240

BMXDRA0805

S100 55

BMXDRA1605

S100 95

Analog I/O

BMXAMI0410

S150 45

BMXAMM0600

S150 130

BMXAMO0210

S150 110

BMXART0414

S150 40

BMXART0814

S150 100

Counting

BMXEHC0200

S200 40 80

BMXEHC0800

S200 80

Communication

BMXNOE0100

S90

BMXNOE0110

S90

Consumption per voltage Total current (mA)

x 3,3 V x 24 V x 24 V

Consumption

voltage (mW)

+ + =

Power available (mW) Power overall (mW)

Choice of

power supply

BMXCPS2010

D24 V c isolated 8250 16 800 17 000

BMXCPS3020

D24...48 V c isolated 14850 31 200 32 000

BMXCPS2000

D 100...240 V a8250 16 800 10 800 20 000

BMXCPS3500

D14850 31 200 21 600 36 000

(1) Typical value given for 100% of inputs or outputs at state 1.

6/9

6/10

Product reference index

490NOC00005 . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

490NOR00003 . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

490NOR00005 . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

490NOR00015 . . . . . . . . . . . 26

490NOT00005 . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

490NTC00005 . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

490NTC00005U . . . . . . . . . . . 26

490NTC00015 . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

490NTC00015U . . . . . . . . . . . 26

490NTC00040 . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

490NTC00040U . . . . . . . . . . . 26

490NTC00080 . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

490NTC00080U . . . . . . . . . . . 26

490NTW00002 . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

490NTW00002U . . . . . . . . . . . 26

490NTW00005 . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

490NTW00005U . . . . . . . . . . 26

490NTW00012 . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

490NTW00012U . . . . . . . . . . . 26

490NTW00040 . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

490NTW00040U . . . . . . . . . . . 26

490NTW00080 . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

490NTW00080U . . . . . . . . . . . 26

AM02CA001V000 . . . . . . . . . . 43

BMXNOE0100 . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

BMXNOE0110 . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

BMXP341000 . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

BMXP342010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

BMXP342010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

BMXP342020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

BMXP342020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

BMXP342030 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

BMXP342030 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

FTXBLA10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

FTXC78B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

FTXC78F5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

FTXC78M5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

FTXCM08B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

FTXCM12B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

FTXCN12F5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

FTXCN12M5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

FTXCN3130 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

FTXCN3150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

FTXCN3203 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

FTXCN3206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

FTXCN3210 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

FTXCN3220 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

FTXCN3230 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

FTXCN3250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

FTXCNCT1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

FTXCNTL12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

FTXCY1208 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

FTXCY1212 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

FTXDG12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

FTXDP2115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

FTXDP2130 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

FTXDP2150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

FTXDP2206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

FTXDP2210 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

FTXDP2220 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

FTXDP2250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

FTXMLA10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

LU9GC3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

TCSCCE4F3M05 . . . . . . . . . . 42

TCSCCE4F3M1 . . . . . . . . . . . 42

TCSCCU4F3M05 . . . . . . . . . . 42

TCSCCU4F3M1 . . . . . . . . . . . 42

TCSCTN011M11F . . . . . . . . . 43

TCSEAAF11F13F00 . . . . . . . . 27

TCSEAAF1LFH00 . . . . . . . . . 27

TCSEAAF1LFS00 . . . . . . . . . 27

TCSEAAF1LFU00 . . . . . . . . . 27

TCSEAM0100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

TCSEC1M3M1S2 . . . . . . . . . . 27

TCSECL1M1M10S2 . . . . . . . . 27

TCSECL1M1M1S2 . . . . . . . . . 27

TCSECL1M1M1X5S2 . . . . . . . 27

TCSECL1M1M25S2 . . . . . . . . 27

TCSECL1M1M3S2 . . . . . . . . . 27

TCSECL1M1M40S2 . . . . . . . . 27

TCSECL1M1M5S2 . . . . . . . . . 27

TCSECL1M3M10S2 . . . . . . . . 27

TCSECL1M3M1X5S2 . . . . . . . 27

TCSECL1M3M25S2 . . . . . . . . 27

TCSECL1M3M3S2 . . . . . . . . . 27

TCSECL1M3M40S2 . . . . . . . . 27

TCSECL1M3M5S2 . . . . . . . . . 27

TCSMCN3M4F3C2 . . . . . . . . 47

TCSMCN3M4M3S2 . . . . . . . . 47

TLACDCBA005 . . . . . . . . . . . 42

TLACDCBA015 . . . . . . . . . . . 42

TLACDCBA030 . . . . . . . . . . . 42

TLACDCBA050 . . . . . . . . . . . 42

TSXCANCA100 . . . . . . . . . . . 42

TSXCANCA300 . . . . . . . . . . . 42

TSXCANCA50 . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

TSXCANCADD03 . . . . . . . . . . 42

TSXCANCADD1 . . . . . . . . . . . 42

TSXCANCADD3 . . . . . . . . . . . 42

TSXCANCADD5 . . . . . . . . . . .42

TSXCANCB100 . . . . . . . . . . . .42

TSXCANCB300 . . . . . . . . . . . .42

TSXCANCB50 . . . . . . . . . . . . .42

TSXCANCBDD03 . . . . . . . . . .42

TSXCANCBDD1 . . . . . . . . . . .42

TSXCANCBDD3 . . . . . . . . . . .42

TSXCANCBDD5 . . . . . . . . . . .42

TSXCANCD100 . . . . . . . . . . . .42

TSXCANCD300 . . . . . . . . . . . .42

TSXCANCD50 . . . . . . . . . . . . .42

TSXCANKCDF180T . . . . . . . .42

TSXCANKCDF90T . . . . . . . . .42

TSXCANKCDF90TP . . . . . . . .42

TSXCANTDM4 . . . . . . . . . . . .42

TSXCSA100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47

TSXCSA200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47

TSXCSA500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47

TSXSCA50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

TSXSCA62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

TSXSCPCM4530 . . . . . . . . . .47

TWDXCAISO . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

TWDXCARJ003 . . . . . . . . . . .47

TWDXCARJ010 . . . . . . . . . . .47

TWDXCARJ030 . . . . . . . . . . .47

TWDXCAT3RJ . . . . . . . . . . . .46

VW3 A8114 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

VW3A8306 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47

VW3A8306D30 . . . . . . . . . . . .47

VW3A8306R03 . . . . . . . . . . . .47

VW3A8306R10 . . . . . . . . . . . .47

VW3A8306R30 . . . . . . . . . . . .47

VW3A8306RC . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

VW3A8306TF03 . . . . . . . . . . .46

VW3A8306TF10 . . . . . . . . . . .46

VW3CANA71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3

VW3CANCARR03 . . . . . . . . . .43

VW3CANCARR1 . . . . . . . . . . .43

VW3CANKCDF180T . . . . . . . .43

VW3CANTAP2 . . . . . . . . . . . .42

XBTZ938 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47

XGSZ24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

XZCC12FCM50B . . . . . . . . . .27

XZCC12FCM50B . . . . . . . . . .43

XZCC12FDM50B . . . . . . . . . .27

XZCC12FDM50B . . . . . . . . . .43

XZCC12MCM50B . . . . . . . . . .43

XZCC12MDM50B . . . . . . . . . .43

XZCP1164L2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27

XZCP1164L5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27

XZCP1264L2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27

XZCP1264L5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27

CHAPTER 4

110XCA28201 . . . . . . . . . . . . .31

110XCA28202 . . . . . . . . . . . . .31

110XCA28203 . . . . . . . . . . . . .31

990NAA26320 . . . . . . . . . . . . .31

990NAA26350 . . . . . . . . . . . . .31

BMXXCAUSBH018 . . . . . . . . .31

BMXXCAUSBH045 . . . . . . . . .31

TSXCRJMD25 . . . . . . . . . . . . .31

TSXCUSB485 . . . . . . . . . . . . .31

TSXPCX1031 . . . . . . . . . . . . .31

UNYSDUDFUCD20 . . . . . . . . .39

UNYSDUMFFCD20 . . . . . . . . .37

UNYSDUMFTCD20 . . . . . . . . .37

UNYSDUMFUCD20 . . . . . . . .37

UNYSMUZUCD30 . . . . . . . . . .39

UNYSPUEFFCD30 . . . . . . . . .30

UNYSPUEFGCD30 . . . . . . . . .30

UNYSPUEFTCD30 . . . . . . . . .30

UNYSPUEFUCD30 . . . . . . . . .30

UNYSPUEZFCD30 . . . . . . . . .30

UNYSPUEZGCD30 . . . . . . . . .30

UNYSPUEZTCD30 . . . . . . . . .30

UNYSPUEZUCD30 . . . . . . . . .30

UNYSPULFFCD30 . . . . . . . . .30

UNYSPULFGCD30 . . . . . . . . .30

UNYSPULFTCD30 . . . . . . . . .30

UNYSPULFUCD30 . . . . . . . . .30

UNYSPULZFCD30 . . . . . . . . .30

UNYSPULZGCD30 . . . . . . . . .30

UNYSPULZTCD30 . . . . . . . . .30

UNYSPULZUCD30 . . . . . . . . .30

UNYSPUMFGCD30 . . . . . . . .30

UNYSPUMFTCD30 . . . . . . . . .30

UNYSPUMFUCD30 . . . . . . . .30

UNYSPUMZGCD30 . . . . . . . .30

UNYSPUMZTCD30 . . . . . . . . .30

UNYSPUMZUCD30 . . . . . . . .30

UNYSPUSFGCD30 . . . . . . . . .30

UNYSPUSFTCD30 . . . . . . . . .30

UNYSPUSFUCD30 . . . . . . . . .30

UNYSPUSZGCD30 . . . . . . . . .30

UNYSPUSZTCD30 . . . . . . . . .30

UNYSPUSZUCD30 . . . . . . . . .30

UNYSPUZFUCD30E . . . . . . . .33

UNYUDEVFUCD21E . . . . . . . 30

UNYUSE909CDM . . . . . . . . . 31

UNYXCAUSB033 . . . . . . . . . . 31

CHAPTER 5

ABE7ACC01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

ABE7ACC02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

ABE7ACC10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

ABE7ACC11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

ABE7ACC12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

ABE7ACC20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

ABE7ACC21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

ABE7ACC30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

ABE7ACC80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

ABE7ACC81 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

ABE7ACC82 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

ABE7ACC83 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

ABE7ACC84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

ABE7ACC85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

ABE7BV10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

ABE7BV10E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

ABE7BV20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

ABE7BV20E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

ABE7CPA01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

ABE7CPA02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

ABE7CPA03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

ABE7CPA11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

ABE7CPA12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

ABE7CPA13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

ABE7CPA21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

ABE7CPA31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

ABE7CPA31E . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

ABE7CPA410 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

ABE7CPA412 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

ABE7FU012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

ABE7FU050 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

ABE7FU100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

ABE7FU200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

ABE7FU400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

ABE7FU630 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

ABE7H08R10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

ABE7H08R11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

ABE7H08R21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

ABE7H08S21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

ABE7H12R10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

ABE7H12R11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

ABE7H12R20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

ABE7H12R21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

ABE7H12R50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

ABE7H12S21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

ABE7H16C10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

ABE7H16C11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

ABE7H16C21 . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

ABE7H16C31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

ABE7H16CM11 . . . . . . . . . . . 10

ABE7H16CM21 . . . . . . . . . . . 10

ABE7H16F43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

ABE7H16R10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

ABE7H16R11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

ABE7H16R11E . . . . . . . . . . . 11

ABE7H16R20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

ABE7H16R21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

ABE7H16R21E . . . . . . . . . . . 11

ABE7H16R23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

ABE7H16R30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

ABE7H16R31 . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

ABE7H16R50 . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

ABE7H16R50E . . . . . . . . . . . 11

ABE7H16S21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

ABE7H16S21E . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

ABE7H16S43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

ABE7H20E100 . . . . . . . . . . . 10

ABE7H20E200 . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

ABE7H20E300 . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

ABE7H32E150 . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

ABE7H32E300 . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

ABE7LOGF25 . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

ABE7LOGV10 . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

ABE7P08T330 . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

ABE7P08T330E . . . . . . . . . . . 14

ABE7P16F310 . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

ABE7P16F310E . . . . . . . . . . . 13

ABE7P16F312 . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

ABE7P16M111 (2) . . . . . . . . . 14

ABE7P16T111 . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

ABE7P16T210 (3) . . . . . . . . . 14

ABE7P16T212 . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

ABE7P16T214 . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

ABE7P16T215 . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

ABE7P16T230 (3) . . . . . . . . . 14

ABE7P16T230E (3) . . . . . . . . 14

ABE7P16T318 . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

ABE7P16T318E . . . . . . . . . . . 14

ABE7P16T330 . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

ABE7P16T330E . . . . . . . . . . . 14

ABE7P16T332 . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

ABE7P16T334 . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

ABE7R08S111 . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

ABE7R08S111E . . . . . . . . . . .12

ABE7R08S210 . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

ABE7R08S210E . . . . . . . . . . .12

ABE7R08S216 . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

ABE7R08S216E . . . . . . . . . . .12

ABE7R16M111 . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

ABE7R16S111 . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

ABE7R16S111E . . . . . . . . . . .12

ABE7R16S210 . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

ABE7R16S210E . . . . . . . . . . .12

ABE7R16S212 . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

ABE7R16S212E . . . . . . . . . . .12

ABE7R16T111 . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

ABE7R16T210 . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

ABE7R16T212 . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

ABE7R16T230 . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

ABE7R16T231 . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

ABE7R16T330 . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

ABE7R16T332 . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

ABE7R16T370 . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

ABE7S08S2B0 . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

ABE7S08S2B0E . . . . . . . . . . . 12

ABE7S08S2B1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

ABE7S08S2B1E . . . . . . . . . . . 12

ABE7S16E2B1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

ABE7S16E2B1E . . . . . . . . . . . 12

ABE7S16E2E0 . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

ABE7S16E2E0E . . . . . . . . . . . 12

ABE7S16E2E1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

ABE7S16E2E1E . . . . . . . . . . . 12

ABE7S16E2F0 . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

ABE7S16E2F0E . . . . . . . . . . . 12

ABE7S16E2M0 . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

ABE7S16E2M0E . . . . . . . . . . . 12

ABE7S16S1B2 . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

ABE7S16S1B2E . . . . . . . . . . . 12

ABE7S16S2B0 . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

ABE7S16S2B0E . . . . . . . . . . . 12

ABE7TES160 . . . . . . . . . . . . .17

ABFC08R02B . . . . . . . . . . . . .17

ABFC08R02R . . . . . . . . . . . . .17

ABFC08R02W . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

ABFC08R12B . . . . . . . . . . . . .17

ABFC08R12R . . . . . . . . . . . . .17

ABFC08R12W . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

ABR7S11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

ABR7S21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15

ABR7S23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

ABR7S33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15

ABR7S33E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

ABR7S37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

ABS7EA3E5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

ABS7EA3F5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

ABS7EA3M5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

ABS7EC3AL . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15

ABS7EC3B2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15

ABS7EC3E2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15

ABS7SA2M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15

ABS7SA3MA . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15

ABS7SC1B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

ABS7SC2E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15

ABS7SC3BA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

ABS7SC3E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15

AR1SB3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17

CHAPTER 6

BMXAMI0410 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8

BMXAMM0600 . . . . . . . . . . . . .8

BMXAMO0210 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

BMXART0414 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8

BMXART0814 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8

BMXCPS2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8

BMXCPS2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8

BMXCPS3020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8

BMXCPS3500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8

BMXDAI1602 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

BMXDAI1603 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

BMXDAI1604 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

BMXDAO1605 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

BMXDDI1602 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

BMXDDI1603 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

BMXDDI3202K . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

BMXDDI6402K . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

BMXDDM16022 . . . . . . . . . . . .8

BMXDDM16025 . . . . . . . . . . . .8

BMXDDM3202K . . . . . . . . . . . .8

BMXDDO1602 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

BMXDDO1612 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

BMXDDO3202K . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

BMXDDO6402K . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

BMXDRA0805 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

BMXDRA1605 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

BMXEHC0200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

BMXEHC0800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

BMXNOE0100 . . . . . . . . . . . . .8

BMXNOE0110 . . . . . . . . . . . . .8

BMXP341000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8

BMXP342010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8

BMXP342020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8

CHAPTER 1

BMXCPS2000. . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

BMXCPS2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

BMXCPS3020 . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

BMXCPS3500 . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

BMXP341000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

BMXP342010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

BMXP342020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

BMXP342030 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

BMXRMS008MP . . . . . . . . . . . 9

BMXRMS008MPF . . . . . . . . . . 9

BMXXB0600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

BMXXBP0400 . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

BMXXBP0800 . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

BMXXBP1200 . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

BMXXCAUSBH018 . . . . . . . . . 9

BMXXCAUSBH045 . . . . . . . . . 9

BMXXEM010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

BMXXSP0400 . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

BMXXSP0600 . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

BMXXSP0800 . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

BMXXSP1200 . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

BMXXTSCPS10 . . . . . . . . . . . 13

BMXXTSCPS20 . . . . . . . . . . . 13

CHAPTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

STBXSP3010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

STBXSP3020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

CHAPTER 2

BMXDDI1602 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

BMXDDI3202K . . . . . . . . . . . 16

BMXDDI6402K . . . . . . . . . . . 16

BMXDAI1602 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

BMXDDI1603 . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

BMXDAI1602 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

BMXDAI1603 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

BMXDAI1604 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

BMXDDO1602 . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

BMXDDO1612 . . . . . . . . . . . 16

BMXDDO3202K . . . . . . . . . . . 16

BMXDDO6402K . . . . . . . . . . . 16

BMXDAO1605 . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

BMXDRA0805 . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

BMXDRA1605 . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

BMXDDM16022 . . . . . . . . . . . 17

BMXDDM16025 . . . . . . . . . . . 17

BMXDDM3202K . . . . . . . . . . 17

BMXFTB2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

BMXFTB2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

BMXFTB2020 . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

BMXFTW301 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

BMXFTW501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

BMXFTW1001 . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

BMXFCW301 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

BMXFCW501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

BMXFCW1001 . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

BMXFCW303 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

BMXFCW503 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

BMXFCW1003 . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

BMXFCC051 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

BMXFCC101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

BMXFCC201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

BMXFCC301 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

BMXFCC501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

BMXFCC1001 . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

BMXFCC053 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

BMXFCC103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

BMXFCC203 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

BMXFCC303 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

BMXFCC503 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

BMXFCC1003 . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

BMXAMI0410 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

BMXART0414 . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

BMXART0814 . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

BMXAMO0210 . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

BMXAMM0600 . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

BMXFTB2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

BMXFTB2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

BMXFTB2020 . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

BMXFTW301S . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

BMXFTW501S . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

BMXFCW301S . . . . . . . . . . . 31

BMXFCW501S . . . . . . . . . . . 31

ABE7CPA410 . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

ABE7CPA412 . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

BMXFCA150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

BMXFCA300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

BMXFCA500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

BMXFCA152 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

BMXFCA302 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

BMXFCA502 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

BMXEHC0200 . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

BMXEHC0800 . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

BMXXTSHSC20 . . . . . . . . . . 41

BMXFTB2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

BMXFTB2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

BMXFTB2020 . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

CHAPTER 3

6/11

Product reference index

(continued)

BMXP342030 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8

ART. 960128 06 / 2007

DIA6ED2061001EN-US

North American Operating Division

The efﬁ ciency of Telemecanique®

branded solutions

Used in combination, Telemecanique products provide quality solutions,

meeting all your Automation and Control applications requirements.

A worldwide presence

Constantly available

■ More than 5 000 points of sale in 130 countries.

■ You can be sure to ﬁ nd the range of products that are right for you and which

comply fully with the standards in the country where they are used.

Technical assistance wherever you are

■ Our technicians are at your disposal to assist in ﬁ nding the optimum solution

for your particular needs.

■ Schneider Electric offers all necessary technical assistance, throughout the

world.

Simply Smart !

Schneider Electric

1415 South Roselle Road

Palatine, IL 60064

TEL: 847-397-2600

www.schneider-electric.com

www.us.telemecanique.com

Due to evolution of standards and equipment, the characteristics indicated in texts and images of this

document do not constitute a commitment on our part without conﬁ rmation.

Design: Schneider Electric

Photos: Schneider Electric

Printed by: Delzer Lithograph

Platform for machine

manufacturers

Modicon® M340™ PLC

Unity

™

software

Platform for machines and

manufacturing processes

Modicon® Premium™

Unity™ and PL7™ software

Platform for continuous and semi-

continuous industrial processes

and infrastructure sites

Modicon® Quantum™

Unity™, Concept™ and

ProWORX™ 32 software

www.us.telemecanique.com

DIA6ED2061001EN-US

DIA6ED2061001EN US 438553 Catalog

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation